Technical Assistance Consultant’s Report
Project Number: 7106
June 2011
India: Preparing the Bihar Urban Development
Project—Sector Reports
Prepared by:
GHK Consulting Limited, UKG, in association with STUP Consultants P. Ltd., IND, and
Castalia Strategic Advisors, USA
For Urban Development and Housing Department, Government of Bihar
This consultant’s report does not necessarily reflect the views of ADB or the Government concerned, and
ADB and the Government cannot be held liable for its contents. (For project preparatory technical
assistance: All the views expressed herein may not be incorporated into the proposed project’s design.
Bihar Urban Development Investment
Program (BUDIP)
Sector Reports
Volume 3B of 4
FINAL
June 2011
GHK, UK
in association with
Urban Development & Housing
Department
Government of Bihar
Castalia
STUP Consultants
Asian Development Bank (ADB)
DISCLAIMER
The contents of the reports are the recommendation of the consultants engaged under the project
preparatory technical assistance (PPTA) by the Asian Development Bank (ADB). ADB missions
subsequent to the PPTA will conduct due diligence and may modify the scope, implementation
arrangements, safeguard measures and analysis. Therefore, the subsequent ADB’s official
documents (such as the legal documents, the framework financing agreement, the report and
recommendations of the president, the facility administration manual, the aide memoires) will
supersede the contents of the reports, in case there are conflicts.
This submission is in 4 Volume.
Volume 1: A State-wide Urban Sector Development Roadmap - An ADB MFF requires
a road map (i.e., a sector strategy). Investments consistent with the road map will be
financed under the related MFF. The road map define (i) the strategic directions for a
sector, service, or industry; (ii) its importance to growth, poverty reduction, gender and
development, and inclusiveness (or the extent to which it is a binding constraint); and (iii)
the list of success factors for better performance. The road map includes a detailed
assessment of physical and non-physical investments. These assessments highlight the
main investment and non-investment bottlenecks, risks, and mitigation measures. This
Road Map information then informs the strategic context, policy framework, and
investment programs as well as the interventions needed and their sequencing.
Volume 2: Investment Program - The ultimate objective of the investment program is
“sustainable economic growth through improved quality of urban life”. The Investment
Program seeks to improve the quality, coverage, and reliability of water supply and
wastewater management services for an estimated 1.6 million residents in four
participating towns in Bihar. Enhanced financial sustainability of these services is
essential. Under the Investment Program, service providers will have clear roles and
strengthened lines of accountability, be reoriented toward cost recovery and
sustainability, and be motivated to perform. The investment program focuses on the subsectors, which promises maximizing the economic potential of the state. The Investment
Program covers (a) Identification of the specific towns and sub-sectors for ADB
financing,(b) urban local bodies regulatory reforms required for making urban
development efficient, (c) reforms required improving financial governance, (d) shortlist of
the subprojects in the selected towns, with broad description and indicative cost, (e)
feasibility and uncertainty assessment to identify the implementation sequence of the
short listed subprojects, (f) sector-wide economic, financial, social analysis and
safeguards framework. The geographic coverage of the investment program is the four
towns with highest economic growth potential under four sub-sectors as prioritised by the
road map
Volume 3: Sector Reports - Volume 3A covering (i) Economic development, (ii) Urban
service delivery, and (iii) Cost of Road map implementation. Volume 3 B: include (i)
Physical and non-physical investment in urban service delivery namely, water supply,
sewerage, solid waste management, and drainage, (ii) Urban governance plan, (iii)
Sector investment plan and (iv) Implementation arrangements and (v) Financial
management assessment.
Volume 4: Social and Environmental safeguards – Covered in this Volumes are:
Social analysis, Poverty reduction and social strategy, Gender and social action plans,
Environment assessment, resettlement framework, Indigenous peoples development
framework and Consultation and participation planning framework.
Acknowledgements
“Any city however small, is in fact divided into two, one the city of the poor, the other of the rich.
These are at war with one another.” Plato (BC 427-BC 347)
During the tenure of this assignment, help, co-operation and assistance have been obtained from
a large number of individuals, government departments, local bodies, para-statal agencies, social
workers, representatives of NGOs and CBOs. They have provided their valuable time and
suggestions to members of the PPTA team to assist in this study. It is rather difficult to thank them
individually. We express our sincere thanks to all those people collectively.
Their support, encouragement and insights into the social, economic, environmental and
infrastructure problems of the study area and the sector as a whole have provided an essential
input into the proposals in the report. More often than not, these suggestions triggered useful
discussions in shaping various projects in program towns of Bhagalpur, Darbhanga, Gaya and
Muzaffarpur for infrastructure improvement.
In addition to the obviously critical technical support by the Asian Development Bank, preparation
of this Report was made possible through the enthusiastic support and guidance of Shri Girish
Shankar, Principal Secretary (up to February 2011) and Shri D K Shukla, Special Secretary of the
Urban Development and Housing Department, Government of Bihar and the Mayors, Municipal
Commissioners and their enthusiastic staff in the preparation of this PPTA report. At the very
pragmatic level, Mr. Hiroyuki Ikemoto, the ADB Urban Development Economist, continues the
challenge of supporting the consulting team and their enormous requests. Our thanks are also due
to Shri Shashi Shekhar Sharma who guided the completion of this final report upon taking over as
Principal Secretary from February 2011.
Unknown to them, but the daily observation of all residents, their situations and their needs
contributes the most to the exercise, and will be thanked by successfully contributing this project's
results to their future.
Consultants Team
S Bhattacharyya, Project Management Specialist /Team Leader
John R Block, Water Sector Specialist
John R Bowers, Urban Planer
Vijay Tandon, Project Economist/Project Director
Krishnan Padmanabhan, Financial Management & Accounting Specialist
Archana S Hinduja, Urban Planner
Parthajit Patra, Water Supply Specialist
Tapan Banerjee, Institutional Specialist
Sandeepan Choudhury, Sewerage Specialist
Ardhendu Mitra, Environment Specialist
Saswati Ghosh Belliappa, Social & Community Development Specialist
Naval Paswan, Economist
Rajeev Singh, Statistician
Suresh Gupta, Procurement Specialist
Sunil Kumar Goyal, Municipal Engineer
Arkaja Singh, PPP Specialist
P N Bhattacharya, Municipal Engineer
Contents
1
Urban Service Delivery ....................................................................................... 1
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
Water Supply Sub-sector ......................................................................................................... 1
Sewerage Sub Sector ............................................................................................................ 17
Solid Waste Management Sub-sector ................................................................................... 31
Drainage Sub-sector .............................................................................................................. 43
Non Physical Investments ...................................................................................................... 52
2
Urban Governance Plan ...................................................................................73
2.1
Financial Status of Four Towns ............................................................................................. 73
3
Procurement Plan ............................................................................................ 78
4
Implementation Arrangements ....................................................................... 86
4.1
4.2
4.3
Bidding and Consultants Selection Evaluation and Procedures in other ADB funded urban
projects in India ...................................................................................................................... 86
Procurement Capacity Assessment ..................................................................................... 107
Consultants Requirements ................................................................................................... 125
5
Financial Management Assessment ............................................................... 144
LIST OF TABLES
Table 1.1
Bhagalpur - Current Status and Service Targets of Water Supply .............................. 1
Table 1.2
Bhagalpur - Physical Investment to achieve the targets (in Rs. million)...................... 2
Table 1.3
Bhagalpur - Ongoing/committed project ...................................................................... 5
Table 1.4
Muzaffarpur - Water Supply Service Targets .............................................................. 5
Table 1.5
Muzaffarpur - Physical Investment to achieve the targets (in Rs. Million) ................... 7
Table 1.6
Muzaffarpur - Ongoing/committed project ................................................................... 9
Table 1.7
Darbhanga - Water Supply Service Targets ................................................................ 9
Table 1.8
Darbhanga - Physical Investment to achieve the targets (in Rs. Million) .................. 11
Table 1.9
Gaya - Water Supply Service Targets ....................................................................... 13
Table 1.10
Gaya - Physical Investment to achieve the targets (in Rs. Million) ........................... 14
Table 1.11
Bhagalpur - Current Status and Service Targets of Sewerage ................................. 17
Table 1.12
Bhagalpur - Physical Investment to achieve the targets (in Rs. Million).................... 18
Table 1.13
Muzzafarpur - Sewerage Service Targets ................................................................. 20
Table 1.14
Muzzafarpur - Physical Investment to achieve the targets (in Rs. Million) ................ 21
Table 1.15
Darbhanga - Sewerage Service Targets ................................................................... 24
Table 1.16
Darbhanga - Physical Investment to achieve the targets (in Rs. Million) .................. 25
Table 1.17
Gaya - Sewerage Service Targets ............................................................................ 27
Table 1.18
Gaya - Physical Investment to achieve the targets (in Rs. Million) ........................... 28
Table 1.19
Bhagalpur - SWM Targets ......................................................................................... 31
Table 1.20
Bhagalpur - Physical Investment to achieve the targets (in Rs. Million).................... 33
Table 1.21
Muzaffarpur - SWM Target ........................................................................................ 34
Table 1.22
Muzaffarpur - Physical Investment to achieve the targets (in Rs. Million) ................. 36
Table 1.23
Daarbhanga - SWM Targets ...................................................................................... 37
i
Table 1.24
Darbhanga - Physical Investment to achieve the targets (in Rs. Million) .................. 39
Table 1.25
Gaya - SWM Targets ................................................................................................. 40
Table 1.26
Gaya - Physical Investment to achieve the targets (in Rs. Million) ........................... 42
Table 1.27
Bhagalpur - Storm Water Drainage Targets .............................................................. 43
Table 1.28
Bhagalpur - Physical Investment to achieve the targets (in Rs. Million).................... 44
Table 1.29
Muzaffarpur - Storm Water Drainage Targets ........................................................... 45
Table 1.30
Muzaffarpur - Physical Investment to achieve the targets (in Rs. Million) ................. 46
Table 1.31
Darbhanga - Storm Water Drainage Targets ............................................................. 47
Table 1.32
Darbhanga - Physical Investment to achieve the targets (in Rs. Million) .................. 49
Table 1.33
Gaya - Storm Water Drainage Targets ...................................................................... 50
Table 1.34
Gaya - Physical Investment to achieve the targets (in Rs. Million) ........................... 51
Table 1.35
Qualifications - Water Supply, Drainage, Sewerage ................................................ 52
Table 1.36
Qualifications - Solid Waste Management ................................................................. 52
Table 1.37
World Class Norms Staffing Numbers ....................................................................... 53
Table 1.38
Courses Available ...................................................................................................... 53
Table 1.39
Summary Sheet HR Deficiencies and IS Cost .......................................................... 57
Table 1.40
Cost to Mitigate Deficiency - Training Courses ......................................................... 57
Table 1.41
Capacity Building Cost Estimates- Bhagalpur ........................................................... 58
Table 1.42
Capacity Building Cost Estimates- Muzaffurpur ........................................................ 60
Table 1.43
Capacity Building Cost Estimates- Darbhanga.......................................................... 61
Table 1.44
Capacity Building Cost Estimates- Gaya ................................................................... 62
Table 1.45
Staff Deficiencies Bhagalpur Water Supply ............................................................... 64
Table 1.46
Staff Deficiencies Bhagalpur Sewerage .................................................................... 64
Table 1.47
Staff Deficiencies Bhagalpur SWM ............................................................................ 65
Table 1.48
Staff Deficiencies Bhagalpur Drainage ...................................................................... 65
Table 1.49
Staff Deficiencies Muzaffurpur Water Supply ............................................................ 66
Table 1.50
Staff Deficiencies Muzaffurpur Sewerage ................................................................. 66
Table 1.51
Staff Deficiencies Muzaffurpur SWM ......................................................................... 67
Table 1.52
Staff Deficiencies Muzaffurpur Drainage .................................................................. 67
Table 1.53
Staff Deficiencies Darbhanga Water Supply ............................................................. 68
Table 1.54
Staff Deficiencies Darbhanga Sewerage ................................................................... 68
Table 1.55
Staff Deficiencies Darbhanga SWM .......................................................................... 69
Table 1.56
Staff Deficiencies Darbhanga Drainage ................................................................... 69
Table 1.57
Staff Deficiencies Gaya Water Supply ....................................................................... 70
Table 1.58
Staff Deficiencies Gaya Sewerage ............................................................................ 70
Table 1.59
Staff Deficiencies Gaya SWM.................................................................................... 71
Table 1.60
Staff Deficiencies Gaya Drainage .............................................................................. 71
Table 2.1
Summary of Financial data of Four Municipal Corporations (MC): ........................... 73
Table 2.2
Water Supply – Revenue Account (in Million) ........................................................... 76
Table 2.3
Bhagalpur Demand Collection Statement Rs. Million ................................................ 77
ii
Table 2.4
Darbanga Demand Collection Statement Rs. Million ................................................ 77
Table 2.5
Gaya Demand Collection Statement Rs. Million ........................................................ 77
Table 2.6
Muzaffarpur Demand Collection Statement Rs. Million ............................................. 77
Table 4.1
Executing Agency Capacity Assessment Questionnaire ......................................... 107
Table 4.2
IA General Procurement Environment Assessment ................................................ 113
Table 4.3
Third Schedule - Delegation of Financial Powers.................................................... 120
Table 4.4
Record Retention Schedule For BUIDCo - Part-A................................................... 122
Table 4.5
Record Retention Schedule for BUIDCo - PART-B ................................................. 123
Table 4.6
Indicative Personnel Requirement ........................................................................... 129
Table 4.7
Basic Professional Requirements of the IPMC Personnel ...................................... 130
Table 4.8
Costs Estimates for IPMC ($) .................................................................................. 133
Table 4.9
Indicative Personnel Requirement ........................................................................... 138
Table 4.10
Basic Professional Requirements of the DSC Personnel ........................................ 139
Table 4.11
Cost Estimates for DSC ($) ..................................................................................... 142
Table 5.1
Financial Management Assessment Questionnaire – Executing Agency ............... 144
Table 5.2
Financial Management Assessment Questionnaire – Implementing Agency ......... 151
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure 4.1: Consultant proposal Evaluation Procedure UUSDIP .......................................................... 86
Figure 4.2: Bidding process in UUSDIP - Works ................................................................................... 88
Figure 4.3: Bid Evaluation Procedure RUIDP ....................................................................................... 90
Figure 4.4: Consultant proposal Evaluation Procedure RUIDP ............................................................ 92
Figure 4.5: Consultant proposal Evaluation Procedure UWSEIMP (MP Urban Project) ...................... 94
Figure 4.6: Bidding process in MP (UWSEIMP) .................................................................................... 96
Figure 4.7: Consultant proposal Evaluation Procedure J&K ................................................................. 98
Figure 4.8: Bidding process in J&K - Works ........................................................................................ 100
Figure 4.9: Concept Clearance and Subproject Approval Procedures in BUDIP (proposed) ............. 102
Figure 4.10: Consultant Proposal Evaluation Procedure in BUDIP (proposed) .................................. 103
Figure 4.11: Bidding process for Works in BUDIP (proposed) ............................................................ 105
Figure 4.12: Organisation Chart of BUIDCO ....................................................................................... 119
iii
Abbreviations and Acronyms
ADB
AIFC
AIMS
AMPs
AP
ARV
ASI
BHB
BIS
BMA
BMC
BME
BOEC
BOT
BOOT
BPL
BRCD
BRJP
BUDA
BUDIP
BUIDCO
CAA
CAG
CAGR
CAPEX
CAPP
CBO
CC
CCF
CDP
CFE
CFO
CLC
CLIP
CLIP
CMO
CPCB
CPHEEO
CSC
CSS
DBOT
DFID
DLAO
DM
DMA
DMC
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
Asian Development Bank
Average Incremental Financial Cost
Asset Inventory Management System
Asset Management Plans
Affected Persons
Annual Rental Value
Archeological Survey of India
Bihar Housing Board
Bureau of Indian Standards
Bihar Municipal Act
Bhagalpur Municipal Corporation
Benefit Monitoring Evaluation
Bid Opening and Evaluation Committee
Build Operate Transfer
Build Own Operate Transfer
Below Poverty Line
Bihar Road Construction Division
Bihar Rajya Jal Parshad
Bihar Urban Development Agency
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
Bihar Urban Infrastructure Development Corporation
Constitution Amendment Act
Comptroller and Auditor General
Compounded Annual Growth Rate
Capital Expenditure
Community Awareness and Participation Program
Community Based Organisation
City Corporation
City Challenge Fund
City Development Plan
Consent for Establishment
Consent for Operation
City Level Committee
City Level Infrastructure Plan
City Level Investment Plan
Chief Municipal Officer
Central Pollution Control Board
Central Public Health and Environmental Engineering Organization
Consultant Selection Committee
Centrally Sponsored Schemes
Design Build Operate Transfer
Department for International Development
District Land Acquisition Officer
District Magistrate
Directorate of Municipal Administration
Darbhanga Municipal Corporation
iv
DPR
DSC
EA
EAP
EARF
EARP
EIA
EIRR
EMP
EOIs
ERP
ESC
EU
FBAS
FDI
FFA
FGD
FGIA
FI
FIRR
FIS
FMAQ
FOP
FYP
GAP
GDP
GEM
GIS
GMC
GoB
GoI
GSDP
HH
HUDCO
IA
IAS
ICB
ICT
IEC
IEE
IHSDP
IP
IPDF
IPDP
IPT
JBIC
JNNURM
KfW
Km
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
Detailed Project Report
Design Supervision Consultants
Executing Agency
Externally Aided Projects
Environmental Assessment and Review Framework
Environmental Assessment and Review Procedures
Environment Impact Assessment
Economic Internal Rate of Return
Environmental Monitoring/ Management Plan
Expression of Interest
Enterprise Resource Planning
Empowered Standing Committee
European Union
Fund Based Accounting System
Foreign Direct Investment
Financing Framework Agreement
Focus Group Discussion
First Generation Imprest Account
Financial Institution
Financial Internal Rate of Return
Financial Information System
Financial Management Assessment Questionnaire
Financial and Operating Plan
Five Year Plan
Gender Action Plan
Gross Domestic Product
Generators of Economic Momentum
Geographic Information System
Gaya Municipal Corporation
Government of Bihar
Government of India
Gross State Domestic Product
Household
Housing and Urban Development Corporation
Implementing Agency
Indian Administrative Service
International Competitive Bidding
Information Communication Technology
Information, Education and Communication
Initial Environmental Examination
Integrated Housing and Slum Development Program
Indigenous People
Indigenous People’s Development Framework
Indigenous People’s Development Plan
Intermediate Public Transport
Japanese Bank for International Cooperation
Jawaharlal Nehru Urban Renewal Mission
Kreditanstalt fur Wiederaufbau
Kilometer
v
LAA
LCC
M&E
MFF
MFI
MIS
MLD
MMC
MML
MoEF
MoUD
MoUDPA
MUDPA
NCB
NCU
NGO
NGRBA
NH
NHAI
NIC
NIUA
NMAM
NMCP
NMT
NOC
NPRR
NSSO
NUIS
OHT
O&M
PAC
PAF
PAH
PFDS
PHED
PIU
PMC
PMU
PPMS
PPP
PRDA
PS
PSP
PUA
PWB
PWD
R&R
RBI
RCC
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
Land Acquisition Act
Life Cycle Cost
Monitoring and Evaluation
Multi-Tranche Financing Facility
Multilateral Financial Institutions
Management Information System
Million Liters per Day
Muzaffarpur Municipal Corporation
Model Municipal Legislation
Ministry of Environment and Forest
Ministry of Urban Development
Ministry of Urban Development and Poverty Alleviation
Ministry for Urban Development and Poverty Alleviation
National Competitive Bidding
National Commission on Urbanization
Non Governmental Organization
National Ganga River Basin Authority
National Highway
National Highway Authority of India
National Informatics Centre
National Institute of Urban Affairs
National Municipal Accounting Manual
National Minimum Common Program
Non Motorized Transport
No Objection Certificate
National Policy for Resettlement and Rehabilitation
National Sample Statistics Organization
National Urban Information System
Overhead Tank
Operation and Maintenance
Project Advisory Committee
Project Affected Families
Project Affected Households
Pooled Finance Development Scheme
Public Health Engineering Department
Program Implementing Unit
Program Management Consultants /Patna Municipal Corporation
Program Management Unit
Program Performance Monitoring System
Public Private Partnership
Patna Regional Development Authority
Pumping Station
Private Sector Participation
Patna Urban Area
Patna Water Board
Public Works Department
Resettlement and Rehabilitation
Reserve Bank India
Reinforced Cement Concrete
vi
RCD
RFP
RP
SBD
SC
SCADA
SEIAA
SFC
SGIA
SIA
SIEE
SJSRY
SLS
SOE
SPRSS
SPUR
SPV
STP
SWM
TAC
TAC
TEC
TBA
TC
TCPO
TP
TPD
UA
UDHD
UEPA
UFW
UIDSSMT
:
ULB
UNDP
URIF
USAID
WTP
WTP
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
Road Construction Department
Request for Proposal
Resettlement Plan
Standard Bid Document
Sub Committee
Supervisory Control and Data Application
State Environment Impact Assessment Authority
State Finance Commission
Second Generation Imprest Account
Social Impact Assessment
Summary Initial Environmental Examination
Swarna Jayanti Sahari Rozgar Yojana
Sanitary Landfil Site
Statement of Expenditure
Summary Poverty Reduction and Social Strategy
Support Program for Urban Reforms
Special Purpose Vehicle
Sewage Treatment Plant
Solid Waste Management
Tender Approval Committee
Technical Assistance Cluster
Tender Evaluation Committee
To Be Agreed
Town Committee
Town and Country Planning Organization
Town Panchayat
Ton per day
Urban Agglomeration
Urban Development and Housing Department
Urban Employment and Poverty Alleviation
Unaccounted for Water
Urban Infrastructure Development Services in Small and Medium
Towns
Urban Local Body
United Nations Development Program
Urban Reform Incentive Fund
United States Agency for International Development
Willingness to Pay
Water Treatment Plant
vii
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
1
Urban Service Delivery
1.1
Water Supply Sub-sector
1.1.1
Bhagalpur
Table 1.1
Bhagalpur - Current Status and Service Targets of Water Supply
SN
Item
Situation 2010
Target 2015
Target 2020
1
Population
419,0001
469,000
523,000
2
Number of Household
640672
71713
79969
3
Water supply source
SW + GW3
SW
SW
(i)
Water production from surface water source (mld)
124
885
986
a) Water produced from existing WTP (mld)
12
177
17
b) Water produced from new WTP (mld)
-
718
81
(ii)
Water produced from ground water source (mld)
99
-
-
4
System leakages (%)
2510
20
15
5
Unaccounted- for water (%)
40 11
20
1512
6
Per capita supply rate for total population (lpd)
3813
135
135
7
Number of households with piped water
52071
64542
75970
1
The populations of 2010 as well as target years of 2015 and 2020 are estimated adopting best fit curve method taking into
account of trend prevailed in past 5 decades. (Refer Section 1 of urban sector roadmap).
2
Based on household size as 6.54 persons/household as per Census 2001. Similar rate adopted for 2015 and 2020.
3
Surface water is proposed to be abstracted from the perennial source of river Ganga flowing by the northern boundary of
the town from west to east.
4
The exiting WTP is very old (first commissioned in 1885 and augmented over the years) runs under capacity (12 mld
actually produced against designed capacity of 17 mld) due to deterioration of efficiency.
5
Total water demand = ((Permanent Population 2015 = 469000* 135 lpcd =) 63.3 mld + (Floating Population 2015 (5% of
permanent population)=469000*0.05*40 lpcd =) 0.94 mld + (Non-domestic demand (15% of domestic demand) =
63.3*0.15=) 9.5 mld + (Fire demand (1% of domestic + floating + non-domestic demand) = (63.3+0.94+9.5)*0.01=) 0.74
mld)) = 74.48 mld. With provision of 15% system loss, total water demand = 74.48/0.85 = 87.62, say 88 mld. .
6
Total water demand = ((Permanent Population 2020 = 523000* 135 lpcd =) 70.6 mld + (Floating Population 2020 (5% of
permanent population=523000*0.05**40 lpcd =) 1.05 mld + (Non-domestic demand (15% of domestic demand =
70.6*0.15=) 10.59 mld + (Fire demand (1% of domestic + floating + non-domestic demand) = (70.6+1.05+10.59)*0.01 =)
0.82 mld)) = 83.06mld. With provision of 15% system loss, total water demand = 83.06/0.85 = 97.66, say 98 mld.
7
Existing WTP will be rehabilitated to its design capacity to produce 17 mld in 2015. Similar production will be retained in
2020
8
The surface water system will be designed for 30 years (2041) for the one time civil works like intake structure, OHT, raw
water and clear water pumping mains and distribution pipelines, etc. while the renewable civil works of WTP and all
equipment will be designed for a period of 15 years (2026) as per guidelines of Central Public Health Engineering and
Environment Organization (CPHEEO), Government of India. Accordingly although the capacity of water production of the
newly proposed WTP will be designed for 93 mld (see section 1.1.2) its actual production in 2015 and 2020 will be
restricted to (88-17=) 71 mld and (98-17=) 81 mld respectively.
9
Water production = 26 TW*600 lpm (average yeild)*60*10 (average running hours) = 9 MLD. The ground water production
will no longer be required in 2015 and thereafter.
10
As reported by the service providers (Municipality & BRJP)
11
There is no means with the service providers to measure the actual water consumption by the beneficiaries and so there
is no billing and collection system. Except visual observation of leakages in the system, there is no record with the service
providers towards wastage of water through CSP, overflow of OHTs, unauthorized tapping, etc. In view of these real UFW
cannot be assessed for the system and assumed to be 40% by the service provider (municipality)
12
As per CPHEEO Manual of GoI, unaccounted water should be restricted to15%. It is presumed that this target can be
achieved over a period of time
13
Total water reaches the population = 21,000,000 *0.75 (after system leakages) = 15,750,000. Per capita supply rate =
15,750,000/419,000 = 38 lpd
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 1
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
SN
Item
Situation 2010
Target 2015
Target 2020
connection
8
Per capita supply rate for population covered with
piped water supply
37
135
135
9
Service coverage (%)
8114
9015
95
10
Total number of Overhead Tank (OHT)
516
2317
23
11
Total storage capacity in OHTs (ML)
3
30
30
12
Length of water supply pipes (km)
5518
221
221
13
Total number of Community Stand Posts (CSP)
200
23919
133
14
Hours of water supply (hours/day)
4-620
24
24
15
Water pressure at supply points (m)
1-5
1221
12
16
Availability of operation and maintenance
manuals
Nil
Yes
Tes
Table 1.2
SN
Bhagalpur - Physical Investment to achieve the targets (in Rs. million)
Item
2015
Unit
1.
Rate
Qty
Amount
2020
See Note below
Qty
Amount
Renovation of existing intake and raw
water pumping station
2.
Civil work
(RCC channel, Non-metal rubber
armored hose pipe arrangement, River
bed support for attachment,
Rehabilitation of well)
Lot
Lump sum
1
48.80
Mechanical work
(Rehabilitation of mechanical & electrical
components of well, EOT Crane of 10 t
capacity, De-silting pump-SubmersibleVortex, etc.
Lot
Lump sum
1
50.00
Lot
Lump sum
1
39.00
Renovation of existing WTP
Civil work
(Filters, pumphouse, piping, and de14
Total household connected/ Total household (see Foot note 2) = 52071/64067*100 = 81 %
15
It is presumed that at least 5% of the residents will not be able to afford house connection while the balance 95%
connection may have to be achieved gradually in a span of 10 years till 2020 with the generation of awareness on the
benefits of piped water. The position of household connection in 2010 is quite appreciable (81%) and it would be possible
to have 90% of the households connected with piped water supply by 2015 and to 95% by 2020,
16
Five existing OHTs are being rehabilitated under ongoing scheme. In addition 1 new OHT is proposed under the ongoing
scheme
17
Entire service area is divide in 5 zones and 3 OHTs are proposed in each zone = 15 + 6 existing OHTs will be used=21.
18
The existing distribution pipelines of 55 kms being old and dilapidated will not be used.
19
It is presumed that at least 5% of the household will not be able to afford pipe water connection and have to depend on
CSP. The number of CSP is therefore to be gradually reduced. Accordingly provision of CSP is proposed for 10 % of the
household or 7171 by 2015 and 5% or 4000 by 2020. Considering one CSP will be shared by 30 HH total number of CSP is
proposed as 239 and 133 for 2015 and 2020 respectively.
20
Presently the situation is improved to 10 hours.
21
In general cases residual head shall be 12 meters. For some specific zone, limit of reject is below 7 meters.
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 2
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
SN
Item
2015
Unit
Rate
Qty
2020
See Note below
Amount
Qty
Amount
silting of tanks),
Mechanical and electrical works
(Pumps, instrumentation and electrical)
3.
4.
5
6.
Lot
Lump sum
1
17.40
Civil Works
(Jack well at river Ganga, 1200 mm dia
Header and Piping arrangement with
accessories, Access bridge)
Lot
Lump sum
1
165.00
Mechanical & Electrical
(Vertical Turbine Pumps 1650cum/hr * 32
m head and cooling pumps with column
assembly and accessories, HT motors,
EOT Crane of 10 t capacity, Desilting
pump- Submersible vortex, Trash rack
and Sluice gates & Other electrical items)
Lot
Lump sum
1
60.00
i) 1200mm dia MS Spirally welded pipe
km
47.8
2.9
138.60
ii) Valves (400-1200 mm dia PN 1.0)
each
0.182
14
2.55
iii) Surge control device
each
0.5
2
1.00
Civil work and Piping
(Pre-settling tank, Cascade Aerator and
Parshall Flume, Flash mixer,
Flocculation, Tube-settler, Filtration unit,
Sludge handling facilities, Chlorination
and Chemical dosing building & Other
facilities,)
Lot
Lump sum
1
213.10
Mechanical & Electrical
(Motors & mixers, pumps, Centrifuge,
Filter control, Compressors, Crane, Hoist,
weighing machine, HT/LT &Lighting,
Sub-station and cables, SCADA with
PLCs, Hardware, Software &
Instrumentation)
Lot
Lump sum
1
21.80
1
91.10
Construction of new intake and raw water
pumping station
Raw water pumping main
-
-
Construction of WTP (93.2 Mld)
Construction of clear water sump and
pumping station
Civil work and Piping
(Clear water sump, pump house & piping
arrangement)
Mechanical & Electrical
(Vertical Turbine pumps
1250cum/hr*90m head with cooling
pumps including column assembly, HT
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Lot
38.10
Page 3
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
SN
Item
2015
Unit
Rate
Qty
Amount
2020
See Note below
Qty
Amount
Motors, Pumps and piping for WTP
service water, EOT crane, Surge
protection device & Other Electrical
items)
7.
Construction of Clear water pumping
main
i) 400/600 mm dia DI (K9) pipe
km
18.1
47
850.10
ii) Valves and appurtenances
each
0.27
31
8.50
iii) Pipe Jack
each
5.00
1
5.00
i) 1.5 ML Capacity
each
20.8
18
374.20
ii) Others
each
0.4
18
7.20
i) 500mm DI K7
Km
14.565
1.255
18.30
ii) 400mm DI K7
km
10.461
2.51
26.30
iii) 350mm DI K7
km
8.725
3.76
32.80
iv) 315mm HDPE PN6
km
7.115
5.02
35.70
v) 250mm HDPE PN6
km
4.495
12.55
56.40
vi) 200mm HDPE PN6
km
2.888
22.05
63.70
vii) 160mm HDPE PN6
Km
1.854
33.76
62.60
viii)110mm HDPE PN6
km
0.885
96.11
85.10
ix) Valves and other accessories (30% of
pipeline cost of)
Lot
LS
x) Road restoration
Sq M
1700
144510
245.70
xi) Bulk Flow meters
each
0.5
30
15.00
10.
Water Metering
each
0.0045
52000
234.00
11.
Power supply to Intake and WTP
LS
12.
Cost of Land (WTP-3 ha+OHTs-2.4 ha)
Ha
13.
Survey Investigation
14.
Resettlement and Environmental
mitigation
8.
Construction of OHT
9.
.
Distribution Pipelines
114.30
50.00
43.83
5.88
257.70
5.53
LS
13.10
Total Base Cost
3447.68
Contingency (5%)
172.38
3620.06
Consultancy (4%)
144.80
Total Cost
3764.86
$83.66 mil
(All cost is based on 2010 value and currency conversion rate of 1 $ = RS. 45)
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 4
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
Note: In accordance with Central Public Health Engineering and Environment Organization (CPHEEO), Government of
India’s guidelines the subproject is designed for implementation in 2 phases. While the one time civil works like intake
structure, OHT, raw water and clear water pumping mains and distribution pipelines, etc. fulfilling the 30 years (2041)
requirements are designed to install in the first phase itself, the renewable civil works of WTP and all equipment are
designed for a period of 15 years (2026) requirements. Accordingly the installed capacity of WTP at 2026 shall be to the
extent of 93 mld. (Total water demand = ((Permanent Population 2026 = 590000* 135 lpcd =) 79.65 mld + (Floating
Population 2026 (5% of permanent population=590000*0.05**40 lpcd =) 1.18 mld + (Non-domestic demand (15% of
domestic demand = 79.65*0.15=) 11.95 mld + (Fire demand (1% of domestic + floating + non-domestic demand) =
(79.65+1.18+11.95)*0.01 =0.93 mld) = 93.71 mld.. With provision of 15% system loss, total water demand = 93.71/0.85 =)
110 mld. Water production from the existing WTP after renovation= 17 mld. The capacity of the new WTP under the
proposed investment plan= (110–17=) 93.2 mld. In view of this there will not be any need for additional investment after
2015 till 2026.
Table 1.3
Bhagalpur - Ongoing/committed project
SN
Item of Works
Cost (Million INR)
Status
1.
Renovation of existing WTP
19.3
Contracts awarded
2.
Renovation of 2 Steel and 3 RCC existing OHT
22.0
Contracts awarded
3.
Construction of 1 no.0.45 ML capacity OHT
8.0
Contracts awarded
4.
Installation of new tube wells – 23 nos.
27.3
Contracts awarded
5.
Rehabilitation of existing tube wells – 5 nos.
6.5
Contracts awarded
6.
Supply and laying new distribution pipelines – 74 km
159.3
Contracts awarded
Note : The ongoing works are taken care of in the proposed scheme except the tube wells which will not be
the part of it
Appropriateness for ADB Financing and timing:
Suitable for ADB funding in the first tranche subject to confirmation on availability of land by GoB.
1.1.2
Muzaffarpur
Table 1.4
Muzaffarpur - Water Supply Service Targets
SN
Item
Situation 2010
Target 2015
Target 2020
1
Population
379,00022
423,000
470,000
2
Number of Household
61928
69118
76797
3
Water supply source
GW
GW + SW24
GW + SW
4
Total water production (mld)
36
79
8827
25
23
26
22
The populations of 2010 as well as target years of 2015 and 2020 are estimated adopting best fit curve method taking
into account of trend prevailed in past 5 decades. (Refer Section 1 of urban sector roadmap).
23
Household size = 6.12 persons/Household as per Census 2001. Similar size is considered for 2015 and 2020
considering almost similar socio-cultural profile of the town to continue till such time.
24
Surface water is proposed to be abstracted from perennial source of river Buri Gandak flowing by the northern boundary
of the town from west to east.
25
Presently (2010) the water supply of the town is based on GW only. There are 20 tube wells of which 13 are functional.
Total discharge of tube wells claimed to be 36 mld with 13 hours operation.
26
Total water demand = (Permanent Population 2015 = 423000* 135 lpcd =) 57.1 mld + (Floating Population 2015 (5% of
permanent population)=423000*0.05*40 lpcd =) 0.85 mld + (Non-domestic demand (15% of domestic demand) =
57.1*0.15=) 8.57 mld + (Fire demand (1% of domestic + floating + non-domestic demand) = (57.1+0.85+8.57)*0.01=) 0.67
mld = 67.19 mld. With provision of 15% system loss, total water demand = 67.19/0.85 = 79 mld.
27
Total water demand = (Permanent Population 2020 = 470000* 135 lpcd =) 63.45 mld + (Floating Population 2020 (5% of
permanent population=470000*0.05**40 lpcd =) 0.94 mld + (Non-domestic demand (15% of domestic demand
=63.45*0.15=) 9.52 mld + (Fire demand (1% of domestic + floating + non-domestic demand) = (63.45+0.94+9.52)*0.01 =)
0.74 mld = 74.65 mld. With provision of 15% system loss, total water demand = 74.65/0.85 = 87.82, say 88 mld.
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 5
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
SN
Item
Situation 2010
Target 2015
Target 2020
a) Water production from GW water source (mld)
3628
2329
23
a) Water produced from SW source (mld)
-
5630
65
5
System leakages (%)
2031
20
15
6
Unaccounted- for water (%)
3032
20
1533
7
Per capita supply rate (lpd)
7634
135
135
8
Number of households with piped water connection
18500
6220635
72957
9
Service coverage (%)
3036
90
95
10
Total number of Overhead Tank (OHT)
1337
3738
37
11
Total storage capacity in OHTs (ML)
5.6 ML
33.7
33.7
12
Length of water supply pipes (km)
117
38439
384
13
Total number of Community Stand Posts (CSP)
422
23040
128
14
Hours of water supply (hours/day)
10-12
24
24
15
Water pressure at supply points (m)
1-5
12
12
16
Availability of operation and maintenance manuals
Nil
28
See Foot note 25
Although 36 mld of water is claimed to be abstracted in 2010, based on Central Ground Water Board’s report utilizable
ground water availability is worked out to be about 23 mld. The existing 13 TWs will be redeveloped to maintain production
of 23 mld of water till 2015 and 2020.
30
The surface water system will be designed for 30 years (2041) for the one time civil works like intake structure, OHT, raw
water and clear water pumping mains and distribution pipelines, etc. while the renewable civil works of WTP and all
equipment will be designed for a period of 15 years (2026) as per guidelines of Central Public Health Engineering and
Environment Organization (CPHEEO), Government of India. Accordingly although the capacity of water production of the
newly proposed surface water scheme/WTP will be designed for 76 (see section 1.2.2) mld its actual production in 2015
and 2020 will be restricted to 56 (88-23-9) mld and 65 (88-23) mld respectively.
31
As reported by the service providers (Municipality).
32
There is no means with the service providers to measure the actual water consumption by the beneficiaries and so there
is no billing and collection system. Except leakages in the system, there is no record with the service providers towards
wastage of water through CSP, overflow of OHTs, unauthorized tapping, etc. In view of these real UFW cannot be
assessed for the system and assumed to be 30% by the service provider (municipality).
33
As per CPHEEO Manual of GoI, unaccounted water should be restricted to15%. It is presumed that this target can be
achieved over a period of time
34
Total water reaches the beneficiaries = 36,000,000 *0.8 (after system leakages) = 28,800,000. Per capita supply rate =
28,800,000/379,000 = 76 lpd
35
It is presumed that at least 5% of the residents will not be able to afford house connection and depend on PSP or hand
pumps, while the balance 95% connection shall be achieved gradually in a span of 10 years till 2020 with generation of
awareness among the residents on the benefits of piped water. Accordingly it is presumed that by 2015 it would be possible
to connect 90% of the households to piped water supply and 95% by 2020.
36
Number of households connected to piped water supply / Total number of households (See Foot note 23) = 18500/
61928 = 30 %
37
There are 7 existing OHT of 2.7 ML storage capacity and 6 OHT of 2.9 ML storage capacity are under ongoing scheme.
These OHTs are integrated in the proposed scheme.
29
38
8 additional OHTs are proposed with total storage capacity of 10.8 ML. Under the two ongoing schemes
(state plan and UIDSSMT) 16 more OHTs are to be constructed This will make total 37 numbers of OHT with
total storage capacity of 33.7 ML distributed in the entire service area divided in 10 zones. The storage need
will remain same for 2020.
39
Include 341 km ongoing schemes (117km state funded scheme + 224 km UIDSSMT funded) + 43 Km now proposed.
The existing distribution pipelines being old and dilapidated will not be used.
40
It is presumed that at least 5% of the household will not be able to afford pipe water connection and have to depend on
CSP. It is proposed to reduce the CSP gradually. Accordingly provision of CSP is proposed for 10 % of the household or
6912 by 2015 and 5% or 3840 by 2020. Considering one CSP will be shared by 30 HH total number of CSP is proposed as
230 and 128 for 2015 and 2020 respectively.
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 6
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
Table 1.5
SN
Muzaffarpur - Physical Investment to achieve the targets (in Rs. Million)
(All cost is based on 2010 value and currency conversion rate of 1 $ = RS. 45)
Item
2015
Unit
1.
3.
4
5.
Qty
Amount
Qty
Amount
Redevelopment of existing tube wells
Redevelopment
2.
Rate
2020
each
0.3
0
0
Civil Works
Jack well at river Budi Gandak, 1200 mm dia
Header and Piping arrangement with
accessories & Access bridge,
Lot
136.20
1
136.20
Mechanical & Electrical
V T Pumps 1650cum/hr*25m head cooling
pumps with column assembly &accessories,
HT motors, EOT Crane 10 t capacity
Lot
55.50
i) 1000mm dia MS Spirally welded pipe
km
39.5
0.3
11.85
ii) Valves (400-1000 mm dia PN 1.0)
each
0.21
12
2.50
iv) Air valve 80 mm dia PN 1.0
each
0.02
2
0.04
vi) Pipe Bridge
each
2
1
2.00
vii) Surge control device
each
0.6
2
1.20
Construction of new intake and raw water
pumping station
55.50
Raw water pumping main
-
-
Construction of WTP
Civil work and Piping
(Pre-settling tank, Cascade Aerator and
Parshall Flume, Flash mixer, Flocculation,
Tube-settler, Filtration unit, Sludge handling
facilities, Chlorination and Chemical dosing
building & Other facilities,)
207.30
Mechanical & Electrical
(Motors & mixers, pumps, Centrifuge, Filter
control, Compressors, Crane, Hoist, weighing
machine, HT/LT &Lighting, Sub-station and
cables, SCADA with PLCs, Hardware,
Software & Instrumentation)
17.80
Construction of clear water sump and
pumping station
Civil work and Piping
(Clear water sump, pump house & piping
arrangement)
51.50
Mechanical & Electrical
(Vertical Turbine pumps 1250cum/hr*30m
head with cooling pumps including column
assembly, HT Motors, Pumps and piping for
WTP service water, EOT crane, Surge
29.30
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 7
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
SN
Item
2015
Unit
Rate
Qty
Amount
2020
Qty
Amount
protection device & Other Electrical items)
6.
Construction of Clear water pumping main
7.
i) 600 mm dia DI (K9) pipe
km
22
4.55
100.00
ii) Sluice valves 600mm dia PN1.6
each
0.30
6
2.23
iii) Air valves 80mm dia PN1.6
Each
0.02
0
0.00
iv) Butterfly valve 600 mm PN1.6
each
0.4
6
2.7
i) Civil structure (1700cum capacity)
Each
12.0
8
96.00
ii) Piping and accessories
each
0.5
8
4.00
iii) Others
Each
0.1
8
0.80
i) 500mm DI K7
Km
14.6
0.368
5.36
ii) 400mm DI K7
km
10
0.585
6.12
iii) 315mm HDPE PN6
km
7
1.395
9.93
iv) 250mm HDPE PN6
km
4
1.92
8.63
v) 200mm HDPE PN6
km
3
2.408
6.95
vi) 160mm HDPE PN6
Km
1.8
10.8
20.02
vii)110mm HDPE PN6
km
0.9
25.5
22.57
viii) Valves and other accessories (30% of
pipeline cost of)
LS
LS
ix) Road Restoration
LS
x) Bulk Flow meters
each
Construction of OHT
8.
Distribution Pipelines
23.87
59.71
0.5
4
2.00
0.0045
25360
114.12
9.
Water Metering
10.
Power supply to Intake and WTP
LS
11.
Cost of Land (WTP-3 ha+OHTs-2.4 ha)
ha
12.
Survey Investigation
4.50
13
Resettlement and Environmental mitigation
measures
6.4
Total Base Cost
1387.3
Contingency (5%)
69.4
40.00
67.25
5.0
336.25
1456.7
Consultancy (4%)
58.3
Total Cost
1514.9
$33.7 mil
Note: In accordance with Central Public Health Engineering and Environment Organization (CPHEEO), Government of
India’s guidelines the subproject is designed for implementation in 2 phases. While the one time civil works like intake
structure, OHT, raw water and clear water pumping mains and distribution pipelines, etc. fulfilling the 30 years (2041)
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 8
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
requirements are designed to install in the first phase itself, the renewable civil works of WTP and all equipment are
designed for a period of 15 years (2026) requirements. Accordingly the installed capacity of WTP at 2026 shall be to the
extent of 93 mld. (Total water demand = ((Permanent Population 2026 = 530000* 135 lpcd =) 71.55 mld + (Floating
Population 2026 (5% of permanent population=530000*0.05**40 lpcd =) 1.06 mld + (Non-domestic demand (15% of
domestic demand = 71.55*0.15=) 10.73 mld + (Fire demand (1% of domestic + floating + non-domestic demand) =
(71.55+1.06+10.73)*0.01 =0.93 mld)) = 84.27 mld.. With provision of 15% system loss, total water demand = 84.27/0.85 =)
99 mld. Water production from ground water source after renovation of the existing tube wells = 23 mld. The capacity of the
new WTP under the proposed investment plan= (99–23=) 76 mld. In view of this there will not be any need for additional
investment after 2015 till 2026
Table 1.6
SN
Muzaffarpur - Ongoing/committed project
Item of Works
Cost (Mil lNR)
Funded by
Status
1.
Augmentation of water supply
390
GoB
Contracts awarded
2.
Augmentation of water supply
980
GoI under UIDSSMT
DPR Preparation
Appropriateness for ADB Financing and timing:
As large scale investment is in progress to fulfill 30 years requirement of the town, there is no
scope for ADB funding in this sector.
1.1.3
Darbhanga
Table 1.7
Darbhanga - Water Supply Service Targets
SN
Item
Situation 2010
1
Population
314,000
2
Number of Household
3
Target 2015
Target 2020
339,000
365,000
4906342
52969
57031
Water supply source
GW
SW +GW
SW+GW
Total water demand
5944
6445
6846
4
Water production from ground water source (mld)
11
1447
14
4
Water produced from surface water source (mld)
-
5048
54
41
43
41
The populations of 2010 as well as target years of 2015 and 2020 are estimated adopting best fit curve method taking
into account of trend prevailed in past 5 decades. (Refer Section 1 of urban sector roadmap).
42
Based on household size as 6.4 persons/household as per Census 2001. Similar rate adopted for 2015 and 2020.
43
Surface water is proposed to be abstracted from the perennial source of river Baghmati flowing by 24 km west of the
town north to south.
44
Total water demand 2010 = (Permanent Population 2010 = 314000* 135 lpcd =) 42.4 mld + (Floating Population 2010
(5% of permanent population)=314000*0.05*40 lpcd =) 0.63 mld + (Non-domestic demand (15% of domestic demand) =
42.4*0.15=) 6.4 mld + (Fire demand (1% of domestic + floating + non-domestic demand) = (42.4+0.63+6.4)*0.01=) 0.5 mld
= 49.93 mld. With provision of 15% system loss, total water demand = 49.93/0.85 = 58.74, say 59 mld. .
45
Total water demand 2015 = (Permanent Population 2015 = 339000* 135 lpcd =) 45.77 mld + (Floating Population 2015
(5% of permanent population) =339000*0.05*40 lpcd =) 0.68 mld + (Non-domestic demand (15% of domestic
demand)=45.77*0.15=) 6.87 mld + (Fire demand (1% of domestic + floating + non-domestic demand) =
(45.77+0.68+6.87)*0.01=) 0.53 mld = 54.15 mld. With provision of 15% system loss, total water demand = 54.15/0.85 =
63.70, say 64 mld.
46
Total water demand = (Permanent Population 2020 = 365000* 135 lpcd =) 49.3 mld + (Floating Population 2020 (5% of
permanent population=365000*0.05**40 lpcd =) 0.73 mld + (Non-domestic demand (15% of domestic demand =
49.3*0.15=) 7.40 mld + (Fire demand (1% of domestic + floating + non-domestic demand) = (49.3+0.73+7.40)*0.01 =) 0.57
mld = 58.0 mld. With provision of 15% system loss, total water demand = 58.0/0.85 = 68.24, say 68 mld.
47
The existing TWs will be rehabilitated to the extent to produce 14 mld. Similar production will be retained in 2020.
48
The water supplied from GW source shall be supplemented by surface source. The surface water system will be
designed for 30 years (2041) for the one time civil works like intake structure, OHT, raw water and clear water pumping
mains and distribution pipelines, etc. while the renewable civil works of WTP and all equipment will be designed for a period
of 15 years (2026) as per guidelines of Central Public Health Engineering and Environment Organization (CPHEEO),
Government of India. Accordingly although the capacity of water production of the newly proposed WTP will be designed
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 9
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
SN
Item
Situation 2010
Target 2015
Target 2020
5
System leakages (%)
2049
15
15
6
Unaccounted- for water (%)
3050
15
15
7
Per capita supply rate (lpd)
2851
135
135
8
Number of households with piped water connection
17800
47672
54179
9
Service coverage (%)
3652
9053
95
10
Total number of Overhead Tank (OHT)
9
2054
20
11
Total storage capacity in OHTs (ML)
4
17
17
12
Length of water supply pipes (km)
5055
19856
198
13
Total number of Community Stand Posts (CSP)
200
17757
95
14
Hours of water supply (hours/day)
6-12
24
24
15
Water pressure at supply points (m)
1-5
12
12
16
Availability of operation and maintenance manuals
Nil
Yes
Yes
for 60 mld, (see section 1.3.2) its actual production in 2015 and 2020 will be restricted to (64-14=) 50 mld and (68-14=) 54
mld respectively.
49
As reported by the service providers (Municipality & BRJP).
50
There is no means with the service providers to measure the actual water consumption by the beneficiaries and so there
is no billing and collection system. Except visual observation of leakages in the system, there is no record with the service
providers towards wastage of water through CSP, overflow of OHTs, unauthorized tapping, etc. In view of these real UFW
cannot be assessed for the system and assumed to be 30% by the service provider (municipality).
51
Total water reaches the beneficiaries = 11,000,000 *0.8 (after system leakages of 20%) = 8,800,000. Per capita supply
rate = 8,800,000/314,000 = 28 lpd.
52
Total household connected/ Total household (see Foot note 2) =17800/49063*100 = 36 %
53
It is presumed that at least 5% of the residents will not be able to afford house connection while the balance 95%
connection will be achieved gradually in a span of 10 years till 2020 with the generation of awareness on the benefits of
piped water. Accodingly, it may be possible to achieve piped water connections more than 90 % by 2015 and 95% by 2020.
54
The entire service area is divided in 8 zones requiring 17 ML storage capacity and there are 9 OHT (2 existing + 7
ongoing) distributed in different zones of total storage capacity of 4 ML. Accordingly it is proposed to provide balance 13 ML
storage in all the 8 zones as required through 11 OHT.
55
The 50 km existing pipelines are old, undersized and dilapidated hence can not be used. Under an ongoing project 110
km of distribution pipeline is being laid.
56
As per CPHEEO guide lines the distribution pipelines are to be laid for ultimate designed period (2041). Accordingly 198
km pipe lines will be availablein 2015 and 2020.
57
It is presumed that at least 5% of the household will not be able to afford pipe water connection and have to depend on
CSP. The number of CSP is therefore to be gradually reduced. Accordingly provision of CSP is proposed for 10 % of the
household or 5297 by 2015 and 5% or 2852 by 2020. Considering one CSP will be shared by 30 HH total number of CSP is
proposed as 177 and 95 for 2015 and 2020 respectively.
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 10
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
Table 1.8
SN
Darbhanga - Physical Investment to achieve the targets (in Rs. Million)
(All cost is based on 2010 value and currency conversion rate of 1 $ = RS. 45)
Item
2015
Unit
1.
2.
3.
4
5.
6.
7.
Rate
Qty
Amount
2020
See Note Below
Qty
Amount
Construction of Tube Wells
Civil work
each
1.50
4
6.00
Mechanical & Electrical work
each
1.00
4
4.00
Civil Works
Unit
132.00
1
132.00
Mechanical & Electrical
Lot
28.00
1
28.00
i) 1000 mm dia MS Spirally welded pipe
Km
40
24
960.00
ii) Valves
Lot
1.25
1
1.25
iii)Pipe bridge, supports, crossing, etc.
lot
LS
1
115.00
Civil work and Piping
(Pre-settling tank, Cascade Aerator and
Parshall Flume, Flash mixer, Flocculation,
Tube-settler, Filtration unit, Sludge handling
facilities, Chlorination and Chemical dosing
building & Other facilities,)
unit
160.00
1
160.00
Mechanical & Electrical
(Motors & mixers, pumps, Centrifuge, Filter
control, Compressors, Crane, Hoist, weighing
machine, HT/LT &Lighting, Sub-station and
cables, SCADA with PLCs, Hardware,
Software & Instrumentation)
lot
20.00
1
20.00
Civil work
Clear water sump and pump station
unit
32.00
1
32.00
Mechanical & Electrical
Vertical Turbine pumps 1250cum/hr*90m
head with cooling pumps including column
assembly
lot
25.00
1
25.00
i) 500 mm dia DI (K9) pipe (WTP-OHT)
km
17
30
510.00
ii) Valves (400 mm Dia-PN1.6)
each
0.15
80
12.00
iii) 300 mm dia DI (K9) pipe
km
8
3
24.00
iv) Valves 250 mm dia PN1.6
each
0.15
5
7.5
Construction of intake and raw water pumping
station
Raw water pumping main
Construction of WTP (60 mld capacity)
Construction of clear water sump and
pumping station
Construction of Clear water pumping main
Construction of OHT
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 11
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
SN
Item
2015
Unit
Rate
Qty
Amount
i) 1.3 ML Capacity
Each
19
4
76.00
ii) 0.9 ML Capacity
Each
18
6
108.00
iii) 0.45 ML Capacity
Each
17
1
17.00
i) 400mm DI K7
Km
10.0
0.9
9.00
ii) 350mm DI K7
Km
8.7
0.5
4.35
iii) 315mm HDPE PN6
Km
7.0
0.7
4.90
iv) 250mm HDPE PN6
Km
4.5
4.4
19.80
v) 200mm HDPE PN6
Km
2.9
8.7
25.23
vi) 160mm HDPE PN6
Km
1.8
14.0
25.20
vii) 110mm HDPE PN6
Km
0.9
47.0
42.30
viii) Valves and other accessories (30% of
pipeline cost of)
LS
ix) Bulk Flow meters
each
0.5
4
2.00
Domestic water meter (incl. connection)
Each
0.0045
33000
148.50
10.
Power supply to Intake and WTP
LS
11.
Cost of Land (WTP-2.5ha+OHTs-1.0 ha+ TW
pump house 0.2 ha + RW Pipe 0.1ha)
Ha
12.
Survey Investigation
5.00
13
Resettlement and Environmental mitigation
measures
4.4
Total Base Cost
2750.8
Contingency (5%)
137.5
8.
2020
See Note Below
Qty
Amount
Distribution Pipelines
9.
39.40
Water Metering
50.00
35
3.8
133.00
2888.3
Consultancy (4%)
115.5
Total Cost
3003.8
$66.8 mil
Note: In accordance with Central Public Health Engineering and Environment Organization (CPHEEO), Government of
India’s guidelines the subproject is designed for implementation in 2 phases. While the one time civil works like intake
structure, OHT, raw water and clear water pumping mains and distribution pipelines, etc. fulfilling the 30 years (2041)
requirements in the first phase itself, the renewable civil works of WTP and all equipment are designed for a period of 15
years (2026) requirements. Accordingly the installed capacity of WTP at 2015 shall be to the extent of 60 mld. (Total water
demand = (Permanent Population 2026 = 396000* 135 lpcd =) 53.5 mld + (Floating Population 2026 (5% of permanent
population=396000*0.05**40 lpcd =) 0.79 mld + (Non-domestic demand (15% of domestic demand = 53.5*0.15=) 8.00 mld
+ (Fire demand (1% of domestic + floating + non-domestic demand) = (53.5+0.79+8.00)*0.01 =) 0.62 mld = 62.91 mld..
With provision of 15% system loss, total water demand = 62.91/0.85 =) 74 mld. Water production from ground water source
=14 mld. Hence Water production from surface water source = (74-14) = 60 mld. In view of this there will not be any need
for additional investment after 2015 till 2026.
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 12
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
Ongoing/committed project
i)
Installation of 5 nos. 450mm x 300mm dia* 125m deep tubewells of 49 lps capacity each;
ii)
Supply and laying 1.1 km long 150-300mm dia CI rising main;
iii) Construction of 7 OHT of 21im high staging of 4.3 ML total capacity;
iv) Supply and laying 110 km long 80-400 mm dia CI distribution pipelines.
Total Cost = RS. 108 million
Note : The ongoing works are taken care of in the proposed scheme.
Appropriateness for ADB Financing and timing:
Suitable for ADB funding subject to confirmation on availability of land by GoB and availability of
fund.
1.1.4
Gaya Water Supply Service Plan (Physical Investment)
Table 1.9
Gaya - Water Supply Service Targets
SN
Item
Situation 2010
Target 2015
Target 2020
1
Population
475,00058
530,000
589,000
2
Number of Household
6615659
73816
82033
3
Water supply source
GW60
GW + SW61
GW + SW
4
Total water demand
8962
9963
11064
5
Water production from ground water source (mld)
1765
2466
24
6
Water produced from surface water source (mld)
-
7567
86
58
The populations of 2010 as well as target years of 2015 and 2020 are estimated adopting best fit curve method taking into
account of trend prevailed in past 5 decades. (Refer Section 1 of urban sector roadmap).
59
Household (HH) size = 7.18 persons/Household as per Census 2001. Similar size is considered for 2015 and 2020
considering almost similar socio-cultural profile of the town to continue till such time.
60
In the Gaya district of 4976 sq.km area, net annual ground water availability is 888 MCM/year (as per Central Ground
Water Board’s report). Area of the town is 50.17 sq.km. Assuming uniform distribution of ground water, net ground water
availability works out to be 24.5 MLD. In the midst of absence of proper ground water study, it is assumed that there will be
no ingress of water into the study zone, and also there is no abstraction for purposes other than domestic. Assuming 20%
recharge in the urban area, utilizable ground water availability works out to be 29.4MLD (approximated to 30 MLD). Even
with this additional recharge, the ground water supply for the demand will be inadequate even for the present year.
61
Surface water is proposed to be abstracted from the nearest available perennial source of river Ganga flowing west to
east at 90 km north of Gaya.
62
Total water demand 2010 = (Permanent Population 2010 = 475000* 135 lpcd =) 64.12 mld + (Floating Population 2010
(5% of permanent population)=475000*0.05*40 lpcd =) 0.95 mld + (Non-domestic demand (15% of domestic demand)
=64.12*0.15=) 9.62 mld + (Fire demand (1% of domestic + floating + non-domestic demand) = (64.12+0.95+9.62)*0.01=)
0.75 mld = 75.44 mld. With provision of 15% system loss, total water demand = 75.44/0.85 = 88.75, say 89 mld.
63
Total water demand 2015 = ((Permanent Population 2015 = 530000* 135 lpcd =) 71.55 mld + (Floating Population 2015
(5% of permanent population) =530000*0.05*40 lpcd =) 1.06 mld + (Non-domestic demand (15% of domestic
demand)=71.55*0.15=) 10.73 mld + (Fire demand (1% of domestic + floating + non-domestic demand) =
(71.55+1.06+10.73)*0.01=) 0.83 mld) = 84.17 mld. With provision of 15% system loss, total water demand = 84.17/0.85 =
99.02, say 99 mld.
64
Total water demand 2020 = ((Permanent Population 2020 = 589000* 135 lpcd =) 79.5 mld + (Floating Population 2020
(5% of permanent population=589000*0.05**40 lpcd =) 1.18 mld + (Non-domestic demand (15% of domestic demand =
79.5*0.15=) 11.9 mld + (Fire demand (1% of domestic + floating + non-domestic demand) = (79.5+ 1.18 +11.9)*0.01 =)
0.93 mld) = 93.5 mld. With provision of 15% system loss, total water demand = 93.5/0.85 = 110.01, say 110 mld.
65
As reported by the service provider (Gaya Municipal Corporation).
66
Ground water of 24 MLD is proposed to be extracted for water supply system in the town as assessed to be available
from CGWB’s report (see Foot note 60) after rehabilitation of exiting ground water system through the State’s on going
scheme.
67
The water supplied from GW source shall be supplemented by surface source. The surface water system will be
designed for 30 years (2041) for the one time civil works like intake structure, OHT, raw water and clear water pumping
mains and distribution pipelines, etc. while the renewable civil works of WTP and all equipment will be designed for a period
of 15 years (2026) as per guidelines of Central Public Health Engineering and Environment Organization (CPHEEO),
Government of India. Accordingly although the capacity of water production of the newly proposed WTP will be designed
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 13
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
SN
Item
Situation 2010
Target 2015
Target 2020
7
System leakages (%)
2068
15
15
8
Unaccounted- for water (%)
3069
20
15
9
Per capita supply rate (lpd)
28.670
135
135
10
Number of households with piped water connection
54200
70125
77931
11
Service coverage (%)
8271
9572
95
12
Total number of Overhead Tank (OHT)
8
1773
17
13
Total storage capacity in OHTs (ML)
17.5
17.5
17.5
14
Length of water supply pipes (km)
7074
35875
358
15
Total number of Community Stand Posts (CSP)
250
12376
136
16
Hours of water supply (hours/day)
5
24
24
17
Water pressure at supply points (m)
1-5
12
12
18
Availability of operation and maintenance manuals
Nil
Yes
Yes
Table 1.10 Gaya - Physical Investment to achieve the targets (in Rs. Million)
SN
(All cost is based on 2010 value and currency conversion rate of 1 $ = RS. 45)
Item
2015
2020 (See Note
Below)
Unit
1
Redevelopment of tubewells
2.
Construction of intake and raw water pumping station
3
each
Rate
Qty
Amount
0.45
17
7.65
Civil Works
unit
307.00
1
307.00
Mechanical & Electrical
lot
125.00
1
125.00
unit
400.00
1
400.00
Qty
Amount
Construction of WTP (165 mld capacity)
Civil work and Piping
(Pre-settling tank, Cascade Aerator and
Parshall Flume, Flash mixer, Flocculation,
Tube-settler, Filtration unit, Sludge handling
for 165 mld, (see section 1.4.2: Physical investment) its actual production in 2015 and 2020 will be restricted to (99-24=) 75
mld and (110-24=) 86 mld respectively.
68
As reported by the service providers (Municipality & BRJP).
69
There is no means with the service providers to measure the actual water consumption by the beneficiaries and so there
is no billing and collection system. Except visual observation of leakages in the system, there is no record with the service
providers towards wastage of water through CSP, overflow of OHTs, unauthorized tapping, etc. In view of these real UFW
cannot be assessed for the system and assumed to be 30% by the service provider (municipality).
70
Total water reaches the beneficiaries = 17,000,000 *0.8 (after system leakages of 20%) = 13,600,000. Per capita supply
rate = 13,600,000/475,000 = 28.6 lpd.
71
Total household connected/ Total household (see Foot note 2) =54200/66156*100 = 82 %
72
It is presumed that at least 5% of the household will not be able to afford pipe water connection and have to depend on
CSP.
73
The entire service area is divided in 10 zones requiring about 35 ML storage capacity and there are 8 OHT (7 existing + 1
ongoing) distributed in different zones of total storage capacity of 17.5 ML. Accordingly it is proposed to provide 35 ML
storage in all the 8 zones as required through 17 OHT.
74
The 70 km existing pipelines are old, undersized and dilapidated hence can not be used. Under an ongoing project 64 km
of distribution pipeline is being laid which is considered to be the availability in 2010.
75
As per CPHEEO guide lines the distribution pipelines are to be laid for ultimate designed period (2041). Accordingly 358
km pipe line will be laid under new proposal by 2015 which will suffice the requirement till 2041.
76
While 95% house connection is proposed in 2015 and 2020, 5% of the household is presumed to depend on CSP.
Accordingly provision of CSP is proposed for 5% of the household or 3690 by 2015 and 4100 by 2020. Considering one
CSP will be shared by 30 HH total number of CSP is proposed as 123 and 136 for 2015 and 2020 respectively.
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 14
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
SN
Item
2015
Unit
Rate
Qty
Amount
2020 (See Note
Below)
Qty
Amount
facilities, Chlorination and Chemical dosing
building & Other facilities,)
Mechanical & Electrical
(Motors & mixers, pumps, Centrifuge, Filter
control, Compressors, Crane, Hoist,
weighing machine, HT/LT &Lighting, Substation and cables, SCADA with PLCs,
Hardware, Software & Instrumentation)
lot
45.50
1
45.50
Civil work
Clear water sump and pump station
unit
97.00
1
97.00
Mechanical & Electrical
Vertical Turbine pumps 1250cum/hr*90m
head with cooling pumps including column
assembly
lot
73.00
1
73.00
1400 dia MS pipe (Spirally welded)
km
45
94
4230.00
MS 1200 pipe line (Spiral welded)
Km
35
106
3710.00
MS Specials
MT
0.6
100
60.00
Air valves 100mm dia PN2.5
each
0.048
63
3.00
Butterfly valve 1200 mm PN2.5
Each
2.4
400
960.00
Pipe bridges, support structures, Railway
crossing, etc.
lot
LS
1
260.00
6
Construction of Main Reservoir
(for master balancing)Civil structure, piping,
Chlorination system with building and
approach road
each
128.00
2
256.00
7.
Construction of OHT
i) 1.3 ML Capacity
Each
19
11
209.00
ii) 0.9 ML Capacity
Each
18
6
108.00
600mm DI K9 Gravity main
Km
22.0
21
462.00
500mm DI K9 distribution
Km
12.0
1.725
20.70
400mm DI K9
Km
10.0
2.4
24.00
350mm DI K9
Km
8.7
4.375
38.00
315mm HDPE PN6
Km
7.0
5.450
38.15
250mm HDPE PN6
Km
4.5
14.550
65.50
200mm HDPE PN6
Km
2.9
43.150
125.10
160mm HDPE PN6
Km
1.8
95.125
171.20
4.
5.
8.
Construction of clear water sump and
pumping station
Construction of Clear water pumping main
Distribution Pipelines
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 15
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
SN
Item
2015
Unit
110mm HDPE PN6
km
Rate
0.9
Valves and other accessories
Bulk Flow meters
Qty
Amount
170975
153.90
30 %
329.60
7
nos
0.5
3.50
Domestic water meter (incl. connection)
Each
0.0045
54500
245.25
10.
Power supply to Intake and WTP
LS
11.
Cost of Land (WTP-4 ha+Pumping main 10
ha +OHTs-3.0 ha+ Main Reservoir 1)
Ha
12.
Survey Investigation
10.00
13
Resettlement and Environment Mitigation
Measures
6.7
Total Base Cost
13426.2
Contingency (5%)
671.3
9.
2020 (See Note
Below)
Qty
Amount
Water Metering
75.00
44.8
18
806.40
14097.5
Consultancy (4%)
563.9
Total Cost
14614.4
$325.8 mil
Note: The surface water is proposed to be abstracted from river Ganga at Fatuah about 90 km north of Gaya and treated in
a water treatment plant (WTP) to be constructed at the bank. The treated water to be conveyed to Gaya town by
transmission mains laid along the alignment of State Highway SH4. Between the source and Gaya, there are 5 towns
namely Fatuah, Hilsa, Ekangarsarai, Islampur and Khizarsarai having a total 2001 population of about 0.2 million. It is a
general phenomenon in the country, to provide service to the en-route towns and accordingly the WTP and the
transmission main is designed to take care of this additional water. The Total water demand of Gaya at 2026 = ((Permanent
Population 2026 = (666000* 135 lpcd =) 89.9 mld + (Floating Population 2026 (5% of permanent
population=666000*0.05**40 lpcd =) 1.3 mld + (Non-domestic demand (15% of domestic demand = 89.9*0.15=) 13.5 mld +
(Fire demand (1% of domestic + floating + non-domestic demand) = (89.9+1.3+13.5)*0.01 =) 1.0 mld)) = 105.7 mld.. With
provision of 15% system loss, total water demand = 105.7/0.85 =) 124 mld. Water production from ground water source at
Gaya =24 mld. Hence Water requirement from surface water source for Gaya = (124-24) = 100 mld. Taking into account of
additional water demand of 5 en-route towns at 2026 (65 mld) mld), the total installed capacity of WTP at 2026 shall be to
the extent of (100 + 65=) 165 mld. In accordance with Central Public Health Engineering and Environment Organization
(CPHEEO), Government of India’s guidelines the subproject is designed for implementation in 2 phases. While the one
time civil works like intake structure, OHT, raw water and clear water pumping mains and distribution pipelines, etc. fulfilling
the 30 years (2041) requirements are designed to install in the first phase itself, the renewable civil works of WTP and all
equipment are designed for a period of 15 years (2026) requirements. In view of this there will not be any need for
additional investment after 2015 till 2026.
Ongoing/committed project
PHED, Gaya have prepared DPRs for water supply scheme looking to the requirement of Gaya
city for next 30 years, with base year as 2007 and design year as 2037. The DPRs were proposed
to be executed in three phases. First phase works amounting to RS. 125 million have been
sanctioned and awarded to M/S Kirloskar. The first phase works cover following works:
i)
Installation of 8 nos. 450mm x 300mm dia* 125m deep tube wells of 49 lps capacity
each;
ii)
Supply and laying 450mm dia * 2500 m length CI rising main;
iii)
Construction of 1 OHT of 21im high staging of 4.5 ML capacity;
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 16
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
iv)
Supply and laying 64 km of 100-450 mm dia CI distribution pipelines.
Appropriateness for ADB Financing and timing:
Suitable for ADB funding subject to confirmation on availability of land by GoB and availability of
fund.
1.2
Sewerage Sub Sector
1.2.1
Bhagalpur
Table 1.11
Bhagalpur - Current Status and Service Targets of Sewerage
SN
Item
Situation 2010
Target 2015
Target 2020
1
Population
419,00077
469,000
523,000
2
Area (km2)
301878
3018
3018
3
Number of Household
6406779
71713
79969
4
Water production (mld)
3280
8881
9882
5
Waste water generation (mld)
2683
70
78
6
Volume of sewage treatment facility (mld)
11
3584
42
7
Sewer network including house connections (km)
0
429
429
8
Number of household connected to sewer
0
5019985
55978
9
Number of household connected to septic tank
4484786
2151487
23991
10
Population with direct access to sewerage network
0
32830088
366100
11
Availability of operation & maintenance manual
Nil
Available
Available
77
The populations of 2010 as well as target years of 2015 and 2020 are estimated adopting best fit curve method taking
into account of trend prevailed in past 5 decades. (Refer Section 1 of urban sector roadmap).
78
Draft Master Plan
79
Based on household size as 6.54 persons/household as per Census 2001. Similar rate adopted for 2015 and 2020.
80
Presently (2010) the water supply of the town is based on GW for 20 mld and surface waterfor 12 mld. e wells claimed to
be 36 mld with 13 hours operation.
81
Total water demand = (Permanent Population 2015 = 469000* 135 lpcd=)63.3 mld + (Floating Population 2015 (5% of
permanent population)=469000*0.05*40 lpcd =) 0.94 mld + (Non-domestic demand (15% of domestic demand) =
63.3*0.15=) 9.5 mld + (Fire demand (1% of domestic + floating + non-domestic demand) = (63.3+0.94+9.5)*0.01=) 0.74
mld = 74.48 mld. With provision of 15% system loss, total water demand = 74.48/0.85 = 87.6, say 88 mld.
82
Total water demand = (Permanent Population 2020 = 523000* 135 lpcd =)70.60 mld + (Floating Population 2020 (5% of
permanent population=523000*0.05**40 lpcd =)1.05 mld + (Non-domestic demand (15% of domestic demand
=70.60*0.15=) 10.60 mld + (Fire demand (1% of domestic + floating + non-domestic demand) = (70.60+1.05+10.60) *0.01
=) 0.82 mld = 83.07 mld. With provision of 15% system loss, total water demand = 83.07/0.85 = 97.73, say 98 mld
83
Wastewater generation is considered to be 80% of the water supply quantity (As per CPHEEO manual of GoI)
84
It is presumed that 70 % of the population will be covered under sewerage system economically and balance will use on
site sanitation. It is also presumed that 10% of the total water supply quantity generated from nondomestic demand (which
includes industrial) shall not be carried to the STP and treated separately at source. The total wastewater thus carried to
the STP for treatment in 2015 = 88*0.9*0.80 (accounting 20% system loss to reach the consumers)*0.8 (factor
recommended by CPHEEO for wastewater/supplied water)* 0.7 (population coverage for the facility) = 35 mld. Similarly,
the total wastewater carried to the STP for treatment in 2020 = 98*0.9*0.85 (accounting 15% system loss to reach the
consumers)*0.8 factor recommended by CPHEEO for wastewater/supplied water)* 0.7 (population coverage for the facility)
= 42 mld.
85
Household coverage in 2015 =71713 (Household of 2015)* 0.7 = 50199 (see foot note 84). Similarly household coverage
in 2020 = 79969 (Household of 2020)* 0.7 = 55978
86
As reported by Bhagalpur Municipal Corporation during data collection exercise.
87
Household coverage in 2015 =71713 (Household of 2015)* 0.3 = 21514 (see foot note 84). Similarly household coverage
in 2020 = 79969 (Household of 2020)* 0.3 = 23991
88
Population coverage in 2015 =469,000 (Population of 2015)* 0.7 = 328,300 (see foot note 84). Similarly population
coverage in 2020 = 523,000 (Population of 2020)* 0.7 = 366,100
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 17
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
Table 1.12
SN
Bhagalpur - Physical Investment to achieve the targets (in Rs. Million)
(All cost is based on 2010 value and currency conversion rate of 1 $ = RS. 45)
Item
2015
Unit
1.
2.
4
Qty
Amount
Qty
Amount
Supplying, laying and testing of S&S type
RCC NP3 pipe for trunk and primary sewer,
including dismantling of road, excavation of
earthwork, shoring, dewatering, disposal of
excess earth, laying the pipe including labour
and all equipment, bedding with granular
crushed stone aggregate, construction of
Circular shaped brick manholes with precast
RCC frame and cover, restoration of road
(considering WMM with Black top),
ii) 400 - 600 mm dia
km
9.073
31.2
283.029
iii) 600 - 750 mm dia
km
13.015
1.5
18.992
iv) 750 - 900 mm dia
km
16.133
2.1
33.938
v) 900 - 1100 mm dia
km
20.775
8.3
172.995
vi) 1100 - 1400 mm dia
km
27.922
5.2
146.006
km
5.673
8.3
47.067
i) 250 mm dia
km
3.879
26.8
103.988
ii) 315 mm dia
km
4.883
17.9
87.271
iii) 355 mm dia
km
6.131
14.9
91.312
Supplying, laying and testing of plain ended
uPVC pipe (of class III, 6 kg/cm2 pressure)
joined by solvent cement for primary/trunk
sewer, including dismantling of road,
excavation of earthwork, shoring,
dewatering, disposal of excess earth, laying
the pipe including labour and all equipment,
bedding with granular crushed stone
aggregate, construction of Circular shaped
brick manholes with precast RCC frame and
cover, restoration of road (considering WMM
with Black top)
i) 300 -355 mm dia
3.
Rate
2020
Supplying, laying and testing of plain ended
uPVC pipe (of class III, 6 kg/cm2 pressure)
joined by solvent cement for secondary
sewer (max. depth 3 m), including
dismantling of road, excavation of
earthwork, shoring, dewatering, disposal of
excess earth, laying the pipe including labour
and all equipment, bedding with coarse sand,
construction of Circular shaped brick
manholes with precast RCC frame and
cover, restoration of road (considering WMM
with Black top)
Supplying, laying and testing of plain ended
uPVC pipe (of class III, 6 kg/cm2 pressure)
joined by solvent cement for tertiary sewer
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 18
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
SN
Item
2015
Unit
Rate
Qty
2020
Amount
Qty
Amount
(max depth 1.5 m), including dismantling of
road layers, excavation of earthwork,
shoring, dewatering, disposal of excess
earth, laying the pipe including labour and all
equipment, bedding with granular coarse
sand, construction of Circular shaped brick
manholes with precast RCC frame and
cover, restoration of road (considering WMM
with Black top),
i) 160 mm dia
km
2.07
20.75
42.918
ii) 200 mm dia
km
2.54
58.1
147.508
iii) 250 mm dia
km
2.93
4.15
12.149
5.
Providing house connection with 160 mm dia
uPVC pipe (considering a maximum length of
5 m and considering 70% of house holds can
be connected ) including cost of earthwork in
excavation, road restoration
km
1.100
229.3
252.175
6.
Pipe laying by Jack pushing for crossing of
railline/National Highway
km
31.000
0.3
9.300
7.
Restoration of Rigid pavement (considering
50 km length and 3 m Avg. width)
M3
0.0025
15000
36.981
8.
Renovation of existing drains damaged
during sewer laying (considering only the
branch and lateral)
km
1.000
25
25.000
9.
Construction of inspection chambers for
providing house connections
No.
0.011
22930
10.
Construction of Sewage Pumping station
including construction of civil and
electromechanical work,
No.
16.75
11.
Supplying and laying of 350-900 mm dia DI
(K9) sewage pumping mains including
earthwork in excavation and filling, fixing of
valves, specials and fittings
km
12.
Construction and commissioning of a
sewage treatment plant including all internal
roads, and buildings
13.
28.9
31.79
251.221
2890
31.66
12
201.000
4
66.0
19.0
3.00
57.000
mld
4.500
47
211.500
Procurement of suction cum jetting machine
for sewer cleaning
No.
2.000
4
8.000
14.
Power supply to Pumping Station and WTP
LS
15.
Cost of Land
ha
16.
Survey Investigation
LS
17
Resettlement and Environmental Mitigation
Measures
7.6
Total Base Cost
2614.8
Add 5% contingency
130.7
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
28.0
2
4
50.000
31.33
10
313.300
4.500
8.07
Page 19
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
SN
Item
2015
Unit
Rate
Qty
2020
Amount
Qty
Amount
2745.5
169.52
Consider 4% as consultancy services
109.8
6.78
Total Cost
2855.4
176.30
$ 63.5 mil
$ 3.9 mi
Note: In accordance with Central Public Health Engineering and Environment Organization (CPHEEO), Government of
India’s guidelines the subproject is designed for implementation in 2 phases. While the one time civil works like pump
house building, pumping mains and sewer lines fulfilling the 30 years (2041) requirements are designed to install in the first
phase itself, the renewable civil works of STP and all equipment are designed for a period of 15 years (2026) requirements.
Accordingly the installed capacity of STP at 2026 shall be to the extent of 43 mld as per calculation below:
i) Total water demand of 2026 = (Permanent Population 2026 = 590000* 135 lpcd =) 79.65 mld + (Floating Population 2026
(5% of permanent population=590000*0.05**40 lpcd =) 1.18 mld + (Non-domestic demand (15% of domestic demand =
79.65*0.15=) 11.94 mld + (Fire demand (1% of domestic + floating + non-domestic demand) = (79.65+1.18+11.94)*0.01
=0.93 mld)) = 93.70 mld.. With provision of 15% system loss, total water demand = 93.7/0.85 =) 110.23, say 110 mld.
ii) Total wastewater to be carried to the STP = 110*0.9 (excludes 10% for nondomestic/industrial water)*0,85 (accounting
for 15% system loss)*0.8 (factor recommended by CPHEEO for wastewater/supplied water)*0.7 (population coverage for
the facility) = 47 mld. In view of this there will not be any need for additional investment after 2015 till 2026
Ongoing/committed project:
th
To get the details of 12 Finance Commission committed project (original – Rs. 690 million project
– later estimate revised to Rs. 1010 Million – work yet to start)
Appropriateness for ADB Financing and timing:
Not suitable for ADB funding.
1.2.2
Muzzafarpur Sewerage Service Plan (Physical Investment)
Table 1.13
SN
Muzzafarpur - Sewerage Service Targets
Item
Situation 2010
Target 2015
Target 2020
1
Population
379,00089
423,000
470,000
2
Area (km2)
264390
2643
2643
3
Number of Household
6192891
69118
76797
4
Water production (mld)
3692
7993
8894
5
Waste water generation (mld)
2995
63
70
6
Volume of sewage treatment facility (mld)
0
3496
38
89
The populations of 2010 as well as target years of 2015 and 2020 are estimated adopting best fit curve method taking
into account of trend prevailed in past 5 decades. (Refer Section 1 of urban sector roadmap).
90
Draft Master Plan
91
Based on household size as 6.12 persons/household as per Census 2001. Similar rate adopted for 2015 and 2020.
92
Presently (2010) the water supply of the town is based on GW only. There are 20 tube wells of which 13 are functional.
Total discharge of tube wells claimed to be 36 mld with 13 hours operation.
93
Total water demand = (Permanent Population 2015 = 423000* 135 lpcd =) 57.1 mld + (Floating Population 2015 (5% of
permanent population)=423000*0.05*40 lpcd =) 0.85 mld + (Non-domestic demand (15% of domestic demand) =
57.1*0.15=) 8.57 mld + (Fire demand (1% of domestic + floating + non-domestic demand) = (57.1+0.85+8.57)*0.01=) 0.67
mld = 67.19 mld. With provision of 15% system loss, total water demand = 67.19/0.85 = 79 mld.
94
Total water demand = (Permanent Population 2020 = 470000* 135 lpcd =) 63.45 mld + (Floating Population 2020 (5% of
permanent population=470000*0.05**40 lpcd =) 0.94 mld + (Non-domestic demand (15% of domestic demand
=63.45*0.15=) 9.52 mld + (Fire demand (1% of domestic + floating + non-domestic demand) = (63.45+0.94+9.52)*0.01 =)
0.74 mld = 74.65 mld. With provision of 15% system loss, total water demand = 74.65/0.85 = 87.82, say 88 mld
95
Wastewater generation is considered to be 80% of the water supply quantity (As per CPHEEO manual of GoI)
96
It is presumed that 70 % of the population will be covered under sewerage system economically and balance will use on
site sanitation. It is also presumed that 10% of the total water supply quantity generated from nondomestic demand (which
includes industrial) shall not be carried to the STP and treated separately at source. The total wastewater thus carried to
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 20
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
SN
Item
Situation 2010
Target 2015
Target 2020
7
Sewer network including house connections
(km)
0
489
489
8
Number of household connected to sewer
0
4838397
53758
9
Number of household connected to septic tank
4954298
2073599
23039
10
Population with direct access to sewerage
network
0
296100100
329000
11
Availability of operation & maintenance manual
Nil
Available
Available
Table 1.14
Muzzafarpur - Physical Investment to achieve the targets (in Rs. Million)
(All cost is based on 2010 value and currency conversion rate of 1 $ = RS. 45)
SN
Item
2015
Unit
1.
2.
Rate
Qty
Amount
2020
Qty
Amount
Supplying, laying and testing of S&S type
RCC NP3 pipe for trunk and primary sewer,
including dismantling of road, excavation of
earthwork, shoring, dewatering, disposal of
excess earth, laying the pipe including labour
and all equipment, bedding with granular
crushed stone aggregate, construction of
Circular shaped brick manholes with precast
RCC frame and cover, restoration of road
(considering WMM with Black top),
ii) 400 - 600 mm dia
km
9.073
16.02
145.352
iii) 600 - 750 mm dia
km
13.015
8.62
112.255
iv) 750 - 900 mm dia
km
16.133
6.59
106.282
v) 900 - 1100 mm dia
km
20.775
0.56
11.611
vi) 1100 - 1400 mm dia
km
27.922
3.60
100.574
Supplying, laying and testing of plain ended
uPVC pipe (of class III, 6 kg/cm2 pressure)
joined by solvent cement for primary/trunk
sewer, including dismantling of road,
excavation of earthwork, shoring,
dewatering, disposal of excess earth, laying
the pipe including labour and all equipment,
bedding with granular crushed stone
aggregate, construction of Circular shaped
brick manholes with precast RCC frame and
cover, restoration of road (considering WMM
the STP for treatment in 2015 = 79*0.9*0.85 (accounting 15% system loss to reach the consumers)*0.8 (factor
recommended by CPHEEO for wastewater/supplied water)* 0.7 (population coverage for the facility) = 34 mld. Similarly,
the total wastewater carried to the STP for treatment in 2020 = 88*0.9*0.85 (accounting 15% system loss to reach the
consumers)*0.8 factor recommended by CPHEEO for wastewater/supplied water)* 0.7 (population coverage for the facility)
= 38 mld.
97
Household coverage in 2015 =69118 (Household of 2015)* 0.7 = 48383 (see foot note 8). Similarly household coverage
in 2020 = 76797 (Household of 2020)* 0.7 = 53758
98
As reported by Muzaffarpur Municipal Corporation during data collection exercise.
99
Household coverage in 2015 =69118 (Household of 2015)* 0.3 = 20735 (see foot note 8). Similarly household coverage
in 2020 = 76797 (Household of 2020)* 0.3 = 23039
100
Population coverage in 2015 =423,000 (Population of 2015)* 0.7 = 296,100 (see foot note 8). Similarly population
coverage in 2020 = 470,000 (Population of 2020)* 0.7 = 329,100
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 21
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
SN
Item
2015
Unit
Rate
Qty
2020
Amount
Qty
Amount
with Black top)
i) 300 -355 mm dia
km
5.673
9.75
55.323
i) 250 mm dia
km
3.879
24.69
95.766
ii) 315 mm dia
km
4.883
16.46
80.371
iii) 355 mm dia
km
6.131
13.72
84.092
i) 160 mm dia
km
2.07
40.5
83.835
ii) 200 mm dia
km
2.54
117.0
297.18
iii) 250 mm dia
km
2.93
9.0
26.37
5.
Providing house connection with 160 mm dia
uPVC pipe (considering a maximum length of
5 m and considering 70% of house holds can
be connected ) including cost of earthwork in
excavation, road restoration
km
1.100
221.9
244.090
6.
Pipe laying by Jack pushing for crossing of
railline/National Highway
km
31.000
0.48
14.880
7.
Restoration of Rigid pavement (considering
50 km length and 3 m Avg. width)
M3
0.0025
27600
69.044
8.
Renovation of existing drains damaged
during sewer laying (considering only the
branch and lateral)
km
1.000
30
30.000
9.
Construction of inspection chambers for
providing house connections
No.
0.011
22190
10.
Construction of Sewage Pumping station
No.
14.8
9
3.
Supplying, laying and testing of plain ended
uPVC pipe (of class III, 6 kg/cm2 pressure)
joined by solvent cement for secondary
sewer (max. depth 3 m), including
dismantling of road, excavation of
earthwork, shoring, dewatering, disposal of
excess earth, laying the pipe including labour
and all equipment, bedding with coarse sand,
construction of Circular shaped brick
manholes with precast RCC frame and
cover, restoration of road (considering WMM
with Black top)
4
Supplying, laying and testing of plain ended
uPVC pipe (of class III, 6 kg/cm2 pressure)
joined by solvent cement for tertiary sewer
(max depth 1.5 m), including dismantling of
road layers, excavation of earthwork,
shoring, dewatering, disposal of excess
earth, laying the pipe including labour and all
equipment, bedding with granular coarse
sand, construction of Circular shaped brick
manholes with precast RCC frame and
cover, restoration of road (considering WMM
with Black top),
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
227.4
250.16
243.114
22740
249.14
133.000
3
40.2
Page 22
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
SN
Item
2015
Unit
Rate
Qty
2020
Amount
Qty
Amount
including construction of civil and
electromechanical work,
11.
Supplying and laying of 400-800 mm dia DI
(K9) sewage pumping mains including
earthwork in excavation and filling, fixing of
valves, specials and fittings
km
16.0
3
48.000
24.0
12.
Construction and commissioning of a
sewage treatment plant including all internal
roads, and buildings
mld
4.500
43
194.000
13.
Procurement of suction cum jetting machine
for sewer cleaning
No.
2.000
4
8.000
14.
Power supply to Pumping Station and WTP
LS
15.
Cost of Land
ha
16.
Survey Investigation
LS
17.
Resettlement and Environmental Mitigation
Measures
5.5
Total Base Cost
2556.4
Add 5% contingency
127.8
28.38
2684.2
595.88
Consider 4% as consultancy services
107.4
23.84
Total Cost
2791.6
619.72
$ 62 mil
$ 13.8 mil
2
4.0
50.000
31.33
10
313.300
4.500
Note: In accordance with Central Public Health Engineering and Environment Organization (CPHEEO), Government of
India’s guidelines the subproject is designed for implementation in 2 phases. While the one time civil works like pump
house building, pumping mains and sewer lines fulfilling the 30 years (2041) requirements are designed to install in the first
phase itself, the renewable civil works of STP and all equipment are designed for a period of 15 years (2026) requirements.
Accordingly the installed capacity of STP at 2026 shall be to the extent of 43 mld as per calculation below:
i) Total water demand of 2026 = (Permanent Population 2026 = 530000* 135 lpcd =) 71.55 mld + (Floating Population 2026
(5% of permanent population=530000*0.05**40 lpcd =) 1.06 mld + (Non-domestic demand (15% of domestic demand =
71.55*0.15=) 10.73 mld + (Fire demand (1% of domestic + floating + non-domestic demand) = (71.55+1.06+10.73)*0.01
=0.93 mld)) = 84.27 mld.. With provision of 15% system loss, total water demand = 84.27/0.85 =) 99 mld.
ii) Total wastewater to be carried to the STP = 99*0.9 (excludes 10% for nondomestic/industrial water)*0,85 (accounting for
15% system loss)*0.8 (factor recommended by CPHEEO for wastewater/supplied water)*0.7 (population coverage for the
facility) = 43 mld. In view of this there will not be any need for additional investment after 2015 till 2026
Ongoing/committed project:
Nil
Appropriateness for ADB Financing and timing:
Suitable for ADB funding in the second tranche subject to confirmation on availability of adequate
water supply, land by GoB and availability of fund.
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 23
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
1.2.3
Darbhanga Sewerage Service Plan (Physical Investment)
Table 1.15
Darbhanga - Sewerage Service Targets
SN
Item
Situation 2010
Target 2015
Target 2020
1
Population
314,000101
339,000
365,000
2
Area (km2)
1918102
1918
1918
3
Number of Household
49063103
52969
57031
4
Water production (mld)
11104
64105
68106
5
Waste water generation (mld)
9107
51
54
6
Volume of sewage treatment facility (mld)
0
27108
29
7
Sewer network including house connections
(km)
0
308
308
8
Number of household connected to sewer
0
37078109
39922
9
Number of household connected to septic tank
34344110
15891111
17109
10
Population with direct access to sewerage
network
0
237300112
255500
11
Availability of operation & maintenance manual
Nil
Available
Available
101
The populations of 2010 as well as target years of 2015 and 2020 are estimated adopting best fit curve method taking
into account of trend prevailed in past 5 decades. (Refer Section 1 of urban sector roadmap).
102
Draft Master Plan
103
Based on household size as 6.4 persons/household as per Census 2001. Similar rate adopted for 2015 and 2020.
104
Presently (2010) the water supply of the town is based on GW only. There are 5 tube wells with total discharge claimed
to be 11 mld with about 10 hours operation.
105
Total water demand 2015 = (Permanent Population 2015 = 339000* 135 lpcd =) 45.77 mld + (Floating Population 2015
(5% of permanent population) =339000*0.05*40 lpcd =) 0.68 mld + (Non-domestic demand (15% of domestic
demand)=45.77*0.15=) 6.87 mld + (Fire demand (1% of domestic + floating + non-domestic demand) =
(45.77+0.68+6.87)*0.01=) 0.53 mld = 54.15 mld. With provision of 15% system loss, total water demand = 54.15/0.85 =
63.70, say 64 mld.
106
Total water demand = (Permanent Population 2020 = 365000* 135 lpcd =) 49.3 mld + (Floating Population 2020 (5% of
permanent population=365000*0.05**40 lpcd =) 0.73 mld + (Non-domestic demand (15% of domestic demand =
49.3*0.15=) 7.40 mld + (Fire demand (1% of domestic + floating + non-domestic demand) = (49.3+0.73+7.40)*0.01 =) 0.57
mld = 58.0 mld. With provision of 15% system loss, total water demand = 58.0/0.85 = 68.24, say 68 mld
107
Wastewater generation is considered to be 80% of the water supply quantity (As per CPHEEO manual of GoI)
108
It is presumed that 70 % of the population will be covered under sewerage system economically and balance will use on
site sanitation. It is also presumed that 10% of the total water supply quantity generated from nondomestic demand (which
includes industrial) shall not be carried to the STP and treated separately at source. The total wastewater thus carried to
the STP for treatment in 2015 = 64*0.9*0.85 (accounting 15% system loss to reach the consumers)*0.8 (factor
recommended by CPHEEO for wastewater/supplied water)* 0.7 (population coverage for the facility) = 27 mld. Similarly,
the total wastewater carried to the STP for treatment in 2020 = 68*0.9*0.85 (accounting 15% system loss to reach the
consumers)*0.8 factor recommended by CPHEEO for wastewater/supplied water)* 0.7 (population coverage for the facility)
= 29 mld.
109
Household coverage in 2015 =52969 (Household of 2015)* 0.7 = 37078. Similarly household coverage in 2020 = 57031
(Household of 2020)* 0.7 = 39922
110
As reported by Darbhanga Municipal Corporation during data collection exercise.
111
Household coverage in 2015 =52969 (Household of 2015)* 0.3 = 15891. Similarly household coverage in 2020 = 57031
(Household of 2020)* 0.3 = 17109
112
Population coverage in 2015 =339,000 (Population of 2015)* 0.7 = 237300. Similarly population coverage in 2020 =
365,000 (Population of 2020)* 0.7 =255500
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 24
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
Table 1.16
Darbhanga - Physical Investment to achieve the targets (in Rs. Million)
(All cost is based on 2010 value and currency conversion rate of 1 $ = RS. 45)
SN
Item
2015
Unit
1.
2.
4
Qty
Amount
Qty
Amount
Supplying, laying and testing of S&S type
RCC NP3 pipe for trunk and primary sewer,
including dismantling of road, excavation of
earthwork, shoring, dewatering, disposal of
excess earth, laying the pipe including labour
and all equipment, bedding with granular
crushed stone aggregate, construction of
Circular shaped brick manholes with precast
RCC frame and cover, restoration of road
(considering WMM with Black top),
ii) 400 - 600 mm dia
km
9.073
17.5
158.772
iii) 600 - 750 mm dia
km
13.015
4.2
55.046
iv) 750 - 900 mm dia
km
16.133
2.6
41.143
v) 900 - 1100 mm dia
km
20.775
2.4
49.302
vi) 1100 - 1400 mm dia
km
27.922
2.1
57.505
km
5.673
12.8
72.435
i) 250 mm dia
km
3.879
25.0
96.946
ii) 315 mm dia
km
4.883
16.7
81.361
iii) 355 mm dia
km
6.131
13.9
85.128
Supplying, laying and testing of plain ended
uPVC pipe (of class III, 6 kg/cm2 pressure)
joined by solvent cement for primary/trunk
sewer, including dismantling of road,
excavation of earthwork, shoring, dewatering,
disposal of excess earth, laying the pipe
including labour and all equipment, bedding
with granular crushed stone aggregate,
construction of Circular shaped brick
manholes with precast RCC frame and cover,
restoration of road (considering WMM with
Black top)
i) 300 -355 mm dia
3.
Rate
2020
Supplying, laying and testing of plain ended
uPVC pipe (of class III, 6 kg/cm2 pressure)
joined by solvent cement for secondary sewer
(max. depth 3 m), including dismantling of
road, excavation of earthwork, shoring,
dewatering, disposal of excess earth, laying
the pipe including labour and all equipment,
bedding with coarse sand, construction of
Circular shaped brick manholes with precast
RCC frame and cover, restoration of road.
(considering WMM with Black top)
Supplying, laying and testing of plain ended
uPVC pipe (of class III, 6 kg/cm2 pressure)
joined by solvent cement for tertiary sewer
(max depth 1.5 m), including dismantling of
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 25
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
SN
Item
2015
Unit
Rate
Qty
2020
Amount
Qty
Amount
road layers, excavation of earthwork, shoring,
dewatering, disposal of excess earth, laying
the pipe including labour and all equipment,
bedding with granular coarse sand,
construction of Circular shaped brick
manholes with precast RCC frame and cover,
restoration of road (considering WMM with
Black top),
i) 160 mm dia
km
2.07
16.24
33.592
ii) 200 mm dia
km
2.54
45.47
115.455
iii) 250 mm dia
km
2.92
3.25
9.500
Pipe laying by Jack pushing for crossing of
railline/National Highway
km
100.000
0.19
19.000
Crossing the river by HDD(horizontal
directional drilling) using 200 mm dia HDPE
pipe
km
2.600
0.12
0.312
6.
Providing house connection with 160 mm dia
uPVC pipe (considering a maximum length of
5 m and considering 70% of households can
be connected ) including cost of earthwork in
excavation, road restoration
km
1.100
146.2
160.768
189.6
208.61
7.
Construction of inspection chambers for
providing house connections
No.
0.011
14620
160.177
1896
0
207.726
8.
Restoration of Rigid pavement (considering 50
km length and 3 m Avg. width)
M3
0.0025
36000
88.754
9.
Renovation of existing drains damaged during
sewer laying (considering only the branch and
lateral)
km
1.000
25
25.000
10.
Construction of Sewage Pumping station
including construction of civil and
electromechanical work,
No.
9.41
11
103.500
7
72.3
11.
Supplying and laying of 200-800 mm dia DI
(K9) sewage pumping mains including
earthwork in excavation and filling, fixing of
valves, specials and fittings
km
12.800
3
38.500.
12.
Construction and commissioning of a sewage
treatment plant including all internal roads,
and buildings
mld
4.500
32
144.000
13.
Procurement of suction cum jetting machine
for sewer cleaning
No.
2.000
3
6.000
14.
Power supply to Pumping Station and WTP
LS
15.
Cost of Land (STP-7 ha+IPSs-0.7 ha)
ha
16.
Survey Investigation
LS
17.
Resettlement and Environmental Mitigation
Measures
4.8
Total Base Cost
1892.7
5
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
12.0
2
4.0
40.000
31.33
7.7
241.241
4.500
Page 26
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
SN
Item
2015
Unit
Rate
Qty
Add 5% contingency
2020
Amount
Qty
Amount
94.6
25.23
1987.3
529.87
Consider 4% as consultancy services
79.5
21.19
Total Cost
2066.8
551.06
$ 45.9 mil
$ 12.3 mil
Note: In accordance with Central Public Health Engineering and Environment Organization (CPHEEO), Government of
India’s guidelines the subproject is designed for implementation in 2 phases. While the one time civil works like pump
house building, pumping mains and sewer lines fulfilling the 30 years (2041) requirements are designed to install in the first
phase itself, the renewable civil works of STP and all equipment are designed for a period of 15 years (2026) requirements.
Accordingly the installed capacity of STP at 2026 shall be to the extent of 32 mld as per calculation below:
i) Total water demand of 2026 = (Permanent Population 2026 = 396000* 135 lpcd =) 53.46 mld + (Floating Population 2026
(5% of permanent population=396000*0.05**40 lpcd =) 0.80 mld + (Non-domestic demand (15% of domestic demand =
53.46*0.15=) 8.02 mld + (Fire demand (1% of domestic + floating + non-domestic demand) = (53.46+0.80+8.02)*0.01
=0.62 mld)) = 62.90 mld.. With provision of 15% system loss, total water demand = 62.9/85 =) 74 mld.
ii) Total wastewater to be carried to the STP = 74*0.9 (excludes 10% for nondomestic/industrial water)*0,85 (accounting for
15% system loss)*0.8 (factor recommended by CPHEEO for wastewater/supplied water)*0.7 (population coverage for the
facility) = 32 mld. In view of this there will not be any need for additional investment after 2015 till 2026
Ongoing/committed project:
Nil
Appropriateness for ADB Financing and timing:
Suitable for ADB funding in the third tranche subject to confirmation on availability of adequate
water supply, land by GoB and availability of fund.
1.2.4
Gaya Sewerage Service Plan (Physical Investment)
Table 1.17
Gaya - Sewerage Service Targets
SN
Item
Situation 2010
Target 2015
Target 2020
1
Population
475000113
530,000
589,000
2
Area (km2)
5017114
5017
5017
3
Number of Household
66156115
73816
82033
4
Water production (mld)
17116
99117
110118
5
Waste water generation (mld)
13.6119
79
88
113
The populations of 2010 as well as target years of 2015 and 2020 are estimated adopting best fit curve method taking
into account of trend prevailed in past 5 decades. (Refer Section 1 of urban sector roadmap).
114
Draft Master Plan
115
Based on household size as 7.18 persons/household as per Census 2001. Similar rate adopted for 2015 and 2020.
116
Presently (2010) the water supply of the town is based on GW only. There are 26 tube wells with total discharge claimed
to be around 23 mld with about 10 hours operation.
117
Total water production in 2015 = Total water demand 2015 = ((Permanent Population 2015 = 530000* 135 lpcd =) 71.55
mld + (Floating Population 2015 (5% of permanent population) =530000*0.05*40 lpcd =) 1.06 mld + (Non-domestic demand
(15% of domestic demand)=71.55*0.15=) 10.73 mld + (Fire demand (1% of domestic + floating + non-domestic demand) =
(71.55+1.06+10.73)*0.01=) 0.83 mld) = 84.17 mld. With provision of 15% system loss, total water demand = 84.17/0.85 =
99.02, say 99 mld.
118
Total water production in 2020= Total water demand 2020 = ((Permanent Population 2020 = 589000* 135 lpcd =) 79.5
mld + (Floating Population 2020 (5% of permanent population=589000*0.05**40 lpcd =) 1.18 mld + (Non-domestic demand
(15% of domestic demand = 79.5*0.15=) 11.9 mld + (Fire demand (1% of domestic + floating + non-domestic demand) =
(79.5+ 1.18 +11.9)*0.01 =) 0.93 mld) = 93.5 mld. With provision of 15% system loss, total water demand = 93.5/0.85 =
110.01, say 110 mld.
119
Wastewater generation is considered to be 80% of the water supply quantity (As per CPHEEO manual of GoI)
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 27
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
SN
Item
Situation 2010
Target 2015
Target 2020
6
Volume of sewage treatment facility (mld)
0
42120
47
7
Sewer network including house connections (km)
0
549
549
8
Number of household connected to sewer
0
51671121
57423
9
Number of household connected to septic tank
31890122
22145123
24610
10
Population with direct access to sewerage network
0
371000124
412300
11
Availability of operation & maintenance manual
Nil
Available
Available
Table 1.18 Gaya - Physical Investment to achieve the targets (in Rs. Million)
(All cost is based on 2010 value and currency conversion rate of 1 $ = RS. 45)
SN
Item
2015
Unit
1.
Rate
Qty
Amount
2020
Qty
Amount
Supplying, laying and testing of S&S type
RCC NP3 pipe for trunk and primary
sewer, including dismantling of road,
excavation of earthwork, shoring,
dewatering, disposal of excess earth,
laying the pipe including labour and all
equipment, bedding with granular crushed
stone aggregate, construction of Circular
shaped brick manholes with precast RCC
frame and cover, restoration of road
(considering WMM with Black top),
2.
ii) 400 - 600 mm dia
km
9.073
24.00
217.742
iii) 600 - 750 mm dia
km
13.015
5.80
75.489
iv) 750 - 900 mm dia
km
16.133
3.50
56.466
v) 900 - 1100 mm dia
km
20.775
3.30
68.556
vi) 1100 - 1400 mm dia
km
27.922
2.80
78.183
Supplying, laying and testing of plain
ended uPVC pipe (of class III, 6 kg/cm2
pressure) joined by solvent cement for
primary/trunk sewer, including dismantling
of road, excavation of earthwork, shoring,
dewatering, disposal of excess earth,
laying the pipe including labour and all
120
It is presumed that 70 % of the population will be covered under sewerage system economically and balance will use on
site sanitation. It is also presumed that 10% of the total water supply quantity generated from nondomestic demand (which
includes industrial) shall not be carried to the STP and treated separately at source. The total wastewater thus carried to
the STP for treatment in 2015 = 99*0.9*0.85 (accounting 15% system loss to reach the consumers)*0.8 (factor
recommended by CPHEEO for wastewater/supplied water)* 0.7 (population coverage for the facility) = 42 mld. Similarly,
the total wastewater carried to the STP for treatment in 2020 = 110*0.9*0.85 (accounting 15% system loss to reach the
consumers)*0.8 factor recommended by CPHEEO for wastewater/supplied water)* 0.7 (population coverage for the facility)
= 47 mld.
121
Household coverage in 2015 =73816 (Household of 2015)* 0.7 = 51671 (see foot note 8). Similarly household coverage
in 2020 = 82033 (Household of 2020)* 0.7 =57423
122
As reported by Gaya Municipal Corporation during data collection exercise.
123
Household coverage in 2015 =73816 (Household of 2015)* 0.3 = 22145 (see foot note 8). Similarly household coverage
in 2020 = 82033 (Household of 2020)* 0.3 = 24610
124
Population coverage in 2015 =530,000 (Population of 2015)* 0.7 = 371000 (see foot note 8). Similarly population
coverage in 2020 = 589,000 (Population of 2020)* 0.7 =412300
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 28
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
SN
Item
2015
Unit
Rate
Qty
2020
Amount
Qty
Amount
equipment, bedding with granular crushed
stone aggregate, construction of Circular
shaped brick manholes with precast RCC
frame and cover, restoration of road
(considering WMM with Black top)
i) 300 -355 mm dia
km
5.673
17.50
99.282
i) 250 mm dia
km
3.879
21.6
83.791
ii) 315 mm dia
km
4.883
14.40
70.321
iii) 355 mm dia
km
6.131
12.00
73.577
i) 160 mm dia
km
2.07
51.38
106.272
ii) 200 mm dia
km
2.54
143.85
365.379
iii) 250 mm dia
km
2.93
10.28
30.093
5.
Providing house connection with 160 mm
dia uPVC pipe (considering a maximum
length of 5 m and considering 70% of
households can be connected ) including
cost of earthwork in excavation, road
restoration
km
1.100
238.2
262.058
6.
Laying Sewer line by trenchless
technology
km
31.000
0.15
4.650
7.
Construction of inspection chambers for
providing house connections
No.
0.011
23820
260.972
8.
Restoration of Rigid pavement
(considering 50 km length and 3 m Avg.
width)
M3
0.0025
2400
5.917
3.
4
Supplying, laying and testing of plain
ended uPVC pipe (of class III, 6 kg/cm2
pressure) joined by solvent cement for
secondary sewer (max. depth 3 m),
including dismantling of road, excavation
of earthwork, shoring, dewatering,
disposal of excess earth, laying the pipe
including labour and all equipment,
bedding with coarse sand, construction of
Circular shaped brick manholes with
precast RCC frame and cover, restoration
of road. (considering WMM with Black top)
Supplying, laying and testing of plain
ended uPVC pipe (of class III, 6 kg/cm2
pressure) joined by solvent cement for
tertiary sewer (max depth 1.5 m), including
dismantling of road layers, excavation of
earthwork, shoring, dewatering, disposal
of excess earth, laying the pipe including
labour and all equipment, bedding with
granular coarse sand, construction of
Circular shaped brick manholes with
precast RCC frame and cover, restoration
of road (considering WMM with Black top),
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
51.7
56.87
5170
56.64
Page 29
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
SN
Item
2015
Unit
Rate
Qty
2020
Amount
Qty
Amount
9.
Renovation of existing drains damaged
during sewer laying (considering only the
branch and lateral)
km
1.000
30
30.000
10.
Construction of Sewage Pumping station
including construction of civil and
electromechanical work,
No.
25.000
6
150.000
11.
Supplying and laying of 400-800 mm dia
DI (K9) sewage pumping mains including
earthwork in excavation and filling, fixing
of valves, specials and fittings
km
16.000
3.1
50.000
12.
Construction and commissioning of 2
sewage treatment plant including all
internal roads, and buildings
mld
4.500
54
243.000
13.
Procurement of suction cum jetting
machine for sewer cleaning
No.
2.000
6
12.000
14.
Power supply to Pumping Station and STP
LS
50.0
1
50.000
15.
Cost of Land
ha
31.33
12.5
391.625
16.
Survey Investigation
LS
4.5
1
4.500
17.
Resettlement and Environmental
Mitigation Measures
6.8
Total Base cost
2796.7
Add 5% contingency
139.8
5.88
2936.5
123.39
Consider 4% as consultancy services
117.5
4.94
Total Cost
3054.0
128.33
$ 67.9 mil
$2.9 mill
2
4.0
Note: In accordance with Central Public Health Engineering and Environment Organization (CPHEEO), Government of
India’s guidelines the subproject is designed for implementation in 2 phases. While the one time civil works like pump
house building, pumping mains and sewer lines fulfilling the 30 years (2041) requirements are designed to install in the first
phase itself, the renewable civil works of STP and all equipment are designed for a period of 15 years (2026) requirements.
Accordingly the installed capacity of STP at 2026 shall be to the extent of 54 mld as per calculation below:
i) The Total water demand of Gaya at 2026 = ((Permanent Population 2026 = (666000* 135 lpcd =) 89.9 mld + (Floating
Population 2026 (5% of permanent population=666000*0.05*40 lpcd =) 1.3 mld + (Non-domestic demand (15% of domestic
demand = 89.9*0.15=) 13.5 mld + (Fire demand (1% of domestic + floating + non-domestic demand) =
(89.9+1.3+13.5)*0.01 =) 1.0 mld)) = 105.7 mld.. With provision of 15% system loss, total water demand = 108.4/0.85 =) 124
mld
ii) Total wastewater to be carried to the STP = 124*0,85 (accounting for 15% system loss)*0.8 (factor recommended by
CPHEEO for wastewater/supplied water)*0.7 (population coverage for the facility)* 0.9 (excludes 10% for
nondomestic/industrial water) = 53 mld. In view of this there will not be any need for additional investment after 2015 till
2026
Ongoing/committed project:
Nil
Appropriateness for ADB Financing and timing:
Suitable for ADB funding in the later tranche subject to confirmation on availability of adequate
water supply, land by GoB and availability of fund.
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 30
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
1.3
Solid Waste Management Sub-sector
1.3.1
Bhagalpur Solid Waste Management (SWM) Service Plan (Physical Investment)
Table 1.19
Bhagalpur - SWM Targets
SN
Item
Situation 2010
Target 2015
Target 2020
1
Population
419,000125
469,000
523,000
2
Number of Household
64067126
71713
79969
3
Solid waste generation (gms/capita/day)
402127
431
462
4
Total solid waste generation (t)
168128
202
242
5
Number of sanitation workers
191129
558130
622
6
Collection equipment (unit)
i) Ordinary hand cart
45
-
-
ii) Containerized Push cart (0.06 m3 Capacity)
-
574131
640
iii) Mini Auto Tippers (1.5 t Capacity)
-
80132
97
iv) Community Bins (0.5 t Capacity)
-
194133
233
12
-
-
7
Transportation equipment (unit)
i) Tractor Trailers
125
The populations of 2010 as well as target years of 2015 and 2020 are estimated adopting best fit curve method taking
into account of trend prevailed in past 5 decades. (Refer Section 1 of urban sector roadmap).
126
Household size = 6.54 persons/Household as per Census 2001. Similar size is considered for 2015 and 2020
considering almost similar socio-cultural profile of the town to continue till such time.
127
There is no record with the municipality for total solid waste generation. However, a survey report of CPCB & NEERI on
solid waste generation in 53 cities of India in 2003-04 indicates waste generation in Patna as 370 gm/capita/day). With
estimated per capita growth rate in waste generation as 1.41 % per annum exponentially (Study of World Bank, Urban
Development Section, East Asia and Pacific Region), the solid waste generation in Patna for the year of 2010 is calculated
as 402 gms per capita/day. In consideration of the similarity of habits, culture, economic and geographical pattern similar
rate of solid waste generation is considered for all major towns of Bihar. In the same manner waste generation rates for the
year of 2015 and 2020 are calculated as 431 and 462 gms/capita/day respectively.
128
Waste generation @ 402 gm/capita/day = 419000*402/1000000 = 168 t. Similarly for Population of 2015 and 2020
waste generations are 202 t and 242 t respectively.
129
Population (2010)=419,000). Total household (HH) @ 6.54 persons/HH (Census 2001)= 64067. No. of sanitation
workers required for door to door collection (DTDC) @ 150 HH/Worker (As per the recommendation by the Committee
constituted by the Hon’ble Supreme Court of India on SWM (June 1998) Section 3,4.1) =64067/150 = 427. Considering one
weekly rest day total number of sanitation workers required = 7/6 * 427 = 498. Against this requirement sanitation worker
actually available is 191 only.
130
Population (2015)=469,000). Total household (HH) @ 6.54 persons/HH (Census 2001)= 71713. No. of sanitation
workers required for door to door collection (DTDC) @ 150 HH/Worker (As per the recommendation by the Committee
constituted by the Hon’ble Supreme Court of India on SWM (June 1998) Section 3,4.1) =71713/150 = 478. Considering one
weekly rest day total number of sanitation workers required = 7/6 * 478 = 558. Similarly number of sanitation workers
required in 2020 = 622.
131
Net requirements of sanitation workers in 2015 = 478 (see foot note 130). Allocating 1 Push cart per worker, No. of Push
Cart required = 478. With 20% additional provision to accommodate breakdown/maintenance, total requirement of Push
Cart = 1.2*478 =574. Similarly for Population (2020), total requirement of Push cart = 640.
132
One mini auto tippers of 1.5 t capacity each making 2 trips a day, net requirement of mini auto tipper = 202 /1.5/2 =67
and with 20% additional provision to accommodate breakdown/ maintenance, total requirement of mini auto tipper = 1.2*67
= 80. Similarly for 2020, total requirement of mini auto tipper = 97.
133
Assuming 40% of the total waste will go in community bins of 1 m3 or 0.5 t (density of waste assumed as 500 kg /m3 as
per CPHEEO manual table 3.8 recommending the range between 390 and 537 kg/m3) capacity each, community bins
required = 202 t * 0.4/0.5 = 162 and with 20% additional provision to accommodate breakdown/ maintenance, total
requirement of community bins = 162*1.2 = 194. Similarly requirement of community bins for 2020 = 233.
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 31
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
SN
8
9
Item
Situation 2010
Target 2015
Target 2020
ii) Loader Backhoe
2
-
-
iii)Compactors (14 m3)
-
7134
10
iv).Mini Truck Tippers (4.5 m3)
-
6135
7
i) Number of compost plant
Nil
1
1
ii) Capacity of compost plant (ton/day).
-
150136
150
iii)Number of equipment in compost plant (unit)
-
a. Weigh bridge (30 t)
-
1
1
b. Loader backhoe
-
1
1
c. Dumper (8 t)
-
3
3
d. Tractor-Tipper
-
1
1
e. Water tanker
-
1
1
i) Number of landfill site
Nil
1
1
ii) Capacity of sanitary landfills (million ton)
-
2137
2
iii)Number of equipment in landfill site (unit)
-
a. Weigh bridge (30 t)
-
1
1
b. Tipper (8 t)
-
3
3
c. Bull dozer
-
1
1
d. Loader backhoe
-
1
1
e. Landfill Compactor
-
1
1
Compost Plant (CP)
Sanitary Landfill Site (SLF)
Note: i) It is reported that the municipality is able to lift not more than 60% of the waste generated, i.e. about 101 t against
168 t per day. This is mainly because of inadequate numbers of sanitation workers (191 out of 498 required-refer foot note
4) and equipment apart from the fact that large quantity of waste is untraceable due to haphazard disposal and dumping
into the open drains. The municipality to improve its performance recently outsourced the collection and transportation
activities to M/s Ramky on experimental basis in 13 of its 51 wards.
134
One Compactor of 16 cum or 8 t capacity (density of waste assumed as 500 kg /m3 transporting 32 MT of waste per
day in 4 trips (8t/trip). Total Compactor required = 202 t /32 = 6. With 20% additional provision to accommodate breakdown/
maintenance, total requirement of Compactor = 7. Similarly for 2020 the requirement is 10.
135
For transportation of waste from community bins, it is proposed to use Mini Truck Tippers of 4.5 cum capacity sufficient
to handle 4 bins in one trip or 32 bins in 8 trips in a day. Requirement of Mini Truck Tippers = 162 (see foot note 133)/32 =5
and with 20% additional provision to accommodate breakdown/ maintenance, total requirement of Mini Truck Tippers =6.
Similarly requirement for 2020 is 7.
136
Design life of compost plant is generally 10 years after which it needs replacement. The plant is designed for 2025
starting functioning in 2015. Design Population (2025) is 581,000; Waste generation = 581,000*495 gms/per capita/day
(growth rate @ 1.41% per annum exponentially-see foot note 127)= 288 t; Bio-degradable waste = 52% (Report of CPCBNEERI: 2004-2005 on Management of Municipal Solid Waste for 59 cities and towns of India mentioning the biodegradable
waste for Patna as 52% and same is adopted for all major towns of Bihar having similarity in habits, culture economic and
geographical pattern) = 288 t*0.52 = 150 t. Provided nearest available plant of 150 t/day capacity. Similar capacity will hold
good for 2020.
137
SLF is designed for 30 years period to accommodate waste generation upto 2045 starting from 2015, while the cells in
side are developed in phased manner. Non-biodegradable waste receivable at SLF in 2015 = (202 t (see foot note2)* 35%
(100% - 52% biodegradable waste (see foot note 136)-13% recyclable waste (Report of CPCB-NEERI: 2004-2005 on
Management of Municipal Solid Waste for 59 cities and towns of India, = 71 t/day + 20% residual waste from CP = 21 t/day
(202 t *.52*0.2) = 92 t/day, Similarly non-biodegradable waste receivable at SLF in 2045 = (854,000 (population of 2045) *
656 gms/capita/day (waste generation rate) * 0.35% = 196 t/day + 854,000 (population of 2045) * 656 gms/capita/day *
52% * 20% = 58) = 254 t/day. Average waste receivable in 30 years = (92+254)/2 = 173 t/day. Design Capacity of SLF =
173 * 365 days * 30 years = 1894350 t or say 2 million ton. The capacity will hold good for 2020
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 32
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
ii) The municipality with the help of its available tractor-trailers uses to dump the solid waste in different low lying areas in
and around the town and also by the side of highways just outside the town. No treatment or disinfection of the waste is
done by the municipality.
Table 1.20 Bhagalpur - Physical Investment to achieve the targets (in Rs. Million)
SN
(All cost is based on 2010 value)
Item
2015
Unit
Rate
Quantity
2020
Amount
Quantity
Amount
DTDC and Transportation Equipment
1
Containerized Push Cart (0.06 m3)
Each
0,009
574
5.17
640
5.76
2
Mini Auto Tippers (1.5 m3)
Each
0.5
80
40.00
97
48.50
3
Community Bins (1.1 m3)
Each
0.01
194
1.94
233
2.33
4
Compactors (14 m3)
Each
2.5
7
17.50
3
7.50
5
Mini Truck Tippers (4.5 m3)
Each
1.0
6
6.00
1
1.00
Compost Plant
6
Cost of land
Ha
10.0
3
30.00
0
0.00
7
Plant & Machinery
Lot
15.0
1
15.00
0
0.00
8
Civil works
Lot
30.0
1
30.00
0
0.00
9
Weigh bridge (30 t)
Each
1.0
1
1.00
0
0.00
10
Loader backhoe
Each
2.5
1
2.50
0
0.00
11
Dumper (8 t)
Each
1.3
3
3.90
0
0.00
12
Tractor-Tipper
Each
0.8
1
0.80
0
0.00
13
Water tanker
Each
0.6
1
0.60
0
0.00
Landfill Site
14
Cost of land
Ha
10.0
41
410.00
0
0.00
15
Development of Site – Civil work
Ha
1.0
41
41.00
0
0.00
16
Development of Cell
M2
0.0015
63015
94.52
0
0.00
17
Weigh bridge (30 t)
Each
1.0
1
1.00
0
0.00
18
Tipper (8 t)
Each
1.3
3
3.90
0
0.00
19
Bull Dozer
Each
6.5
1
6.50
0
0.00
20
Loader backhoe
Each
2.5
1
2.50
0
0.00
21
Landfill Compactor
Each
8.5
1
8.50
0
0.00
22
Resettlement and Environmental
Mitigation Measures
4.8
0
0.00
Total Base Cost
727.1
Contingency 5%
36.4
6.51
763.5
70.60
Consultancy (4%)
30.5
2.82
Total Cost
794.0
73.42
$17.6 mil
$ 1.63 mil
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 33
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
Ongoing/committed project:
Nil
Appropriateness for ADB Financing and timing:
Depending upon (i) availability of fund and (ii) availability of land for CP and SLF.
1.3.2
Muzaffarpur Solid Waste Management (SWM) Service Plan (Physical Investment)
Table 1.21
Muzaffarpur - SWM Target
SN
Item
Situation 2010
Target 2015
Target 2020
1
Population
379,000138
423,000
470,000
2
Number of household
61928139
69118
76797
3
Solid waste generation (gms/capita/day)
402140
431
462
4
Total solid waste generation (t)
152141
182
217
5
Number of sanitation workers
350142
538143
597
6
Collection equipment (unit).
ii) Containerized Push cart (0.06 m3 Capacity)
553144
614
iii) Auto Tippers (1.5 t Capacity)
73145
86
iv) Community Bins (0.5 t Capacity)
175146
209
i) Tricycle Van
7
50
Transportation equipment (unit)
138
The populations of 2010 as well as target years of 2015 and 2020 are estimated adopting best fit curve
method taking into account of trend prevailed in past 5 decades. (Refer Section 1 of urban sector roadmap).
139
Household size = 6.12 persons/Household as per Census 2001. Similar size is considered for 2015 and 2020
considering almost similar socio-cultural profile of the town to continue till such time.
140
There is no record with the municipality for total solid waste generation. However, a survey report of CPCB & NEERI on
solid waste generation in 53 cities of India in 2003-04 indicates waste generation in Patna as 370 gm/capita/day). With
estimated per capita growth rate in waste generation as 1.41 % per annum exponentially (Study of World Bank, Urban
Development Section, East Asia and Pacific Region), the solid waste generation in Patna for the year of 2010 is calculated
as 402 gms per capita/day. In consideration of the similarity of habits, culture, economic and geographical pattern similar
rate of solid waste generation is considered for all major towns of Bihar. In the same manner waste generation rates for the
year of 2015 and 2020 are calculated as 431 and 462 gms/capita/day respectively.
141
Waste generation @ 402 gm/capita/day (see footnote 2) = 379000*402/1000000 = 152 t. Similarly for Population of
2015 and 2020 waste generations are 182 t and 217 t respectively.
142
Population (2010)= 379,000). Total household (HH) @ 6.12 persons/HH (Census 2001)= 61928. No. of sanitation
workers required for door to door collection (DTDC) @ 150 HH/Worker (As per the recommendation by the Committee
constituted by the Hon’ble Supreme Court of India on SWM (June 1998) Section 3,4.1) = 61928/150 = 413. Considering
one weekly rest day total number of sanitation workers required = 7/6 * 413 = 482. Available sanitation workers = 350
(Source: Municipality).
143
Population (2015)= 423,000). Total household (HH) @ 6.12 persons/HH (Census 2001)= 69118. No. of sanitation
workers required for door to door collection (DTDC) @ 150 HH/Worker (As per the recommendation by the Committee
constituted by the Hon’ble Supreme Court of India on SWM (June 1998) Section 3,4.1) = 69118/150 = 461. Considering
one weekly rest day total number of sanitation workers required = 7/6 * 461 = 538. Similarly number of sanitation workers
required in 2020 = 597.
144
Net requirements of sanitation workers in 2015 = 461 (see foot note 143). Allocating 1 Push cart per worker, No. of
Push Cart required = 461. With 20% additional provision to accommodate breakdown/maintenance, total requirement of
Push Cart = 1.2*461 =553. Similarly for Population (2020), total requirement of Push cart = 614.
145
One mini auto tippers of 1.5 t capacity each making 2 trips a day, net requirement of mini auto tipper = 182 (ref. foot
note 141)/1.5/2 = 61 and with 20% additional provision to accommodate breakdown/ maintenance, total requirement of mini
auto tipper = 1.2*61 = 73. Similarly for Population (2020) of 470,000, total requirement of mini auto tipper = 86.
146
Assuming 40% of the total waste will go in community bins of bins of 1 m3 or 0.5 t (density of waste assumed as 500 kg
/m3 as per CPHEEO manual table 3.8 recommending the range between 390 and 537 kg/m3) capacity each, community
bins required = 182t (ref. foot note 14) * 0.4/0.5 = 146 and with 20% additional provision to accommodate breakdown/
maintenance, total requirement of community bins = 146*1.2 = 175. Similarly requirement of community bins for 2020 =
209.
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 34
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
SN
Item
i) Tractor with Trailer
8
9
Situation 2010
Target 2015
Target 2020
28
ii)Compactors (14 m3)
7147
8
iii).Mini Truck Tippers (4.5 m3)
6148
6
Compost Plant
i) Number of compost plant
Nil
1
1
ii) Capacity of compost plant (ton/day).
-
150149
150
iii)Number of equipment in compost plant (unit)
-
a. Weigh bridge (30 t)
-
1
1
b. Loader backhoe
-
1
1
c. Dumper (8 t)
-
3
3
d. Tractor-Tipper
-
1
1
e. Water tanker
-
1
1
i) Number of landfill site
Nil
1
1
ii)Capacity of sanitary landfills (million ton)
-
1.77150
1.77
iii)Number of equipment in landfill site (unit)
-
a. Weigh bridge (30 t)
-
1
1
b.Tipper (8 t)
-
3
3
c. Bull dozer
-
1
1
d. Loader backhoe
-
1
1
e. Landfill Compactor
-
1
1
Sanitary Landfill Site
Note: i) It is reported that the municipality is able to lift not more than 60% of the waste generated (about 90 t) per day.
This is mainly because of inadequate numbers of sanitation workers (350 available against 482 required) and equipment
apart from the fact that large quantity of waste is untraceable due to haphazard disposal and dumping into the open drains.
The municipality to improve its performance uses to employ casual workers on daily basis as and when required. It has
also contracted an NGO for collection and disposal of waste with necessary equipment, ii) The municipality with the help of
its available tractor-trailers uses to dump the solid waste at low lying open places and by the side of highways. The
municipality does not practice any treatment or disinfection to the solid waste. An open land of about 9 hectare owned by
the municipality about 10 km from the city centre is identified for dumping the waste but could not made functional yet due
to local disputes.
147
One Compactor of 14 cum capacity to transport 32 MT of waste per day in 4 trips (8t/trip). Total Compactor required =
182 t (ref. foot note 141)/32 = 6. With 20% additional provision to accommodate breakdown/ maintenance, total
requirement of Compactor = 7. Similarly for 2020 the requirement is 8.
148
For transportation of waste from community bins, it is proposed to use Mini Truck Tippers of 4.5 cum capacity sufficient
to handle 4 bins in one trip or 32 bins in 8 trips in a day. Requirement of Mini Truck Tippers = 146 (ref. foot note 14)/32 = 5
and with 20% additional provision to accommodate breakdown/ maintenance, total requirement of Mini Truck Tippers = 6.
The requirement for 2020 will also remain to be same as in 2015.
149
. Design life of compost plant is generally 10 years after which it needs replacement. The plant is designed for 2025
starting functioning in 2015. Design Population (2025) is 519,000; Waste generation = 519000*495 gms/per capita/day
(growth rate @ 1.41% per annum exponentially-see foot note 10)= 257 t; Bio-degradable waste = 52% (Report of CPCBNEERI: 2004-2005 on Management of Municipal Solid Waste for 59 cities and towns of India) = 257 t*0.52 = 134 t.
Provided nearest available plant of 150 t/day capacity. Similar capacity will hold good for 2020
150
SLF is designed for 30 years period to accommodate waste generation upto 2045 starting from 2015, while the cells in
side are developed in phased manner. Non-biodegradable waste receivable at SLF in 2015 = (182 t * 35% (100% - 52%
biodegradable waste (see foot note 149)-13% recyclable waste (Report of CPCB-NEERI: 2004-2005 on Management of
Municipal Solid Waste for 59 cities and towns of India) = 64 t/day + 20% residual waste from CP = 19 t/day (182 t *.52*0.2)
= 83 t/day, Similarly non-biodegradable waste receivable at SLF in 2045 = (746,000 (population of 2045) * 656
gms/capita/day (waste generation rate) * 0.35%= 171 t/day + 746,000 (population of 2045) * 656 gms/capita/day (waste
generation rate) * 52% * 20% = 51) = 222 t/day. Average waste receivable in 30 years = (83+222)/2 = 152 t/day. Design
Capacity of SLF = 152 * 365 days * 30 years = 1664400 t or say 1.7 million ton. The capacity will hold good for 2020
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 35
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
Table 1.22
Muzaffarpur - Physical Investment to achieve the targets (in Rs. Million)
(All cost is based on 2010 value)
SN
Item
2015
Unit
Rate
Quantity
2020
Amount
Quantity
Amount
DTDC and Transportation Equipment
1
Containerized Push Cart (0.06 m3)
Each
0,009
553
4.98
614
5.53
2
Mini Auto Tippers (1.5 m3)
Each
0.5
73
36.50
86
43.00
3
Community Bins (1.1 m3)
Each
0.01
175
1.75
209
2.09
4
Compactors (14 m3)
Each
2.5
7
17.50
1
2.50
5
ii).Mini Truck Tippers (4.5 m3)
Each
1.0
6
6.00
0
0
Compost Plant
6
Cost of land
Ha
10.0
2.5
25.00
0
0
7
Plant & Machinery
Lot
15.0
1
15.00
0
0
8
Civil works
Lot
25.0
1
25.00
0
0
9
Weigh bridge (30 t)
Each
1.0
1
1.00
0
0
10
Loader backhoe
Each
2.5
1
2.50
0
0
11
Dumper (8 t)
Each
1.3
3
3.90
0
0
12
Tractor-Tipper
Each
0.8
1
0.80
0
0
13
Water tanker
Each
0.6
1
0.60
0
0
Landfill Site
14
Cost of land
Ha
10.0
36.5
365.00
0
0
15
Development of Site – Civil work
Ha
1.0
36.5
36.50
0
0
16
Development of Cell
M2
0.0015
56456
84.68
0
0
17
Weigh bridge (30 t)
Each
1.0
1
1.00
0
0
18
Tipper (8 t)
Each
1.3
3
3.90
0
0
19
Bull Dozer
Each
6.5
1
6.50
0
0
20
Loader backhoe
Each
2.5
1
2.50
0
0
21
Landfill Compactor
Each
8.5
1
8.50
0
0
22
Resettlement and Environmental
Mitigation Measures
4.6
0
0
Total Base Cost
653.7
Contingency 5%
32.7
2.66
686.4
57.78
Consultancy (4%)
27.5
2.23
Total Cost
713.8
58.01
$15.9 mil
$ 1.29 mil
Ongoing/committed project:
Nil
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 36
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
Appropriateness for ADB Financing and timing:
Depending upon (i) availability of land (ii) availability of fund.
1.3.3
Darbhanga Solid Waste Management (SWM) Service Plan (Physical Investment)
Table 1.23 Daarbhanga - SWM Targets
SN
Item
Situation 2010
Target 2015
Target 2020
1
Population
314,000151
339,000
365,000
2
Number of Household
49063152
52969
57031
3
Solid waste generation (gms/capita/day)
402153
431
462
4
Total solid waste generation (t)
135154
146
169
5
Number of sanitation workers
196155
412156
443
6
Collection equipment (unit)
ii) Containerized Push cart (0.06 m3 Capacity)
424157
456
iii) Mini Auto Tippers (1.5 t Capacity)
59158
67
iv)Community Bins (0.5 t Capacity)
139159
163
ii) Compactors (14 m3)
6160
6
iii).Mini Truck Tippers (4.5 m3)
5161
5
i) Ordinary Hand cart
7
85
Transportation equipment (unit)
i ) Tractor with Trailer
12
151
The populations of 2010 as well as target years of 2015 and 2020 are estimated adopting best fit curve method taking
into account of trend prevailed in past 5 decades. (Refer Section 1 of urban sector roadmap).
152
Household (HH) size = 6.40 persons/Household as per Census 2001. Similar size is considered for 2015 and 2020
considering almost similar socio-cultural profile of the town to continue till such time.
153
There is no record with the municipality for total solid waste generation. However, a survey report of CPCB & NEERI on
solid waste generation in 53 cities of India in 2003-04 indicates waste generation in Patna as 370 gm/capita/day). With
estimated per capita growth rate in waste generation as 1.41 % per annum exponentially (Study of World Bank, Urban
Development Section, East Asia and Pacific Region), the solid waste generation in Patna for the year of 2010 is calculated
as 402 gms per capita/day. In consideration of the similarity of habits, culture, economic and geographical pattern similar
rate of solid waste generation is considered for all major towns of Bihar. Similarly waste generation rates for the year of
2015 and 2020 are calculated as 431 and 462 gms/capita/day respectively.
154
Waste generation @ 402 gm/capita/day (see footnote 153) = 314000*402/1000000 = 126 t. Similarly for Population of
2015 and 2020 waste generations are 146 t and 169 t respectively.
155
Number of HH in 2010 = 49063. No. of sanitation workers required for door to door collection (DTDC) @ 150
HH/Worker (As per the recommendation by the Committee constituted by the Hon’ble Supreme Court of India on SWM
(June 1998) Section 3,4.1) = 49063/150 = 327. Considering one weekly rest day total number of sanitation workers
required = 7/6 * 327 = 382. Available sanitation workers = 196 (Source: Municipality).
156
Number of household in 2015= 52969. No. of sanitation workers required for door to door collection (DTDC) @ 150
HH/Worker (As per the recommendation by the Committee constituted by the Hon’ble Supreme Court of India on SWM
(June 1998) Section 3,4.1) = 52969/150 = 353. Considering one weekly rest day total number of sanitation workers
required = 7/6 * 353 = 412. Similarly number of sanitation workers required in 2020 = 443.
157
Net number of sanitation workers required in 2015= 353 (See Foot note 156). Allocating 1 Push cart per worker, No. of
Push Cart required = 353. With 20% additional provision to accommodate breakdown/maintenance, total requirement of
Push Cart = 1.2*353 =424. Similarly for 2020 total requirement of Push cart = 456.
158
One mini auto tippers of 1.5 t capacity each making 2 trips a day, net requirement of mini auto tipper = 146 (ref. foot
note 156)/1.5/2 = 49 and with 20% additional provision to accommodate breakdown/ maintenance, total requirement of mini
auto tipper = 1.2*49 = 59. Similarly for 2020, total provision of mini auto tipper = 67
159
Assuming 40% of the total waste will go in community bins of 1m3 or 0.5 t capacity each (density of waste assumed as
500 kg /m3 as per CPHEEO manual table 3.8 recommending the range between 390 and 537 kg/m3, community bins
required = 146 t * 0.4/0.5 = 116 and with 20% additional provision to accommodate breakdown/ maintenance, total
requirement of community bins = 116 *1.2 = 139. Similarly requirement of community bins for 2020 = 163.
160
One Compactor of 14 cum capacity to transport 32 MT of waste per day in 4 trips (8 t/trip). Total Comp actor required =
146 t /32 =5. With 20% additional provision to accommodate breakdown/ maintenance, total requirement of Compactor =6.
The same quantity will suffice for 2020.
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 37
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
SN
8
9
Item
Situation 2010
Target 2015
Target 2020
Compost Plant
i) Number of compost plant
Nil
1
1
ii) Capacity of compost plant (ton/day).
-
100162
100
iii)Number of equipment in compost plant (unit)
-
iv)Weigh bridge (30 t)
-
1
1
v)Loader backhoe
-
1
1
vi)Dumper (8 t)
-
3
3
vii)Tractor-Tipper
-
1
1
viii)Water tanker
-
1
1
Sanitary Landfill Site
Nil
i) Number of landfill site
-
1
1
ii) Capacity of sanitary landfills (t/day).
-
78163
78
iii)Number of equipment in landfill site (unit)
-
iv)Weigh bridge (30 t)
-
1
1
v)Tipper (8 t)
-
3
3
vi)Bull dozer
1
1
v)Loader backhoe
1
1
vi)Landfill Compactor
1
1
Note: i) It is reported that the municipality is able to lift not more than 70% of the waste generated (about 95 t) per day
although the sanitation workers available are more than the requirement (536 available against 382 required).This is mainly
because of inadequate numbers of sanitation workers and equipment apart from the fact that large quantity of waste is
untraceable due to haphazard disposal and dumping into the open drains. ii) The municipality with the help of its available
tractor-trailers uses to dump the solid waste at low lying open places and by the side of highways. The municipality does
not practice any treatment or disinfection to the solid waste.
161
For transportation of waste from community bins, it is proposed to use Mini Truck Tippers of 4.5 cum capacity sufficient
to handle 4 bins in one trip or 32 bins in 8 trips in a day. Requirement of Mini Truck Tippers = 139 (ref. foot note 159)/32 = 4
and with 20% additional provision to accommodate breakdown/ maintenance, total requirement of Mini Truck Tippers = 5.
The requirement for 2020 will also remain to be same as in 2015.
162
Design life of compost plant is generally 10 years after which it needs replacement. The plant is designed for 2025
starting functioning in 2015. Design Population (2025) is 392,000; Waste generation = 392000*495 gms/per capita/day
(growth rate @ 1.41% per annum exponentially-see foot note 153)= 194 t; Bio-degradable waste = 52% (Report of CPCBNEERI: 2004-2005 on Management of Municipal Solid Waste for 59 cities and towns of India) = 194 t*0.52 = 101 t.
Provided nearest available plant of 100 t/day capacity. Similar capacity will hold good for 2020
163
SLF is designed for 30 years period to accommodate waste generation upto 2045 starting from 2015, while the cells in
side are developed in phased manner. Non-biodegradable waste receivable at SLF in 2015 = 66 t/day (146 t * 35% (100% 52% biodegradable waste (see foot note 162)-13% recyclable waste (Report of CPCB-NEERI: 2004-2005 on Management
of Municipal Solid Waste for 59 cities and towns of India mentioning the recyclable waste for Patna as 13 % and same is
adopted for all major towns of Bihar having similarity in habits, culture economic and geographical pattern) = 51 t/day +
20% residual waste from CP = 15 t/day (146 t *.52*0.2), Similarly non-biodegradable waste receivable at SLF in 2045 = 150
t/day (503,000 (population of 2045) * 656 gms/capita/day (waste generation rate) * 0.35%= 116 t/day + 503,000
(population of 2045) * 656 gms/capita/day (waste generation rate) * 52% (see foot note 162)* 20% = 34). Average waste
receivable in 30 years = (66+150)/2 = 108 t/day. Design Capacity of SLF = 108 * 365 days * 30 years = 1182600 t or say
1.2 million ton. The capacity will hold good for 2020
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 38
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
Table 1.24 Darbhanga - Physical Investment to achieve the targets (in Rs. Million)
(All cost is based on 2010 value)
Item
2015
Unit
Rate
Quantity
2020
Amount
Quantity
Amount
DTDC and Transportation Equipment
1
Containerized Push Cart (0.06 m3)
Each
0,009
424
3.82
456
4.10
2
Mini Auto Tippers (1.5 m3)
Each
0.5
59
29.50
67
33.50
3
Community Bins (1.1 m3)
Each
0.01
139
1.39
163
1.63
4
Compactors (14 m3)
Each
2.5
6
15.00
0
0
5
Mini Truck Tippers (4.5 m3)
Each
1.0
5
5.00
0
0
Compost Plant
6
Cost of land
Ha
10.0
2
20.00
0
0
7
Plant & Machinery
Lot
10.0
1
10.00
0
0
8
Civil works
Lot
20.0
1
20.00
0
0
9
Weigh bridge (30 t)
Each
1.0
1
1.00
0
0
10
Loader backhoe
Each
2.5
1
2.50
0
0
11
Dumper (8 t)
Each
1.3
3
3.90
0
0
12
Tractor-Tipper
Each
0.8
1
0.80
0
0
13
Water tanker
Each
0.6
1
0.60
0
0
Landfill Site
14
Cost of land
Ha
10.0
26
260.00
0
0
15
Development of Site – Civil work
Ha
1.0
26
26.00
0
0
16
Development of Cell
M2
0.0015
43724
65.59
0
0
17
Weigh bridge (30 t)
Each
1.0
1
1.00
0
0
18
Tipper (8 t)
Each
1.3
3
3.90
0
0
19
Bull Dozer
Each
6.5
1
6.50
0
0
20
Loader backhoe
Each
2.5
1
2.50
0
0
21
Landfill Compactor
Each
8.5
1
8.50
0
0
22
Resettlement and Environmental
Mitigation Measures
4.3
0
0
Total Base cost
491.8
Contingency 5%
24.6
1.96
516.4
41.19
Consultancy (4%)
20.7
1.65
Total Cost
537.0
42.84
$11.9 mil
$ 1.0 mil
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 39
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
Ongoing/committed project:
Nil
Appropriateness for ADB Financing and timing:
Depending upon (i) availability of land and (ii) availability of fund.
1.3.4
Gaya Solid Waste Management (SWM) Service Plan (Physical Investment)
Table 1.25 Gaya - SWM Targets
SN
Item
Situation 2010
Target 2015
Target 2020
1
Population
475,000164
530,000
589,000
2
Number of household
66156165
73816
82033
3
Solid waste generation (gms/capita/day)
402166
431
462
4
Total solid waste generation (t)
191167
228
272
5
Number of sanitation workers
305168
574169
638
6
Collection equipment (unit).
120
-
-
i) Containerized Push cart (0.06 m3 Capacity)
590170
656
ii) Mini Auto Tippers (1.5 t Capacity)
91171
109
iii)Community Bins (0.5 t Capacity)
218172
262
-
-
i) Ordinary Hand cart
7
Transportation equipment (unit)
i) Dumpers/ Tempo Tippers
10
164
The populations of 2010 as well as target years of 2015 and 2020 are estimated adopting best fit curve method taking
into account of trend prevailed in past 5 decades. (Refer Section 1 of urban sector roadmap).
165
Household (HH) size = 7.18 persons/Household as per Census 2001. Similar size is considered for 2015 and 2020
considering almost similar socio-cultural profile of the town to continue till such time
166
There is no record with the municipality for total solid waste generation. However, a survey report of CPCB & NEERI on
solid waste generation in 53 cities of India in 2003-04 indicates waste generation in Patna as 370 gm/capita/day). With
estimated per capita growth rate in waste generation as 1.41 % per annum exponentially (Study of World Bank, Urban
Development Section, East Asia and Pacific Region), the solid waste generation in Patna for the year of 2010 is calculated
as 402 gms per capita/day. In consideration of the similarity of habits, culture, economic and geographical pattern similar
rate of solid waste generation is considered for all major towns of Bihar. In the same manner waste generation rates for the
year of 2015 and 2020 are calculated as 431 and 462 gms/capita/day respectively.
167
Waste generation @ 402 gm/capita/day (see footnote 166) = 475000*402/1000000 = 191 t. Similarly for Population of
2015 and 2020 waste generations are 228 t and 272 t respectively.
168
Number of HH in 2010 = 66156. No. of sanitation workers required for door to door collection (DTDC) @ 150
HH/Worker (As per the recommendation by the Committee constituted by the Hon’ble Supreme Court of India on SWM
(June 1998) Section 3,4.1) = 66156/150 = 441. Considering one weekly rest day total number of sanitation workers
required = 7/6 * 441 = 515. Available sanitation workers = 305 (Source: Municipality).
169
Number of HH in 2015 =73816. No. of sanitation workers required for door to door collection (DTDC) @ 150 HH/Worker
(As per the recommendation by the Committee constituted by the Hon’ble Supreme Court of India on SWM (June 1998)
Section 3,4.1) = 73816/150 = 492. Considering one weekly rest day total number of sanitation workers required = 7/6 * 492
= 574. Similarly number of sanitation workers required in 2020 = 638.
170
Net number of sanitation worker required = 492 (See Foot note 169) Allocating 1 Push cart per worker, No. of Push Cart
required = 492. With 20% additional provision to accommodate breakdown/maintenance, total requirement of Push Cart =
1.2*492 = 590. Similarly for 2020 total requirement of Push cart = 656.
171
One mini auto tippers of 1.5 t capacity each making 2 trips a day, net requirement of mini auto tipper = 228 (ref. foot
note 167)/1.5/2 =76 and with 20% additional provision to accommodate breakdown/ maintenance, total requirement of mini
auto tipper = 1.2*76 = 91. Similarly for 2020, total requirement of mini auto tipper = 109.
172
Assuming 40% of the total waste will go in community bins of 1 m3 or 0.5 t (density of waste assumed as 500 kg /m3 as
per CPHEEO manual table 3.8 recommending the range between 390 and 537 kg/m3) capacity each, community bins
required = 228t (ref. foot note 167) * 0.4/0.5 = 182 and with 20% additional provision to accommodate breakdown/
maintenance, total requirement of community bins = 182*1.2 = 218. Similarly requirement of community bins for 2020 =
262.
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 40
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
SN
Item
ii) Tractor with trailer
iii)Compactors (14
m 3)
iv) Mini Truck Tippers (4.5 m3)
8
Situation 2010
7
Target 2015
8
Target 2020
11
173
7174
8
Compost Plant
i) Number of compost plant
1
ii) Capacity of compost plant (ton/day).
200
1
175
200
iii)Number of equipment in compost plant (unit)
9
a. Weigh bridge (30 t)
1
1
b. Loader backhoe
1
1
c. Dumper (8 t)
3
3
d.Tractor-Tipper
1
1
e. Water tanker
1
1
i) Number of landfill site
1
1
ii) Capacity of sanitary landfills (million ton).
2.1176
2.1
a. Weigh bridge (30 t)
1
1
b.Tipper (8 t)
3
3
c. Bull dozer
1
1
d. Loader backhoe
1
1
e.Landfill Compactor
1
1
Sanitary Landfill Site
iii)Number of equipment in landfill site (unit)
Note: i) It is reported that the municipality is able to lift not more than 70% of the waste generated (about 134 t) per day.
This is mainly because of inadequate numbers of sanitation workers (305 available against 556 required) and equipment
apart from the fact that large quantity of waste is untraceable due to haphazard disposal and dumping into the open drains.
173
One Compactor of 16 cum or 8 t (density of waste assumed as 500 kg /m3 as per CPHEEO manual table 3.8) capacity
to transport 32 MT of waste per day in 4 trips (8t/trip). Total Compactor required = 228 t (ref. foot note 36)/32 = 7. With 20%
additional provision to accommodate breakdown/ maintenance, total requirement of Compactor = 8. Similarly for 2020 the
requirement is 11.
174
For transportation of waste from community bins, it is proposed to use Mini Truck Tippers of 4.5 cum capacity sufficient
to handle 4 bins in one trip or 32 bins in 8 trips in a day. Requirement of Mini Truck Tippers = 182 (ref. foot note 36)/32 = 6
and with 20% additional provision to accommodate breakdown/ maintenance, total requirement of Mini Truck Tippers = 7.
Similarly the requirement for 2020 will be 8.
175
Design life of compost plant is generally 10 years after which it needs replacement. The plant is designed for 2025
starting functioning in 2015. Design Population (2025) is 653,000; Waste generation = 653,2000*495 gms/per capita/day
(growth rate @ 1.41% per annum exponentially-see foot note 165)= 323 t; Bio-degradable waste = 52% (Report of CPCBNEERI: 2004-2005 on Management of Municipal Solid Waste for 59 cities and towns of India mentioning the biodegradable
waste for Patna as 52% and same is adopted for all major towns of Bihar having similarity in habits, culture economic and
geographical pattern) = 323 t*0.52 = 168 t. Provided nearest available plant capacity of 200 t/day . Similar capacity will hold
good for 2020.
176
SLF is designed for 30 years period to accommodate waste generation upto 2045 starting from 2015, while the cells in
side are developed in phased manner. Non-biodegradable waste receivable at SLF in 2015 = 104 t/day (228 t * 35% (100%
- 52% biodegradable waste -13% recyclable waste (Report of CPCB-NEERI: 2004-2005 on Management of Municipal Solid
Waste for 59 cities and towns of India mentioning the recyclable waste for Patna as 13 % and same is adopted for all major
towns of Bihar having similarity in habits, culture economic and geographical pattern) = 80 t/day + 20% residual waste from
CP = 24 t/day (228 t *.52*0.2) = 104 t/day, Similarly non-biodegradable waste receivable at SLF in 2045 = 283 t/day
(948,000 (population of 2045) * 656 gms/capita/day (waste generation rate) * 0.35%= 218 t/day + 948,000 (population of
2045) * 656 gms/capita/day (waste generation rate) * 52% (see foot note 35)* 20% = 65). Average waste receivable in 30
years = (104+283)/2 = 194 t/day. Design Capacity of SLF = 194 * 365 days * 30 years = 2124300 t or say 2.1 million ton.
The capacity will hold good for 2020
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 41
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
The municipality to improve its performance recently outsourced the collection and transportation activities to M/s Ramky
on experimental basis in 7 of its 53 wards. ii) The municipality with the help of its available transportation equipment uses
to dump the solid waste at 3 separate dumping grounds between 3-4 km distances from the town without any treatment or
disinfection.
Table 1.26 Gaya - Physical Investment to achieve the targets (in Rs. Million)
SN
(All cost is based on 2010 value)
Item
2015
Unit
Rate
Quantity
2020
Amount
Quantity
Amount
DTDC and Transportation Equipment
1
Containerized Push Cart (0.06 m3)
m 3)
2
Mini Auto Tippers (1.5
3
Community Bins (1.1 m3)
m 3)
4
Compactors (14
5
Mini Truck Tippers (4.5 m3)
Each
0,009
590
5.31
656
5.90
Each
0.5
91
45.50
109
54.50
Each
0.01
218
2.18
262
2.62
Each
2.5
8
20.00
3
7.50
Each
1.0
7
7.00
1
1.00
Compost Plant
6
Cost of land
Ha
10.0
3.5
35.00
0
0
7
Plant & Machinery
Lot
20.0
1
20.00
0
0
8
Civil works
Lot
30.0
1
30.00
0
0
9
Weigh bridge (30 t)
Each
1.0
1
1.00
0
0
10
Loader backhoe
Each
2.5
1
2.50
0
0
11
Dumper (8 t)
Each
1.3
3
3.90
0
0
12
Tractor-Tipper
Each
0.8
1
0.80
0
0
13
Water tanker
Each
0.6
1
0.60
0
0
Landfill Site
14
Cost of land
Ha
10.0
46.5
465.00
0
0
15
Development of Site – Civil work
Ha
1.0
46.5
46.50
0
0
16
Development of Cell
M2
0.0015
70859
106.29
0
0
17
Weigh bridge (30 t)
Each
1.0
1
1.00
0
0
18
Tipper (8 t)
Each
1.3
3
3.90
0
0
19
Bull Dozer
Each
6.5
1
6.50
0
0
20
Loader backhoe
Each
2.5
1
2.50
0
0
21
Landfill Compactor
Each
8.5
1
8.50
0
0
22
Resettlement and Environmental
Mitigation Measures
4.7
0
0
Total Base Cost
818.7
Contingency 5%
40.9
3.58
859.6
75.10
Consultancy (4%)
34.4
3.00
Total Cost
894.0
78.10
$19.9 mil
$ 1.7 mil
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 42
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
Ongoing/committed project:
Nil
Appropriateness for ADB Financing and timing:
Depending upon (i) availability of land and (ii) availability of fund.
1.4
Drainage Sub-sector
1.4.1
Bhagalpur Drainage Service Plan (Physical Investment)
Table 1.27 Bhagalpur - Storm Water Drainage Targets
SN
Item
Situation 2010
Target 2015
Target 2020
1
Population
419,000177
469,000
523,000
2
Town area (ha)
3018178
3018
3018
3
Total Length of Road (km)
227179
253180
282
i) Major Roads (> 7 m wide) (km)
52181
58
65
ii) Medium Roads (4-7 m wide) (km)
60182
66
73
iii)Narrow Roads (< 4 m wide) (km)
115183
129
144
4
Total Length of road covered by drains (km)
122184
253185
282
5
Area of coverage (%)
54
100
100
6
Population in the area of coverage
226,000187
469,000
523,000
7
Total length of drains (km)
168
506
564
i) Length of Outfall (km)
-
58190
65
ii) Length of Secondary drain Type-A (km)
-
58
65
iii)Length of existing drain usable after repair (km)
-
118192
118
iv)Length of Secondary drain Type-B (km)
-
73
114
v)Length of Secondary drain Type-C (km)
-
199194
186
188
189
191
193
202
177
The populations of 2010 and the target years of 2015 and 2020 are estimated adopting best fit curve method taking into
account of trend prevailed in past 5 decades. (Refer Section 1 of urban sector roadmap).
178
As per Census 2001
179
As per topographical survey carried out under PPTA
180
Density2010 = 419000/3018 = 139/ha; Density2015 = 469000/3018 = 155/ha. Increase=11.5%. Consider increase will be
effected in vacant areas and road length will increase in similar proportion. Total road length in 2015=1.115*227 km = 253
km. Similarly, Density2020 = 523000/3018=173/ha. Increase=11.6%. Total road length =1.116*253 km = 282 km.
181
As per topographical survey which is 23% of total road length. Same percentage is applied to 2015 and 2020
182
As per topographical survey which is 26% of total road length. Same percentage is applied to 2015 and 2020
183
As per topographical survey which is 51% of total road length. Same percentage is applied to 2015 and 2020
184
As per topographical survey carried out under PPTA.
185
All roads shall be covered by drains in 2015 and 2020.
186
The area coverage = Total road length covered with drain / total road length = 122/227 = 54%. The coverage for 2015
and 2020 is envisaged to be 100%
187
54% *419,000 = 226,000. For 2015 and 2020 the population coverage is 100% of the respective population.
188
As per topographical survey carried out under PPTA
189
Total road in 2015 = 253 km. Considering drains on both side of the roads total length of drain = 2*253 = 506 km.
Similarly, optimum need of drain in 2020 =282 *2 = 564 km
190
Provide Outfall on one side of all major roads = 58 km. Similarly length of outfall in 2020 = 65 km
191
Provide secondary drain Type-A on other side of all major roads having outfall on one side = 58 km. Similarly length of
secondary drain Type-A on other side of all major roads having outfall on one side in 2020 = 65 km
192
Assume 70% of the existing drains (2010) will be usable after repair.
193
Provide secondary drain Type-B on both side of all medium roads = 2* 66 = 132 km minus 50% of usable existing drains
after repair (118 km * 0.5= 59 km)= 73 km. For 2020, the secondary drain Type-B on both side of all medium roads shall be
= 2* 73 = 146 km
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 43
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
SN
Item
Situation 2010
Target 2015
Target 2020
8
Number of pumping stations
Nil
3195
4
9
Capacity of drainage (cubic meter/sec)
28196
115197
115
10
Availability of operation and maintenance manuals
Nil
Yes
Yes
Note: In more accurate design it should be the actual catchment area of the storm runoff which may extend beyond the
geographical boundary starting from the point of generation of the flow running over the town. To determine the actual
catchment area one should conduct detailed watershed study and mathematical model analysis, which should be taken
care of for preparation of DPR. This particular assessment relates to municipal drainage system of the town and aims at
safe and efficient disposal of the runoff generated within the municipal area to the nearest principal natural streams in
shortest period of time, removing the chronic water logging problems of the town.
Table 1.28 Bhagalpur - Physical Investment to achieve the targets (in Rs. Million)
SN
(All cost is based on 2010 value)
Item
2015
Unit
Rate
(mil INR)
Qty
2020
Amount
(mil INR)
Qty
Amount
(mil INR)
1
Construction of Outfall in RCC
(2m wide * 2 m depth)
Km
9
58
522.00
7
63.00
2
Construction of RCC secondary drain TypeA (1.5m wide * 1.5 m depth)
Km
7
58
406.00
7
49.00
3
Construction of secondary drain Type-B in
RCC (1m wide * 1m depth)
Km
6
73
438.00
41
246.00
4
Construction of secondary drain Type-C in
brick masonry(<1m wide* <1m depth)
Km
5
199
995.00
3
15.00
5
Repairing of existing drain
Km
3
118
354.00
-
-
6
Construction of pumping stations incl.
equipment and pumping main
each
20
3
60.00
1
20.00
7
Survey Investigation
1-Job
8
Land
Ha
9
Resettlement and Environmental Mitigation
Measures
4.3
1
Total Base Cost
2783.3
394
Contingency (5%)
139.2
19.7
0.40
30
0.12
-
3.60
194
Provide secondary drain Type-C on both side of all narrow roads = 2* 129 = 258 km minus 50% of usable existing roads
after repair (118 km * 0.5=59km)=199 km. For 2020, secondary drain Type-C on both side of all narrow roads shall be = 2*
144 = 288 km
195
Based on the topography of the town.
196
Total Storm Discharge: Q = 10 CiA.
C= Coefficient of Runoff = 0.55 (C varies for built up area and open area. It is assumed that the town has 70% built up area
and 30% open area. As per CPHEEO manual C for residential area is 60-75 and commercial area is 70-90 and for open
area it is 10-20. Accordingly looking into the built up characteristics of the town C for 100% built up area is taken as 70 and
100% open area as 20. The effective value of C is therefore calculated as 0.7*0.7+0.3*0.2 = 0.55).
i = intensity of rainfall in mm/hr.= 25 mm/hr. (i is the function of duration of storm and time of concentration. For medium
density town i is generally between 20-25 mm/hr with an average annual rainfall in 4 monsoon months between 1000-1555
mm. The town has annual rainfall of about 1435 mm between mid June & mid October, hence the value of i is reasonably
taken as 25).
A = area of drainage district in hectares = 3018 ha. (area of Bhagalpur municipal area).
Total Storm Discharge: Q=10*0.55*25*3018/3600= 115 cum/sec. Total area coverage = 54% (See Foot note 186).
Reduction in efficiency of the existing drains due to under sizing, breakage and clogging = 40-50%; (assessed from
reconnaissance survey; Take 45%)
The drainage capacity = 0.54 * 0.45*115 = 28 cum/sec
197
100% of the total storm discharge = 115 cum/sec. It will remain same in 2020.
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 44
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
SN
Item
2015
Unit
Rate
(mil INR)
Qty
Amount
(mil INR)
2020
Qty
Amount
(mil INR)
2922.5
413.7
Consultancy (4%)
117.00
16.5
Total Cost
3039.5
$67.5 mil
429.2
$ 9.5 mil
Ongoing/committed project:
Nil
Appropriateness for ADB Financing and timing:
Depending upon (i) availability of fund and (ii)availability of land for CP and SLF.
1.4.2
Muzaffarpur Drainage Service Plan (Physical Investment)
Table 1.29 Muzaffarpur - Storm Water Drainage Targets
SN
Item
Situation 2010
Target 2015
Target 2020
1
Population
379,000198
423,000
470,000
2
Town Area (ha)
2643199
2643
2643
3
Total Length of Road (km)
267200
299201
332
i) Major Roads (> 7 m wide) (km)
55202
63
70
ii) Medium Roads (4-7 m wide) (km)
56203
63
70
iii)Narrow Roads (< 4 m wide) (km)
156204
173
192
4
Total Length of road covered by drains (km)
158205
299206
332
5
Area of coverage (%)
59207
100
100
6
Population in the area of coverage
224,000208
423,000
470,000
7
Total length of drains (km)
195209
598210
664
i) Length of Outfall (km)
-
63211
70
198
The populations of 2010 as well as target years of 2015 and 2020 are estimated adopting best fit curve method taking
into account of trend prevailed in past 5 decades. (Refer Section 1 of urban sector roadmap).
199
As per Census 2001
200
As per topographical survey carried out under PPTA
201
Density2010 = 379000/2643 ha (Area of Muzaffarpur) = 143/ha; Density2015 = 423000/2643 =160/ha. Increase=12%.
Consider increase will be effected in vacant areas and road length will increase in similar proportion. Accordingly Total road
in 2015 =1.12 * 267 km = 299 km. Similarly, Density2020 = 470000/2643=178/ha. Increase= 11%. Consider increase will be
effected in vacant areas road length will increase in similar proportion, Total road=1.11* 299 km = 332 km.
202
As per topographical survey which is 21% of total road length. Same percentage is applied to 2015 and 2020
203
As per topographical survey which is 21% of total road length. Same percentage is applied to 2015 and 2020
204
As per topographical survey which is 58% of total road length. Same percentage is applied to 2015 and 2020
205
As per topographical survey carried out under PPTA.
206
All roads shall be covered by drains in 2015 and 2020.
207
The area coverage = Total road length covered with drain / total road length = 158/267 = 59%. The coverage for 2015
and 2020 is envisaged to be 100%
208
Population in the area of coverage = 59%*379000 = 224000
209
As per topographical survey carried out under PPTA
210
Total road in 2015 = 299 km. Considering drains on both side of the roads total length of drain = 2*299 = 598 km.
Similarly, optimum need of drain in 2020 = 332 (See Foot note 3)*2 = 664 km
211
Provide Outfall on one side of all major roads = 63 km. Similarly length of outfall in 2020 = 70 km
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 45
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
SN
Item
Situation 2010
Target 2015
Target 2020
ii) Length of Secondary drain Type-A (km)
-
63212
70
iii)Length of existing drain usable after repair (km)
-
136
136
iv)Length of Secondary drain Type-B (km)
-
58214
110
v)Length of Secondary drain Type-C (km)
-
278
278
8
Number of pumping stations
Nil
3216
4
9
Capacity of drainage (cubic meter/sec)
22
81
81
10
Availability of operation and maintenance manuals
Nil
217
213
215
218
Yes
Yes
Note: In more accurate design it should be the actual catchment area of the storm runoff which may extend beyond the
geographical boundary starting from the point of generation of the flow running over the town. To determine the actual
catchment area one should conduct detailed watershed study and mathematical model analysis, which should be taken
care of for preparation of DPR. This particular assessment relates to municipal drainage system of the town and aims at
safe and efficient disposal of the runoff generated within the municipal area to the nearest principal natural streams in
shortest period of time, removing the chronic water logging problems of the town.
Table 1.30
SN
Muzaffarpur - Physical Investment to achieve the targets (in Rs. Million)
(All cost is based on 2010 value; Conversion rate $ 1 = RS. 45)
Item
Unit
Rate
(mil INR)
Qty
2015
2020
Amount
(mil INR)
Qty
Amount
(mil INR)
1
Construction of Outfall in RCC
(2m wide * 2 m depth)
km
9
63
567.00
7
63.00
2
Construction of RCC secondary drain TypeA (1.5m wide * 1.5 m depth)
km
7
63
441.00
7
49.00
3
Construction of secondary drain Type-B in
RCC (1m wide * 1m depth)
km
6
58
348.00
52
312.00
4
Construction of secondary drain Type-C in
brick masonry(<1m wide* <1m depth)
km
5
278
1390.00
-
-
5
Repairing of existing drain
km
3
136
408.00
-
-
212
Provide secondary drain Type-A on other side of all major roads having outfall on one side = 63 km. Similarly length of
secondary drain Type-A on other side of all major roads having outfall on one side in 2020 = 70 km
213
Assume 70% of the existing drains (2010) will be usable after repair = 0.7*195 km = 136.
214
Provide secondary drain Type-B on both side of all medium roads = 2* 63 = 126 km minus 50% of usable existing drains
after repair (136 km * 0.5= 68 km)= 58 km. For 2020, the secondary drain Type-B on both side of all medium roads shall be
= 2* 70 = 140 km
215
Provide secondary drain Type-C on both side of all narrow roads = 2* 173 = 346 km minus 50% of usable existing roads
after repair (136 km * 0.5 = 68 km) =278 km. For 2020, secondary drain Type-C on both side of all narrow roads shall be
= 2* 192 = 384 km
216
Based on the topography of the town.
217
Total Storm Discharge: Q = 10 CiA.
C= Coefficient of Runoff = 0.55 (C varies for built up area and open area. It is assumed that the town has 70% built up area
and 30% open area. As per CPHEEO manual C for residential area is 60-75 and commercial area is 70-90 and for open
area it is 10-20. Accordingly looking into the built up characteristics of the town C for 100% built up area is taken as 70 and
100% open area as 20. The effective value of C is therefore calculated as 0.7*0.7+0.3*0.2 = 0.55).
i = intensity of rainfall in mm/hr.= 20 mm/hr. (i is the function of duration of storm and time of concentration. For medium
density town i is generally between 20-25 mm/hr with an average annual rainfall in 4 monsoon months between 1000-1555
mm. The town has annual rainfall of about 1210 mm between mid June & mid October, hence the value of i is reasonably
taken as 20).
A = area of drainage district in hectares = 2643 ha. (area of Muzaffarpur municipal area).
Total Storm Discharge: Q=10*0.55*20*2643/3600= 81 cum/sec. Total area coverage by drainage = 59% (See Foot note
207). Reduction in efficiency of existing drains due to under sizing, breakage and clogging= 40-50%; (assessed from
reconnaissance survey; Take 45%)
The drainage capacity = 0.59 * 0.45 * 81 = 22 cum/sec
218
100% of the total storm discharge = 81 cum/sec. It will remain same in 2020.
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 46
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
SN
Item
2015
Unit
Rate
(mil INR)
20
Qty
2020
Amount
(mil INR)
3
60.00
Qty
1
Amount
(mil INR)
6
Construction of pumping stations incl.
equipment and pumping main
each
20.00
7
Survey Investigation
1-Job
8
Land
ha
9
Resettlement and Environmental Mitigation
Measures
4.2
1
Total Base Cost
3222.2
445
Contingency (5%)
161.1
22.25
3383.
467.25
Consultancy (4%)
135.3
18.69
Total Cost
3518.6
$78.2 mil
485.94
$ 10.8 mil
0.40
30
0.12
-
3.60
Ongoing/committed project:
Nil
Appropriateness for ADB Financing and timing:
Depending upon (i) availability of fund and (ii) availability of land for CP and SLF.
1.4.3
Darbhanga Drainage Service Plan (Physical Investment)
Table 1.31
Darbhanga - Storm Water Drainage Targets
SN
Item
Situation 2010
1
Population
314,000219
2
Town Area (ha)
1918220
3
Total Length of Road (km)
Target 2015
Target 2020
339,000
365,000
165221
178222
190
i) Major Roads (> 7 m wide) (km)
39223
43
46
ii) Medium Roads (4-7 m wide) (km)
44224
46
49
iii)Narrow Roads (< 4 m wide) (km)
82225
89
95
4
Total Length of road covered by drains (km)
75226
178227
190
5
Area of coverage (%)
45228
100
100
219
The populations of 2010 as well as target years of 2015 and 2020 are estimated adopting best fit curve method taking
into account of trend prevailed in past 5 decades. (Refer Section 1 of urban sector roadmap).
220
As per Census 2001
221
As per topographical survey carried out under PPTA
222
Density2010 = 314000/1918 ha = 164/ha; Density2015 = 339000/1918 ha= 177/ha. Increase= 8%. Consider increase will be
effected in vacant areas and road length will increase in similar proportion. Total road in 2015 =1.08 * 165 = 178 km
Similarly, Density2020 = 365000/1918 ha = 190/ha. Increase= 7%. Consider increase will be effected in vacant areas. Total
road in 2020 =1.07 * 178 km = 190 km
223
As per topographical survey which is 24% of total road length. Same percentage is applied to 2015 and 2020
224
As per topographical survey which is 26% of total road length. Same percentage is applied to 2015 and 2020
225
As per topographical survey which is 50% of total road length. Same percentage is applied to 2015 and 2020
226
As per topographical survey carried out under PPTA.
227
All roads shall be covered by drains in 2015 and 2020.
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 47
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
SN
Item
Situation 2010
Target 2015
Target 2020
6
Population in the area of coverage
141,000229
339,000
365,000
7
Total length of drains (km)
99230
356231
380
i) Length of Outfall (km)
-
43232
46
ii) Length of Secondary drain Type-A (km)
-
43233
46
iii)Length of existing drain usable after repair (km)
-
69234
69
iv)Length of Secondary drain Type-B (km)
-
57235
71
v)Length of Secondary drain Type-C (km)
-
144236
148
8
Number of pumping stations (km)
Nil
3237
3
9
Capacity of drainage (cubic meter/sec)
12238
58.6239
58.6
10
Availability of operation and maintenance manuals
Nil
Yes
Yes
Note: In more accurate design it should be the actual catchment area of the storm runoff which may extend beyond the
geographical boundary starting from the point of generation of the flow running over the town. To determine the actual
catchment area one should conduct detailed watershed study and mathematical model analysis. Accordingly the storm
water drainage master plan needs to be prepared to proceed further in preparing the DPR. This particular assessment
relates to municipal drainage system of the town and aims at safe and efficient disposal of the runoff generated within the
municipal area to the nearest principal natural streams in shortest period of time, removing the chronic water logging
problem of the town.
228
The area coverage = Total road length covered with drain/total road length= 75/165=45%. The coverage for 2015 and
2020 is envisaged to be 100%
229
45% *314,000 = 141,000. For 2015 and 2020 the population coverage is 100% of the respective population.
230
As per topographical survey carried out under PPTA
231
Total road in 2015 = 178 km (See Foot note 227). Considering drains on both side of the roads total length of drain =
2*178 = 356 km. Similarly, optimum need of drain in 2020 = 190 *2 = 380 km
232
Provide Outfall on one side of all major roads = 43 km. Similarly length of outfall in 2020 = 46 km
233
Provide secondary drain Type-A on other side of all major roads having outfall on one side = 43 km. Similarly length of
secondary drain Type-A on other side of all major roads having outfall on one side in 2020 = 46 km
234
Assume 70% of the existing drains (2010) will be usable after repair=0.7*99 =69 km.
235
Provide secondary drain Type-B on both side of all medium roads = 2* 46 = 92 km minus 50% of usable existing drains
after repair (69 km * 0.5= 35 km)= 57 km. For 2020, the secondary drain Type-B on both side of all medium roads shall be
= 2* 49 = 98 km
236
Provide secondary drain Type-C on both side of all narrow roads = 2* 89 = 178 km minus 50% of usable existing roads
after repair (69 km * 0.5 = 34) =144 km. For 2020, secondary drain Type-C on both side of all narrow roads shall be = 2* 95
= 190 km
237
Based on topography of the town.
238
Total Storm Discharge: Q = 10 CiA.
C= Coefficient of Runoff = 0.55 (C varies for built up area and open area. It is assumed that the town has 70% built up area
and 30% open area. As per CPHEEO manual C for residential area is 60-75 and commercial area is 70-90 and for open
area it is 10-20. Accordingly looking into the built up characteristics of the town C for 100% built up area is taken as 70 and
100% open area as 20. The effective value of C is therefore calculated as 0.7*0.7+0.3*0.2 = 0.55).
i = intensity of rainfall in mm/hr.= 20 mm/hr. (i is the function of duration of storm and time of concentration. For medium
density town i is generally between 20-25 mm/hr with an average annual rainfall in 4 monsoon months between 1000-1555
mm. The town has annual rainfall of about 1142 mm between mid June & mid October, hence the value of i is reasonably
taken as 20).
A = area of drainage district in hectares = 1918 ha. (area of Darbhanga municipal area).
Total Storm Discharge: Q=10*0.55*20*1918/3600= 58.6 cum/sec. Total area coverage = 45%. Reduction in efficiency due
to under sizing, breakage and clogging = 40-50%; (assessed from reconnaissance survey; Take 45%)
The drainage capacity = 0.45 * 0.45*58.6 = 12 cum/sec
239
100% of the total storm discharge = 58.6 cum/sec. It will remain same in 2020.
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 48
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
Table 1.32 Darbhanga - Physical Investment to achieve the targets (in Rs. Million)
SN
(All cost is based on 2010 value)
Item
2015
Unit
Rate
(mil INR)
Qty
2020
Amount
(mil INR)
Qty
Amount
(mil INR)
1
Construction of Outfall in RCC
(2m wide * 2 m depth)
Km
9
43
387.00
3
27.00
2
Construction of RCC secondary drain
Type-A (1.5m wide * 1.5 m depth)
Km
7
43
301.00
3
21.00
3
Construction of secondary drain Type-B
in RCC (1m wide * 1m depth)
Km
6
57
342.00
14
84.00
4
Construction of secondary drain Type-C
in brick masonry(<1m wide* <1m depth)
Km
5
144
720.00
4
20.00
5
Repairing of existing drain
km
3
69
207.00
-
-
6
Construction of pumping stations incl.
equipment and pumping main
each
20
3
60.00
-
-
7
Survey Investigation
1-Job
8
Land
ha
9
Resettlement and Environmental
Mitigation Measures
3.8
1
Total Base Cost
2024.8
153
Contingency (5%)
101.2
7.60
2126.0
160.60
Consultancy (4%)
85.0
6.4
Total Cost
2211.0
$49.1 mil
167.0
$ 3.7 mil
0.40
30
0.12
-
3.60
Ongoing/committed project:
Nil
Appropriateness for ADB Financing and timing:
Depending upon (i) availability of fund and (ii)availability of land for CP and SLF.
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 49
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
1.4.4
Gaya Drainage Service Plan (Physical Investment)
Table 1.33 Gaya - Storm Water Drainage Targets
SN
Item
Situation 2010
1
Population
475,000240
2
Town Area (ha)
5017241
3
Total Length of Road (km)
Target 2015
Target 2020
530,000
589,000
317242
354243
391
i) Major Roads (> 7 m wide) (km)
73244
81
90
ii) Medium Roads (4-7 m wide) (km)
76245
85
94
iii)Narrow Roads (< 4 m wide) (km)
168246
188
207
4
Total Length of road covered by drains (km)
168247
354248
391
5
Area of coverage (%)
53249
100
100
6
Population in the area of coverage
252,000250
530,000
589,000
7
Total length of drains (km)
219251
708252
782
i) Length of Outfall (km)
-
81253
90
ii) Length of Secondary drain Type-A (km)
-
81254
90
iii)Length of existing drain usable after repair (km)
-
150255
150
iv)Length of Secondary drain Type-B (km)
-
97256
153
v)Length of Secondary drain Type-C (km)
-
299257
299
Number of pumping stations
Nil
3258
4
8
240
The populations of 2010 as well as target years of 2015 and 2020 are estimated adopting best fit curve method taking into
account of trend prevailed in past 5 decades. (Refer Section 1 of urban sector roadmap).
241
242
As per Census 2001
As per Master Plan drawing.
243
Density2010 = 475000/5017 = 95/ha; Density2015 = 530000/5017 = 106/ha. Increase=11.6%. Consider increase will be
effected in vacant areas and road length will increase in similar proportion. Total road=1.116 * 317 km =354 km. Similarly,
Density2020 = 589000/5017 = 117/ha. Increase= 10.4%. Consider increase will be effected in vacant areas. Total road=1.104 *
354 km = 391 km.
244
Assumed percentage of roads > 7 m width as 23%, (similar to the findings in other major towns by actual topographical
survey) of the total road length = 73 km. Similar percentage is applied to 2015 and 2020
245
Assumed percentage of roads of 4-7 m width as 24%, (similar to the findings in other major towns by actual topographical
survey) of the total road length = 76 km. Similar percentage is applied to 2015 and 2020
246
Assumed percentage of roads of < 4 m width as 53%, (similar to the findings in other major towns by actual topographical
survey) of the total road length = 168 km. Similar percentage is applied to 2015 and 2020.
247
Assumed percentage of roads covered by drains as 53%, similar to the findings in other major towns by actual
topographical survey.
248
All roads shall be covered by drains.
249
The area coverage = Percentage of roads covered by drains = 53%. For 2015 and 2020, 100% coverage is envisaged.
250
53% *475,000 = 252,000. For 2015 and 2020 the population coverage is 100% of the respective population.
251
Assumed percentage of drains to roads as 69%, similar to the findings in other major towns by actual topographical survey.
Total l`ength of drain = 0.69*317 km = 219 km
252
Total road in 2015 = 354 km. Considering drains on both side of the roads total length of drain = 2*354 = 708 km. Similarly,
optimum need of drain in 2020 =391 *2 = 782 km
253
Provide Outfall on one side of all major roads = 81 km. Similarly length of outfall in 2020 = 90 km
254
Provide secondary drain Type-A on other side of all major roads having outfall on one side = 81 km. Similarly length of
secondary drain Type-A on other side of all major roads having outfall on one side in 2020 = 90 km
255
Assume 70% of the existing drains (2010) will be usable after repair = 0.7 * 219 = 150 km. This will not be required for
2020
256
Provide secondary drain Type-B on both side of all medium roads = 2* 85 = 170 km minus 50% of usable existing drains
after repair (153 km * 0.5= 77 km)= 97 km. For 2020, the secondary drain Type-B on both side of all medium roads shall be =
2* 94 = 188 km
257
Provide secondary drain Type-C on both side of all narrow roads = 2* 188 = 376 km minus 50% of usable existing roads
after repair (153 km * 0.5 = 77 km)=299 km. For 2020, secondary drain Type-C on both side of all narrow roads shall be = 2*
207 = 414 km
258
Based on the topography of the town.
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 50
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
SN
Item
Situation 2010
Target 2015
Target 2020
9
Capacity of drainage (cubic meter/sec)
36259
153260
153
10
Availability of operation and maintenance manuals
Nil
Yes
Yes
Note: (i) In absence of topographical survey map identifying roads with classification by widths similar standards have been
assumed as found in other major towns actually surveyed. Similar assumption made to determine the length of drains on the
basis of its ratio to the roads that actually found by field survey in other major towns. (ii) In more accurate design it should be
the actual catchment area of the storm runoff which may extend beyond the geographical boundary starting from the point of
generation of the flow running over the town. To determine the actual catchment area one should conduct detailed watershed
study and mathematical model analysis. Accordingly the storm water drainage master plan needs to be prepared to proceed
further in preparing the DPR. This particular assessment relates to municipal drainage system of the town and aims at safe and
efficient disposal of the runoff generated within the municipal area to the nearest principal natural streams in shortest period of
time, removing the chronic water logging problem of the town.
Table 1.34 Gaya - Physical Investment to achieve the targets (in Rs. Million)
SN
(All cost is based on 2010 value)
Item
2015
Unit
Rate
(mil INR)
Qty
2020
Amount
(mil INR)
Qty
Amount
(mil INR)
1
Construction of RCC Outfall
(2m wide * 2 m depth)
Km
9
81
729.00
9
81.00
2
Construction of RCC secondary drain TypeA (1.5m wide * 1.5 m depth)
Km
7
81
567.00
9
63.00
3
Construction of RCC secondary drain TypeB in RCC (1m wide * 1m depth)
Km
6
97
582.00
56
336.00
4
Construction of secondary drain Type-C in
brick masonry(<1m wide* <1m depth)
Km
5
299
1495.00
-
-
5
Repairing of existing drain
Km
3
150
450.00
-
-
6
Construction of pumping stations incl.
equipment and pumping main
Each
20
3
60.00
1
20.00
7
Survey Investigation
1-Job
8
Land
Ha
9
Resettlement and Environmental Mitigation
Measures
4.3
2.00
Total Base Cost
3891.3
502.00
Contingency (5%)
194.6
25.00
4085.9
527.00
0.40
30
0.12
3.60
259
Total Storm Discharge: Q = 10 CiA.
C= Coefficient of Runoff = 0.55 (C varies for built up area and open area. It is assumed that the town has 70% built up area
and 30% open area. As per CPHEEO manual C for residential area is 60-75 and commercial area is 70-90 and for open
area it is 10-20. Accordingly looking into the built up characteristics of the town C for 100% built up area is taken as 70 and
100% open area as 20. The effective value of C is therefore calculated as 0.7*0.7+0.3*0.2 = 0.55).
i = intensity of rainfall in mm/hr.= 20 mm/hr. (i is the function of duration of storm and time of concentration. For medium
density town i is generally between 20-25 mm/hr with an average annual rainfall in 4 monsoon months between 1000-1555
mm. The town has annual rainfall of about 1200 mm between mid June & mid October, hence the value of i is reasonably
taken as 20).
A = area of drainage district in hectares = 5017 ha. (area of Gaya municipal area).
Total Storm Discharge: Q=10*0.55*20*5017/3600= 153 cum/sec. Total area coverage = 53% (See Foot note 9). Reduction
in efficiency due to under sizing, breakage and clogging = 40-50%; (assessed from reconnaissance survey; Take 45%).The
drainage capacity = 0.53*0.45*153 = 36 cum/sec
260
100% of the total storm discharge = 153 cum/sec (See Foot note 19). It will remain same in 2020.
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 51
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
SN
Item
2015
Unit
Rate
(mil INR)
Qty
2020
Amount
(mil INR)
Qty
Amount
(mil INR)
Consultancy (4%)
163.4
21.00
Total Cost
4249.3
$94.4 mil
548.00
$ 12.2 mil
Ongoing/committed project:
Nil
Appropriateness for ADB Financing and timing:
Depending upon (i) availability of fund and (ii)availability of land for CP and SLF.
1.5
Non Physical Investments
1.5.1
Qualifications for urban service delivery and world class norms
Table 1.35 Qualifications - Water Supply, Drainage, Sewerage
Occupational Type
Qualification
How Appointed
Superintending Engineer (SE)
B.E/B.Tech
SE post filled by promotion from Exec Eng or by
secondment.
Executive Engineer
B.E/B.Tech
Exec Eng post filled by promotion from Assistant
Engineer
Assistant Engineer
B.E/B.Tech
Lateral recruitment or promotion from Junior
Engineer.
Junior Engineer
BE/B.Tech
Direct recruitment.
Water Treatment Plant Supervisor
WTP Certificate
Direct recruitment
Water Treatment Plant Operators 12 (
3 shifts)
WTP Certificate Plant
Diploma/ Certificate
Direct recruitment
Laboratory Technician 2
B Sc , Pub Heath
CrsShort Course - Public
Health Laboratory
Technician.
Direct recruitment
Laboratory Assistant
Health Laboratory
Technician.
Direct recruitment
Electrician, pump mechanic
Certificate
Direct recruitment
Pump Operators
Literate
Direct recruitment
Table 1.36 Qualifications - Solid Waste Management
Occupational Type
Qualification
How Appointed
Chief Sanitary Inspector
Sanitary Insp Certif
BY promotion
Sanitary Inspector
Sanitary Insp Certif
Direct recruitment
Ward Inspector
Class 10 pass
Direct recruitment
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 52
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
Table 1.37 World Class Norms Staffing Numbers
Performance Indicator
Bhagalpu
r
Muzaffarpur
Darbhanga
Staff/1000 connections
<1
2.5
<1
Revenue Collection
Efficiency %
NA261
NA
Water Coverage %
46%
Consumption per capita lpd
Gaya
2007 ADB Bench
Marking Data
Book - Water
Utilities India
2005 Data Book
SE Asian Water
Utilities
<1
7.4
7.2
NA
NA
99.5%
118%
30%
36%
82%
81%
75%
57
76
28
29
123
107
O/R-ratio(<1, tariff covers
O&M)
NA
NA
NA
NA
1.63
O.84
Accounts/Receivablemonths
NA
NA
NA
NA
4.9
0.9
Table 1.38 Courses Available
S.
No.
Staff level
Course Name
1
Executive Engineer/ Assistant
Engineer/Junior Engineer Level
Post Graduate Course in Public Health
Engineering/Environmental Engineering
Indian Institute of Technology,
Delhi
2
Executive Engineer/ Assistant
Engineer/Junior Engineer Level
Post Graduate Course in Public Health
Engineering/Environmental Engineering
Veermata Jeejabai Technological
Institute, Mumbai.
3
Executive Engineer/ Assistant
Engineer/Junior Engineer Level
Post Graduate Course in Public Health
Engineering/Environmental Engineering
All India Institute of Hygiene &
Public Health(AIIH&PH), Kolkata.
4
Water Treatment Plant
Operators
Short Term Course in Public Health
Engineering/Environmental
Engineering,:
Anna University, Chennai Tamil
Nadu.
5
Water Treatment Plant
Operators
Short Term Course
Shri Jayachmarajendra College of
Engineering, Mysore, Karnataka.
6
Superintendents, Engineers,
Plant Operators, Foremen
Refresher Courses on various aspects
of design, construction, operation and
maintenance of water supply and
sanitation
All India Institute of Hygiene
& Public Health (AIIH&PH),
7
Superintendents
Refresher Courses
Institution of Public Health
Engineers, Kolkata
8
Superintendents
Refresher Courses
TWAD Board, TWAD Hourse, 31,
Kamarajar Salai, Chennai-600005.
9
Superintendents
Refresher Courses
Metro Water Training Centre,
Chennai Metropolitan Water
Supply & Sewerage Board,
10
Superintendents
Refresher Courses
Municipal Corporation of Greater
Mumbai, Civic Training Institute
and Research Centre
261
Address
NA=Not Available
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 53
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
1.5.2
SPUR Program
Introduction
A project has been established in Bihar to provide capacity building and institutional
strengthening for urban infrastructure development by the State Government of Bihar
(GOB) and Urban Local Bodies (ULBs). This project is funded by UK DIFID and the Total
Program Outlay is 60 Million pound sterling (about Rs. 4250 Million). Out of this 50 Million
PS will be towards financial assistance for 28 municipalities + UDHD and 10 Million PS
towards technical assistance (consultants cost).
Coverage
28 ULB Towns are covered by the SPUR project.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
Patna;
Biharsharif;
Begusarai;
Ara;
Muzaffarpur - ADB Investment Program Town
Darbhanga - ADB Investment Program Town;
Gaya - ADB Investment Program Town
Bhagalpur - ADB Investment Program Town
Munger;
Purnea;
Katihar;
Khagaul;
Danapur;
Phulwarisharif;
Chappra;
Siwan;
Hajipur;
Sitamarhi;
Motihari;
Betiah;
Sasaram;
Aurangabad;
Dehri;
Nawada;
Bhagalpur;
Kishanganj;
Saharsa; and
Bodhgaya
The 4 ADB Investment Program Towns of Bhagalpur, Muzaffarpur, Darbhanga and Gaya
are covered by the SPUR program. The SPUR project and program will run until 29
February 2016 and has been running a year already.
Major Goals of SPUR Project








Capacity building of staff at State and ULB level;
Implementation of double entry accounting system at all ULBs including mapping and
valuation of Assets and Liabilities;
Computerisation of Holding (property)Tax;
GIS Mapping for the entire State;
Measures for improving lives of Urban Poor;
Measures for attracting private investment / participation (PPP) in urban centers;
Preparation of Municipal Business Plan and
Economic development of ULBs;
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 54
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
Objectives of SPUR Project and Gap Analysis
SPUR is intended to focus on both the State and ULB level. At the State level, GOB lacks
a Town and Country Planning Department and Directorate for Urban Local Bodies. There
is no institution in the GOB for creation of Urban Infrastructure and no institution for
addressing poverty.
SPUR’s TOR is to address these vacuums. An Economic Empowerment and Poverty
Alleviation Ministry (EEPAM) is to be established to be chaired by the UDHD Minister.
Additionally a Directorate of Municipal Administration (DMA) is to be established to
provided oversight of the ULBs. The establishment of this Directorate is to be submitted to
Cabinet for decision shortly.
For management of large urban infrastructure projects, BUIDCO has been created. A
Town and Country Planning Department is to be established. A Town and Country
Planning Act is to be drafted.
All of these above initiatives are focused on strengthening the State level of urban
infrastructure management.
The legal framework for urban infrastructure management is to be strengthened. Gaps
have been identified in the Bihar Municipal Act 2007 (BMA) and a number of amendments
to this Act are proposed and are to be submitted to Cabinet for approval. All intended to
improve governance and administration of the Act ant both State and ULB level.
The objective of the improvements in ULB management is intended to facilitate access to
and appropriate use of JNNURM funds.
Community development law improvements are proposed included and also development
of ward committees and “sabhas” at ULB level.
Other Acts to be promulgated include a Local Government Ombudsmen Act and a
Property Tax Board Act.
Activities At ULB Level.
At ULB level there are 6 main activities of the SPUR project. These are:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Improved Governance and institutional strengthening of ULBs
Basic urban infrastructure viability gap filling
Social development and Poverty alleviation including slum improvement
Local economic development to make the small cities attractive to investors
ICT upgrades and improvements to urban administration
Finance and Accounting strengthening and introduction of accrual accounting system
Progress of SPUR Project
The SPUR project is still in the early stages of implementation. Staffing has been
established in Patna and at 6 cluster offices near the SPUR towns. RFPs have been
issued for consultant services covering many of the services to be undertaken by SPUR.
Proposals have bnot yet been received so deatied cost estimates of the institutional
strengthening programs are not as yet available.
An important aspect of the SPUR project is training. A Bihar Institute of Public
Accounting and Rural Development ( BIARD) is to be established- costing 20 Million
Rps.The objective of BIARD is to provide professional training to ULB staff who will be
expected to acquire and improve their own capacity to manage local urban infrastructure
development.
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 55
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
A 3 year training plan is proposed.
Issues
One major issue identified by SPUR is the role of the proposed Directorate of Municipal
Administration Another issue is that devolution of powers to the ULBs occasioned by the
2007 BMA has been on paper only and the Act needs to be clarified and strengthened
with regard to its implementation.
Whilst under JNNURM all functions are devolved to the GOB there is no mechanism in
place to check that funds have been appropriately utilized.
Structure of DMA
A simple four section structure is proposed for DMA as follows:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Governance
Finance and Accounting
HR management of ULBs
Project management Unit
The main function of DMA is to be handholding of the ULBs. BUDA has been doing this
in the past and all capital funds such as JNNURM and UIDSSD were channelled through
BUDA.
Structure of ULBs
Under SPUR, new organization and HR structures will be developed for ULBs. New
staffing schedules will be prepared. The task of preparing this new organization structure
has been out sourced to consultants.
SPUR Management Structure
For implementation of the SPUR project a Steering Committee (SC) was formed.
Members of this SC are
a) Development Commissioner
b) Principal Secretary Finance Department;
c) Principal Secretary / Secretary UD & HD;
d) Principal Secretary / Secretary Planning and Development Department and
e) Others to be appointed on need basis by UD & HD from time to time
This SC has powers to evaluate, approve, sanction the projects / initiatives and enable
the implementation of approved projects by issuing directives to the concerned agencies.
No subsequent approval of GoB is required of projects approved and sanctioned by this
SC. This SC will meet every 3 months. PS (UDHD), Project Director of SPUR, is
authorized by the SC to execute and monitor the program on day to day basis. PMU will
be set up for the implementation of this Program and will comprise the following experts:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Project Management Expert;
Urban Poverty Alleviation and Social Development Expert;
Finance and Procurement Expert;
Infrastructure and Environmental Engineering Expert;
Organization Development and Human Resource Management Expert;
Urban Planning Expert;
IT and E Governance Expert
Main responsibilities of the PMU are:
1.
2.
3.
To work with BUIDCO in overall implementation of SPUR and achievement of the
Project Goal;
To support BUIDCO to realize its enabling role with the ULBs in the medium term; and
To work with each project ULB to ensure sufficient and effective implementation of
SPUR..
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 56
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
1.5.3
Non Physical Investments Cost Estimates
Table 1.39 Summary Sheet HR Deficiencies and IS Cost
Staffing Deficiencies
Cost US$
Staffing Deficiencies
Cost Rs. Million
IS Strengthening
Cost Rs. Million
IS Strengthening
Cost US$
137.8
$3,062,000
114.5
$2,545,000
100.4
$2,232,000
151.3
$3,363,000
504.1
$11,202,000
Bhagalpur
Water Supply
$237,655
10.7
Sewerage
$160,924
7.2
Solid Waste
$108,171
4.9
Drainage
$140,142
6.3
sub total
$646,892
29.1
Water Supply
$208,881
9.4
Sewerage
$160,924
7.2
Solid Waste
$108,171
4.9
Drainage
$161,456
7.3
sub total
$639,432
28.8
Muzaffarpur
Darbhanga
0.0
Water Supply
$204,085
9.2
Sewerage
$160,924
7.2
Solid Waste
$108,171
4.9
Drainage
$161,456
7.3
sub total
$634,636
28.6
Gaya
0.0
Water Supply
$165,986
7.5
Sewerage
$160,924
7.2
Solid Waste
$108,171
4.9
Drainage
$118,828
5.3
sub total
$553,908
24.9
Total
$2,474,867
111.4
Table 1.40 Cost to Mitigate Deficiency - Training Courses
B’pur
Muz’pur
D’hanga
Gaya
Total
Unit Cost
rps
Total
Water Supply
Engineering MSc (for
managers)
2
2
2
2
8
73,000
584,000
Water engineering short
course engineers
4
4
4
4
16
22,400
358,400
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 57
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
B’pur
Muz’pur
D’hanga
Gaya
Total
Unit Cost
rps
Total
WTP operators course
(for water treatment
plant ops)
4
0
0
4
8
15,000
120,000
Wastewater
Engineering MSc (for
managers)
1
1
1
1
4
73,000
292,000
Sewerage engineering
short courses engineers
2
2
2
2
8
22,400
179,200
Sewage TP operators
course (for STP
operators)
4
4
4
4
16
15,000
240,000
Public Health
Engineering MSc (for
managers)
1
1
1
1
4
73,000
292,000
Solid waste short
course engineers
3
3
3
3
12
22,400
268,800
Landfill management
course ( landfill staff)
4
4
4
4
16
15,000
240,000
Sewage & Drainage
Engineering MSc (for
managers)
1
1
1
1
4
73,000
292,000
Drainage Water
engineering short
course engineers
2
2
2
2
8
22,400
179,200
Drainage PS operators
course (for PS
operators)
2
2
2
2
8
15,000
120,000
Town Totals rps
821,400
761,400
761,400
821,400
3,165,600
3.17 M rs
3,165,600
Table 1.41
Capacity Building Cost Estimates- Bhagalpur
Months
Rate
Total
Airfares
No
Airfares
national
($250) Total
Per diem
$100/night
National Consultants
Institutional, Financial
Team Leader/Institutional
Specialist
30
Financial Management Specialist
$9,750
$292,500
10
$2,500
$90,000
24
$8,250
$198,000
8
$2,000
$72,000
HR Specialist
12
$8,250
$99,000
4
$1,000
$36,000
Water Supply Operations
Specialist
9
$7,000
$63,000
3
$750
$27,000
Asset Management Specialist
9
$7,000
$63,000
3
$750
$27,000
Training Needs Analyst
9
$7,000
$63,000
3
$750
$27,000
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 58
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
Months
Rate
Total
Airfares
No
Airfares
national
($250) Total
ICT
Per diem
$100/night
$0
MIS Technology Expert
8
$7,000
$56,000
Data base administrator/operator
7
$1,200
$8,400
GIS Specialist
10
$10,000
$100,000
GIS operator
30
$1,200
$36,000
IT System Engineer
12
$7,000
Computing And Information
Technology Experts
12
ICT Trainer
Unallocated
3
$750
$24,000
$0
3
$750
$30,000
$84,000
4
$1,000
$36,000
$6,000
$72,000
4
$1,000
$36,000
6
$6,000
$36,000
2
$500
$18,000
10
$6,000
$60,000
3
$750
$30,000
Social Development, Gender, IEC
$0
Team Leader Social Development
Specialist
12
Customer/Public Relations
Specialist
9
Gender Specialist
$9,000
$108,000
4
$1,000
$36,000
$8,000
$72,000
3
$750
$27,000
9
$8,000
$72,000
3
$750
$27,000
IEC Specialist
12
$8,000
$96,000
4
$1,000
$36,000
Other Short term specialists to be
advised
12
$6,000
$72,000
4
$1,000
$36,000
Office manager
30
$4,250
$127,500
Peon
30
$500
$15,000
Energy Audit
1
$30,000
$30,000
Total – National
303
$1,823,400
$17,000.00
$615,000.00
Total
$2,455,400
SAP Sofware- financial module
1
$250,000
$250,000
SAP Consulting 12 MM
12
$7,833
$94,000
SAP Consulting per diems, travel
12
$3,000
$36,000
Computers, software
1
$20,000
$20,000
Transport 3 vehicles @30 mths
*$2000/mth
90
$847
$76,250
Transport 28000 rps /mth
Office set up, consumables,
workshops etc
30
$4,000
$120,000
1000 km @ 10 rps/km
GIS/AutoCAD software
1
$10,000
$10,000
Sub Total
$606,250
Sub total Consultancy
$3,061,650
Total
$3,061,650
Say
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
$3,062,000
Page 59
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
Table 1.42 Capacity Building Cost Estimates- Muzaffurpur
Months
Rate
Total
Airfares
No
Airfares
national
($250)
Total
Per diem
$100/night
National Consultants
Institutional, Financial
Team Leader/Institutional Specialist
24
$9,750
$234,000
8
$2,000
$72,000
Financial Management Specialist
20
$8,250
$165,000
7
$1,750
$60,000
HR Specialist
10
$8,250
$82,500
3
$750
$30,000
Water Supply Operations Specialist
7
$7,000
$49,000
2
$500
$21,000
Asset Management Specialist
7
$7,000
$49,000
2
$500
$21,000
Training Needs Analyst
7
$7,000
$49,000
2
$500
$21,000
ICT
0
MIS Technology Expert
7
$7,000
$49,000
Data base administrator/operator
6
$1,200
$7,200
GIS Specialist
8
$10,000
$80,000
GIS operator
24
$1,200
$28,800
IT System Engineer
10
$7,000
Computing And Information
Technology Experts
10
ICT Trainer
$0
2
$500
$21,000
$0
3
$750
$24,000
$70,000
3
$750
$30,000
$6,000
$60,000
3
$750
$30,000
5
$6,000
$30,000
2
$500
$15,000
Unallocated
8
$6,000
$48,000
3
$750
$24,000
Social Development, Gender, IEC
0
Team Leader Social Development
Specialist
10
Customer/Public Relations Specialist
$0
$9,000
$90,000
3
$750
$30,000
7
$8,000
$56,000
2
$500
$21,000
Gender Specialist
7
$8,000
$56,000
2
$500
$21,000
IEC Specialist
10
$8,000
$80,000
3
$750
$30,000
Other Short term specialists to be
advised
10
$6,000
$60,000
3
$750
$30,000
Office manager
24
$4,250
$102,000
Peon
24
$500
$12,000
Energy Audit
1
$30,000
$30,000
Total – National
246
$1,487,500
$13,250
$501,000
Total
$2,001,750
SAP Sofware- financial module
1
$250,000
$250,000
SAP Consulting 12 MM
10
$7,833
$78,333
SAP Consulting per diems, travel
10
$3,000
$30,000
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 60
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
Months
Rate
Airfares
national
($250)
Total
Airfares
No
Total
Per diem
$100/night
Computers, software
1
$18,000
$18,000
Transport 3 vehicles @24 mths
*$2000/mth
72
$847
$61,000
Transport 28000 rps /mth
Office set up, consumables,
workshops etc
24
$4,000
$96,000
1000 km @ 10 rps/km
GIS/AutoCAD software
1
$10,000
$10,000
Sub Total
$543,333
Sub total Consultancy
$2,545,083
Total
$2,545,083
Say
$2,545,000
Note : Factor 0.8
Table 1.43 Capacity Building Cost Estimates- Darbhanga
Months
Rate
Total
Airfares
No
Airfares
Total
Per diem
$100/night
National Consultants
Institutional, Financial
Team Leader/Institutional Specialist
21
$9,750
$204,750
7
$1,750
$63,000
Financial Management Specialist
17
$8,250
$140,250
6
$1,500
$51,000
HR Specialist
9
$8,250
$74,250
3
$750
$27,000
Water Supply /WW Operations
Specialist
6
$7,000
$42,000
2
$500
$18,000
Asset Management Specialist
6
$7,000
$42,000
2
$500
$18,000
Training Needs Analyst
6
$7,000
$42,000
2
$500
$18,000
ICT
0
MIS Technology Expert
6
$7,000
$42,000
2
$500
$18,000
Data base administrator/operator
5
$1,200
$6,000
GIS Specialist
7
$10,000
$70,000
GIS operator
21
$1,200
$25,200
IT System Engineer
9
$7,000
Computing And Information Technology
Experts
9
ICT Trainer
$0
2
$500
$21,000
$63,000
3
$750
$27,000
$6,000
$54,000
3
$750
$27,000
4
$6,000
$24,000
1
$250
$12,000
Unallocated
7
$6,000
$42,000
2
$500
$21,000
Social Development, Gender, IEC
0
Team Leader Social Development
Specialist
8
$9,000
$72,000
3
$750
$24,000
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 61
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
Months
Rate
Total
Airfares
No
Airfares
Total
Per diem
$100/night
Customer/Public Relations Specialist
6
$8,000
$48,000
2
$500
$18,000
Gender Specialist
6
$8,000
$48,000
2
$500
$18,000
IEC Specialist
8
$8,000
$64,000
3
$750
$24,000
Other Short term specialists to be
advised
8
$6,000
$48,000
3
$750
$24,000
Office manager
21
$4,250
$89,250
Peon
21
$500
$10,500
Energy Audit
1
$30,000
$30,000
Total – National
212
$1,281,200
$12,000
$429,000
Total
$1,722,200
SAP Sofware- financial module
1
$250,000
$250,000
SAP Consulting 12 MM
9
$7,833
$70,500
SAP Consulting per diems, travel
9
$3,000
$27,000
Computers, software
1
$15,000
$15,000
Transport 3 vehicles @21 mths
*$2000/mth
63
$847
$53,375
Transport 28000 rps /mth
Office set up, consumables, workshops
etc
21
$4,000
$84,000
1000 km @ 10 rps/km
GIS/AutoCAD software
1
$10,000
$10,000
Sub Total
$509,875
Sub total Consultancy
$2,232,075
Total
$2,232,075
Say
$2,232,000
Note: Factor 0.7
Table 1.44 Capacity Building Cost Estimates- Gaya
Months
Rate
Total
Airfares
No
Airfares
Total
Per diem
$100/night
National Consultants
Institutional, Financial
Team Leader/Institutional Specialist
33
$9,750
$321,750
11
$2,750
$99,000
Financial Management Specialist
26
$8,250
$214,500
9
$2,250
$78,000
HR Specialist
13
$8,250
$107,250
4
$1,000
$39,000
Water Supply Operations Specialist
10
$7,000
$70,000
3
$750
$30,000
Asset Management Specialist
10
$7,000
$70,000
3
$750
$30,000
Training Needs Analyst
10
$7,000
$70,000
3
$750
$30,000
ICT
0
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
$0
Page 62
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
Months
Rate
Total
MIS Technology Expert
9
$7,000
$63,000
Data base administrator/operator
9
$1,200
$10,800
GIS Specialist
11
$10,000
$110,000
GIS operator
33
$1,200
$39,600
IT System Engineer
13
$7,000
Computing And Information
Technology Experts
13
ICT Trainer
Airfares
No
Airfares
Total
Per diem
$100/night
3
$750
$27,000
$0
4
$1,000
$33,000
$91,000
4
$1,000
$39,000
$6,000
$78,000
4
$1,000
$39,000
7
$6,000
$42,000
2
$500
$21,000
Unallocated
11
$6,000
$66,000
4
$1,000
$33,000
Social Development, Gender, IEC
0
Team Leader Social Development
Specialist
13
Customer/Public Relations Specialist
$0
$9,000
$117,000
4
$1,000
$39,000
10
$8,000
$80,000
3
$750
$30,000
Gender Specialist
10
$8,000
$80,000
3
$750
$30,000
IEC Specialist
13
$8,000
$104,000
4
$1,000
$39,000
Other Short term specialists to be
advised
13
$6,000
$78,000
4
$1,000
$39,000
Office manager
33
$4,250
$140,250
Peon
33
$500
$16,500
Energy Audit
1
$30,000
$35,000
Total – National
334
$2,004,650
$18,000
$675,000
Total
$2,697,650
SAP Sofware- financial module
1
$250,000
$250,000
SAP Consulting 15 MM
15
$7,833
$117,500
SAP Consulting per diems, travel
15
$3,000
$45,000
Computers, software
1
$25,000
$25,000
Transport 3 vehicles @33 mths
*$2000/mth
99
$847
$83,875
Transport 28000 rps /mth
Office set up, consumables,
workshops etc
33
$4,000
$132,000
1000 km @ 10 rps/km
GIS/AutoCAD software
1
$12,000
$12,000
Sub Total
$665,375
Sub total Consultancy
$3,363,025
Total
$3,363,025
Say
$3,363,000
Note: Factor 1.1
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 63
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
Table 1.45 Staff Deficiencies Bhagalpur Water Supply
Staff Category per city
Staff Number
Deficiencies
per city
Qualification
Requirement
ME/BE/B.Tech
(Civil)
Cost per
month
rps
Unit Cost
pa rps
Total Cost
pa,All Staff
,rps
Cost pa,
$
60,000
720,000
720,000
$15,986
50,000
600,000
600,000
$13,321
Water Works
Superintendent
1
Deputy Water Works
Superintendent
1
Supervisor
1
BE/B.Tech(Civil),
40,000
480,000
480,000
$10,657
Assistant Engineer
2
BE/B.Tech(Civil)
38,000
456,000
912,000
$20,249
Junior Engineer
2
BE/B.Tech(Civil)
35,000
420,000
840,000
$18,650
Water Treatment Plant
Supervisor
1
WTP Operator
Certificate
30,000
360,000
360,000
$7,993
Water Treatment Plant
Operators
6
WTP Operator
Certificate
20,000
240,000
1,440,000
$31,972
Distribution system
supervisor
1
BE/B.Tech(Civil)
40,000
480,000
480,000
$10,657
Metering technician
2
Trade Certificate
30,000
360,000
720,000
$15,986
Leakage reduction
technicians
3
Trade Certificate
30,000
360,000
1,080,000
$23,979
2
B Sc , Short Course
Labs
38,000
456,000
912,000
$20,249
4
B Sc, Short Course
- Labs
25,000
300,000
1,200,000
$26,643
WS electrician
2
Trade Certificate
20,000
240,000
480,000
$10,657
WS pump mechanic
2
Trade Certificate
20,000
240,000
480,000
$10,657
Total deficiency
26
476,000
5,712,000
10,704,000
$237,655
BE/B.Tech(Civil),
Laboratory Technician
Laboratory Assistant
Table 1.46 Staff Deficiencies Bhagalpur Sewerage
Staff Category per city
Staff Number
Deficiencies
per city
Sewerage Works
Superintendent
1
Deputy Sewerage Works
Superintendent
1
Supervisor
Qualification
Requirement
Cost per
month
rps
Unit Cost
pa rps
Total Cost
pa,All Staff
,rps
Cost pa,
$
ME/BE/B.Tech(Civil)
60,000
720,000
720,000
$15,986
BE/B.Tech(Civil),
50,000
600,000
600,000
$13,321
1
BE/B.Tech(Civil),
40,000
480,000
480,000
$10,657
Assistant Engineer
2
BE/B.Tech(Civil)
38,000
456,000
912,000
$20,249
Junior Engineer
2
BE/B.Tech(Civil)
35,000
420,000
840,000
$18,650
Sewage Treatment Plant
Supervisor
2
STP Operator
Certificate
30,000
360,000
720,000
$15,986
Sewage Treatment Plant
Operators
6
STP Operator
Certificate
20,000
240,000
1,440,000
$31,972
Sewerage PS electrician
1
Trade Certificate
20,000
240,000
240,000
$5,329
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 64
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
Staff Category per city
Staff Number
Deficiencies
per city
Sewerage PS mechanic
1
Trade Certificate
20,000
240,000
240,000
$5,329
1
B Sc , Short Course
Labs
38,000
456,000
456,000
$10,124
2
B Sc, Short Course Labs
25,000
300,000
600,000
$13,321
376,000
4,512,000
7,248,000
$160,924
Laboratory Technician
Laboratory Assistant
Total deficiency
Qualification
Requirement
20
Cost per
month
rps
Unit Cost
pa rps
Total Cost
pa,All Staff
,rps
Cost pa,
$
Table 1.47 Staff Deficiencies Bhagalpur SWM
Staff Category per city
Staff Number
Deficiencies
per city
Solid Waste Works
Superintendent
1
Deputy Solid Waste
Works Superintendent
1
Assistant Engineer
2
Junior Engineer
2
Solid Waste Landfill
Supervisor
1
Solid Waste Landfill
Operators
6
Total deficiency
13
Qualification
Requirement
ME/BE/B.Tech (Civil)
Cost per
month
rps
Unit Cost
pa rps
Total Cost
pa,All Staff
,rps
Cost pa,
$
60,000
720,000
720,000
$15,986
50,000
600,000
600,000
$13,321
BE/B.Tech (Civil)
38,000
456,000
912,000
$20,249
BE/B.Tech (Civil)
35,000
420,000
840,000
$18,650
Landfill Certificate
30,000
360,000
360,000
$7,993
Landfill Certificate
20,000
240,000
1,440,000
$31,972
233,000
2,796,000
4,872,000
$108,171
BE/B.Tech (Civil),
Table 1.48 Staff Deficiencies Bhagalpur Drainage
Staff Category per city
Staff Number
Deficiencies
per city
Qualification
Requirement
ME/BE/B.Tech (Civil)
Cost per
month rps
Unit Cost
pa rps
Total Cost
pa,All Staff
,rps
Cost pa,
$
60,000
720,000
720,000
$15,986
Drainage Works
Superintendent
1
Drainage Supervisor
1
BE/B.Tech (Civil),
40,000
480,000
480,000
$10,657
Assistant Engineer
2
BE/B.Tech (Civil)
38,000
456,000
912,000
$20,249
Junior Engineer
2
BE/B.Tech (Civil)
35,000
420,000
840,000
$18,650
Drainage PS Operators
6
WTP Operator
Certificate
20,000
240,000
1,440,000
$31,972
Drainage electrician
1
Trade Certificate
20,000
240,000
240,000
$5,329
Drainage pump
mechanic
1
Trade Certificate
20,000
240,000
240,000
$5,329
Drainage maintenance
3
Class 10
20,000
240,000
720,000
$15,986
Drain cleaning
desludging
3
Class 10
20,000
240,000
720,000
$15,986
Total deficiency
20
273,000
3,276,000
6,312,000
$140,142
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 65
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
Table 1.49 Staff Deficiencies Muzaffurpur Water Supply
Staff Category per city
Staff Number
Deficiencies
per city
Qualification
Requirement
Cost per
month
rps
Unit Cost
pa rps
Total Cost
pa,All
Staff ,rps
Cost pa,
$
Water Works
Superintendent
1
ME/BE/B.Tech(Civil)
60,000
720,000
720,000
$15,986
Supervisor
1
BE/B.Tech(Civil),
40,000
480,000
480,000
$10,657
Assistant Engineer
2
BE/B.Tech(Civil)
38,000
456,000
912,000
$20,249
Junior Engineer
2
BE/B.Tech(Civil)
35,000
420,000
840,000
$18,650
Pump House Operator
Supervisors
5
20,000
240,000
1,200,000
$26,643
Pump electrician
5
Trade Certificate
20,000
240,000
1,200,000
$26,643
Pump mechanic
3
Trade Certificate
20,000
240,000
720,000
$15,986
Distribution system
supervisor
1
40,000
480,000
480,000
$10,657
Metering technician
2
30,000
360,000
720,000
$15,986
Leakage reduction
technicians
3
30,000
360,000
1,080,000
$23,979
Laboratory Technician
1
B Sc , Short Course Labs
38,000
456,000
456,000
$10,124
2
B Sc, Short Course Labs
25,000
300,000
600,000
$13,321
396,000
4,752,000
9,408,000
$208,881
Unit Cost
pa rps
Total Cost
pa,All Staff
,rps
Laboratory Assistant
Total deficiency
Trade Certificate
BE/B.Tech(Civil)
Trade Certificate
Trade Certificate
28
Table 1.50 Staff Deficiencies Muzaffurpur Sewerage
Staff Category per
city
Staff Number
Deficiencies
per city
Sewerage Works
Superintendent
1
Deputy Sewerage
Works Superintendent
1
Supervisor
Qualification
Requirement
Cost per
month
rps
Cost pa,
$
ME/BE/B.Tech(Civil)
60,000
720,000
720,000
$15,986
BE/B.Tech(Civil),
50,000
600,000
600,000
$13,321
1
BE/B.Tech(Civil),
40,000
480,000
480,000
$10,657
Assistant Engineer
2
BE/B.Tech(Civil)
38,000
456,000
912,000
$20,249
Junior Engineer
2
BE/B.Tech(Civil)
35,000
420,000
840,000
$18,650
Sewage Treatment
Plant Supervisor
2
STP Operator
Certificate
30,000
360,000
720,000
$15,986
Sewage Treatment
Plant Operators
6
STP Operator
Certificate
20,000
240,000
1,440,000
$31,972
Sewerage PS
electrician
1
20,000
240,000
240,000
$5,329
Sewerage PS
mechanic
1
20,000
240,000
240,000
$5,329
38,000
456,000
456,000
$10,124
Laboratory Technician
1
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Trade Certificate
Trade Certificate
B Sc , Short Course
Labs
Page 66
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
Staff Category per
city
Staff Number
Deficiencies
per city
Laboratory Assistant
B Sc, Short Course Labs
2
Total deficiency
Table 1.51
Qualification
Requirement
20
Cost per
month
rps
Unit Cost
pa rps
Total Cost
pa,All Staff
,rps
Cost pa,
$
25,000
300,000
600,000
$13,321
376,000
4,512,000
7,248,000
$160,924
Cost per
month
rps
Unit Cost
pa rps
Total Cost
pa,All
Staff ,rps
Cost pa,
$
Staff Deficiencies Muzaffurpur SWM
Staff Category per
city
Staff Number
Deficiencies
per city
Qualification
Requirement
Solid Waste Works
Superintendent
1
ME/BE/B.Tech(Civil)
60,000
720,000
720,000
$15,986
Deputy Solid Waste
Works Superintendent
1
BE/B.Tech(Civil),
50,000
600,000
600,000
$13,321
Assistant Engineer
2
BE/B.Tech(Civil)
38,000
456,000
912,000
$20,249
Junior Engineer
2
BE/B.Tech(Civil)
35,000
420,000
840,000
$18,650
Solid Waste Landfill
Supervisor
1
Landfill Certificate
30,000
360,000
360,000
$7,993
Solid Waste Landfill
Operators
6
Landfill Certificate
20,000
240,000
1,440,000
$31,972
Total deficiency
13
233,000
2,796,000
4,872,000
$108,171
Table 1.52 Staff Deficiencies Muzaffurpur Drainage
Staff Category per
city
Staff Number
Deficiencies
per city
Qualification
Requirement
Unit Cost
pa rps
Total
Cost
pa,All
Staff ,rps
Cost pa, $
60,000
720,000
720,000
$15,986
Drainage Works
Superintendent
1
Drainage Supervisor
1
BE/B.Tech(Civil),
40,000
480,000
480,000
$10,657
Assistant Engineer
2
BE/B.Tech(Civil)
38,000
456,000
912,000
$20,249
Junior Engineer
2
BE/B.Tech(Civil)
35,000
420,000
840,000
$18,650
Drainage PS
Operators
8
WTP Operator
Certificate
20,000
240,000
1,920,000
$42,629
Drainage electrician
2
Trade Certificate
20,000
240,000
480,000
$10,657
Drainage pump
mechanic
2
20,000
240,000
480,000
$10,657
Drainage maintenance
3
20,000
240,000
720,000
$15,986
Drain cleaning
desludging
3
20,000
240,000
720,000
$15,986
Total deficiency
24
273,000
3,276,000
7,272,000
$161,456
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
ME/BE/B.Tech(Civil)
Cost per
month
rps
Trade Certificate
Class 10
Class 10
Page 67
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
Table 1.53 Staff Deficiencies Darbhanga Water Supply
Staff Category per city
Water Works
Superintendent
Staff Number
Deficiencies
per city
Qualification
Requirement
Cost per
month
rps
ME/BE/B.Tech(Civil)
60,000
1
Unit Cost
pa rps
720,000
Deputy Water Works
Superintendent
0
BE/B.Tech(Civil),
50,000
600,000
Supervisor
1
BE/B.Tech(Civil),
40,000
480,000
Assistant Engineer
0
BE/B.Tech(Civil)
38,000
456,000
Junior Engineer
2
BE/B.Tech(Civil)
Water Treatment Plant
Supervisor
1
WTP Operator
Certificate
30,000
Water Treatment Plant
Operators
6
WTP Operator
Certificate
20,000
Distribution system
supervisor
1
BE/B.Tech(Civil)
Metering technician
2
Trade Certificate
Leakage reduction
technicians
3
Laboratory Assistant
1,440,000
$31,972
480,000
480,000
$10,657
360,000
720,000
$15,986
360,000
1,080,000
$23,979
456,000
912,000
$20,249
300,000
1,200,000
$26,643
240,000
480,000
$10,657
20,000
240,000
480,000
$10,657
476,000
5,712,000
9,192,000
$204,085
Total Cost
pa,All Staff
,rps
Cost pa, $
40,000
30,000
25,000
Trade Certificate
20,000
23
$0
240,000
B Sc, Short Course Labs
Total deficiency
$10,657
$7,993
4
Trade Certificate
480,000
360,000
38,000
2
$0
360,000
B Sc , Short Course
Labs
WS pump mechanic
$15,986
$18,650
2
2
720,000
840,000
30,000
WS electrician
Cost pa, $
420,000
35,000
Trade Certificate
Laboratory Technician
Total Cost
pa,All Staff
,rps
Table 1.54 Staff Deficiencies Darbhanga Sewerage
Staff Category per city
Staff Number
Deficiencies
per city
Sewerage Works
Superintendent
1
Deputy Sewerage Works
Superintendent
1
Supervisor
1
Assistant Engineer
Qualification
Requirement
ME/BE/B.Tech(Civil
)
Cost per
month
rps
Unit Cost
pa rps
60,000
720,000
720,000
$15,986
50,000
600,000
600,000
$13,321
BE/B.Tech(Civil),
40,000
480,000
480,000
$10,657
2
BE/B.Tech(Civil)
38,000
456,000
912,000
$20,249
Junior Engineer
2
BE/B.Tech(Civil)
35,000
420,000
840,000
$18,650
Sewage Treatment Plant
Supervisor
2
STP Operator
Certificate
30,000
360,000
720,000
$15,986
BE/B.Tech(Civil),
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 68
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
Staff Category per city
Staff Number
Deficiencies
per city
Qualification
Requirement
Cost per
month
rps
Unit Cost
pa rps
Total Cost
pa,All Staff
,rps
Cost pa, $
Sewage Treatment Plant
Operators
6
STP Operator
Certificate
20,000
240,000
1,440,000
$31,972
Sewerage PS electrician
1
Trade Certificate
20,000
240,000
240,000
$5,329
Sewerage PS mechanic
1
Trade Certificate
20,000
240,000
240,000
$5,329
1
B Sc , Short Course
Labs
38,000
456,000
456,000
$10,124
2
B Sc, Short Course
- Labs
25,000
300,000
600,000
$13,321
376,000
4,512,000
7,248,000
$160,924
Cost per
month
rps
Unit Cost
pa rps
Total Cost
pa,All Staff
,rps
Cost pa,
$
Laboratory Technician
Laboratory Assistant
Total deficiency
20
Table 1.55 Staff Deficiencies Darbhanga SWM
Staff Category per city
Staff Number
Deficiencies
per city
Solid Waste Works
Superintendent
1
Deputy Solid Waste
Works Superintendent
1
Assistant Engineer
2
Junior Engineer
2
Solid Waste Landfill
Supervisor
1
Solid Waste Landfill
Operators
6
Total deficiency
13
Qualification
Requirement
ME/BE/B.Tech
(Civil)
60,000
720,000
720,000
$15,986
50,000
600,000
600,000
$13,321
BE/B.Tech(Civil)
38,000
456,000
912,000
$20,249
BE/B.Tech(Civil)
35,000
420,000
840,000
$18,650
30,000
360,000
360,000
$7,993
20,000
240,000
1,440,000
$31,972
233,000
2,796,000
4,872,000
$108,171
Total Cost
pa,All Staff
,rps
Cost pa,
$
BE/B.Tech(Civil),
Landfill Certificate
Landfill Certificate
Table 1.56 Staff Deficiencies Darbhanga Drainage
Staff Category per city
Staff Number
Deficiencies
per city
Qualification
Requirement
Cost per
month
rps
Unit Cost
pa rps
Drainage Works
Superintendent
1
ME/BE/B.Tech
(Civil)
60,000
720,000
720,000
$15,986
Drainage Supervisor
1
BE/B.Tech (Civil),
40,000
480,000
480,000
$10,657
Assistant Engineer
2
BE/B.Tech (Civil)
38,000
456,000
912,000
$20,249
Junior Engineer
2
BE/B.Tech (Civil)
35,000
420,000
840,000
$18,650
WTP Operator Certificate
20,000
240,000
1,920,000
$42,629
Drainage PS Operators
8
Drainage electrician
2
Trade Certificate
20,000
240,000
480,000
$10,657
Drainage pump
mechanic
2
Trade Certificate
20,000
240,000
480,000
$10,657
Drainage maintenance
3
Class 10
20,000
240,000
720,000
$15,986
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 69
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
Staff Category per city
Staff Number
Deficiencies
per city
Drain cleaning
desludging
3
Total deficiency
24
Qualification
Requirement
Class 10
Cost per
month
rps
Unit Cost
pa rps
Total Cost
pa,All Staff
,rps
Cost pa,
$
20,000
240,000
720,000
$15,986
273,000
3,276,000
7,272,000
$161,456
Table 1.57 Staff Deficiencies Gaya Water Supply
Staff Category per city
Staff Number
Deficiencies
per city
Water Works
Superintendent
1
Deputy Water Works
Superintendent
0
Supervisor
Qualification
Requirement
Cost per
month
rps
Unit Cost
pa rps
Total Cost
pa,All Staff
,rps
ME/BE/B.Tech
(Civil)
60,000
720,000
BE/B.Tech (Civil),
50,000
600,000
-
$0
0
BE/B.Tech (Civil),
40,000
480,000
-
$0
Assistant Engineer
0
BE/B.Tech (Civil)
38,000
456,000
-
$0
Junior Engineer
1
BE/B.Tech (Civil)
35,000
420,000
420,000
$9,325
Water Treatment Plant
Supervisor
1
WTP Operator
Certificate
30,000
360,000
360,000
$7,993
Water Treatment Plant
Operators
6
WTP Operator
Certificate
20,000
240,000
1,440,000
$31,972
Distribution system
supervisor
1
40,000
480,000
480,000
$10,657
Distribution system
operatives
2
30,000
360,000
720,000
$15,986
Metering technician
2
30,000
360,000
720,000
$15,986
Leakage reduction
technicians
3
30,000
360,000
1,080,000
$23,979
BE/B.Tech (Civil)
Trade Certificate
Trade Certificate
Trade Certificate
Laboratory Technician
720,000
Cost pa,
$
$15,986
1
B Sc , Short Course
Labs
38,000
456,000
456,000
$10,124
2
B Sc, Short Course
- Labs
25,000
300,000
600,000
$13,321
WS electrician
1
Trade Certificate
20,000
240,000
240,000
$5,329
WS pump mechanic
1
Trade Certificate
20,000
240,000
240,000
$5,329
Total deficiency
22
506,000
6,072,000
7,476,000
$165,986
Cost per
month
rps
Unit Cost
pa rps
Total Cost
pa,All Staff
,rps
Cost pa,
$
720,000
720,000
$15,986
600,000
600,000
$13,321
Laboratory Assistant
Table 1.58 Staff Deficiencies Gaya Sewerage
Staff Category per city
Staff Number
Deficiencies
per city
Sewerage Works
Superintendent
1
Deputy Sewerage
Works Superintendent
1
Qualification
Requirement
ME/BE/B.Tech (Civil)
BE/B.Tech (Civil),
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
60,000
50,000
Page 70
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
Staff Category per city
Staff Number
Deficiencies
per city
Unit Cost
pa rps
Total Cost
pa,All Staff
,rps
Supervisor
1
BE/B.Tech (Civil),
40,000
480,000
480,000
$10,657
Assistant Engineer
2
BE/B.Tech (Civil)
38,000
456,000
912,000
$20,249
Junior Engineer
2
BE/B.Tech (Civil)
35,000
420,000
840,000
$18,650
Sewage Treatment
Plant Supervisor
2
STP Operator
Certificate
30,000
360,000
720,000
$15,986
Sewage Treatment
Plant Operators
STP Operator
Certificate
20,000
240,000
1,440,000
$31,972
6
Sewerage PS
electrician
240,000
240,000
$5,329
1
Sewerage PS mechanic
1
Trade Certificate
20,000
240,000
240,000
$5,329
1
B Sc , Short Course
Labs
38,000
456,000
456,000
$10,124
B Sc, Short Course Labs
25,000
300,000
600,000
$13,321
2
4,512,000
7,248,000
$160,924
Laboratory Technician
Trade Certificate
Laboratory Assistant
Total deficiency
Qualification
Requirement
20
Cost per
month
rps
20,000
376,000
Cost pa,
$
Table 1.59 Staff Deficiencies Gaya SWM
Staff Category per city
Staff Number
Deficiencies
per city
Qualification
Requirement
ME/BE/B.Tech(Civil)
Cost per
month
rps
Unit Cost
pa rps
Total Cost
pa,All
Staff ,rps
Cost pa, $
60,000
720,000
720,000
$15,986
50,000
600,000
600,000
$13,321
Solid Waste Works
Superintendent
1
Deputy Solid Waste
Works Superintendent
1
Assistant Engineer
2
BE/B.Tech(Civil)
38,000
456,000
912,000
$20,249
Junior Engineer
2
BE/B.Tech(Civil)
35,000
420,000
840,000
$18,650
Solid Waste Landfill
Supervisor
1
30,000
360,000
360,000
$7,993
Solid Waste Landfill
Operators
6
20,000
240,000
1,440,000
$31,972
Total deficiency
13
233,000
2,796,000
4,872,000
$108,171
BE/B.Tech(Civil),
Landfill Certificate
Landfill Certificate
Table 1.60 Staff Deficiencies Gaya Drainage
Staff Category per
city
Staff Number
Deficiencies
per city
Qualification
Requirement
Cost per
month
rps
Unit Cost
pa rps
Total Cost
pa,All
Staff ,rps
Cost pa, $
Drainage Works
Superintendent
1
ME/BE/B.Tech(Civil)
60,000
720,000
720,000
$15,986
Drainage Supervisor
1
BE/B.Tech(Civil),
40,000
480,000
480,000
$10,657
Assistant Engineer
2
BE/B.Tech(Civil)
38,000
456,000
912,000
$20,249
Junior Engineer
2
BE/B.Tech(Civil)
35,000
420,000
840,000
$18,650
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 71
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
Staff Category per
city
Staff Number
Deficiencies
per city
Qualification
Requirement
Cost per
month
rps
Unit Cost
pa rps
Total Cost
pa,All
Staff ,rps
Cost pa, $
Drainage PS
Operators
4
WTP Operator
Certificate
20,000
240,000
960,000
$21,314
Drainage electrician
1
Trade Certificate
20,000
240,000
240,000
$5,329
Drainage pump
mechanic
1
Trade Certificate
20,000
240,000
240,000
$5,329
Drainage maintenance
2
Class 10
20,000
240,000
480,000
$10,657
Drain cleaning
desludging
2
Class 10
20,000
240,000
480,000
$10,657
Total deficiency
16
273,000
3,276,000
5,352,000
$118,828
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 72
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
2
Urban Governance Plan
2.1
Financial Status of Four Towns
2.1.1
Revenue and Expenditure for the last five years
Table 2.1
Summary of Financial data of Four Municipal Corporations (MC):
In Rs Million
Items
2005-06
2006-07
2007-08
2008-09
2009-10
CAGR
Actual
Actual
Actual
Actual
Actual
25.3
20.8
29.7
20.0
32.6
6.5%
Bhagalpur MC
Revenue Income
A
Income from Taxes
1
Holding Tax
7.0
5.6
8.1
5.5
8.9
6.4%
2
Water Tax
5.6
4.5
6.5
4.3
7.1
6.4%
3
Latrine Tax
5.6
4.5
6.5
4.3
7.1
6.4%
4
Other Taxes
7.2
6.1
8.6
5.8
9.4
6.8%
3.2
16.1
16.7
13.0
47.4
96.3%
B
Non Tax Income
1
Registration Fees
0.0
12.0
10.9
8.7
36.8
45.3%
2
Rent from Properties
2.1
2.2
1.3
0.4
3.1
10.3%
3
Other non-tax revenue
1.1
1.9
4.6
3.9
7.6
60.7%
C
Total Own Revenue
Income
28.5
36.9
46.4
33.0
80.0
29.4%
D
Government Grants
54.6
57.5
41.9
104.4
313.6
54.8%
1
Revenue Grant
25.4
0.0
29.1
42.0
70.5
29.1%
2
Other Grants
29.2
57.5
12.8
62.4
243.1
69.9%
E
Total Income
83.1
94.3
88.3
137.4
393.6
47.5%
Expenditure
F
Revenue Expenditure
72.0
47.6
56.9
78.6
136.5
17.4%
1
Salaries and Allowances
36.8
42.9
50.3
73.5
96.6
27.3%
2
Operation and Maintenance
32.2
2.7
3.1
3.2
24.0
-7.0%
3
Other expenses
3.0
2.1
3.5
2.0
15.9
51.3%
G
Capital Expenditure
20.7
26.3
26.3
10.5
296.2
94.5%
H
Total Expenditure
92.7
73.9
83.2
89.2
432.7
47.0%
I
Revenue Surplus / (Deficit)
(C+D1-F)
-18.1
-10.7
18.6
-3.7
14.0
17.1
15.9
16.8
18.4
37.2
Darbhanga MC
Revenue Income
A
Income from Taxes
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
21.5%
Page 73
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
Items
2005-06
2006-07
2007-08
2008-09
2009-10
Actual
Actual
Actual
Actual
Actual
CAGR
1
Holding Tax
5.9
5.1
5.1
5.1
10.3
15.0%
2
Water Tax
3.4
3.0
3.5
4.1
8.2
25.1%
3
Latrine Tax
3.4
3.4
3.5
4.1
8.2
25.1%
4
Other Taxes
4.5
4.4
4.6
5.1
10.4
23.6%
11.1
12.4
12.4
10.5
12.8
3.6%
B
Non Tax Income
1
Registration Fees
4.7
5.2
5.2
0.0
0.0
-100.0%
2
Rent from Properties
0.9
1.2
0.8
0.8
1.6
16.2%
3
Other non-tax revenue
5.6
6.0
6.4
9.7
11.2
19.2%
C
Total Own Revenue
Income
28.2
28.3
29.1
28.9
50.0
15.4%
D
Government Grants
111.9
51.6
134.8
207.6
25.0
-31.2%
1
Revenue Grant
4.4
0.0
3.7
63.8
14.2
33.8%
2
Other Grants
107.5
51.6
131.1
143.8
10.8
-43.7%
E
Total Income
140.1
79.9
163.9
236.5
75.0
-14.5%
Expenditure
F
Revenue Expenditure
31.1
37.2
20.5
75.3
45.9
10.2%
1
Salaries and Allowances
28.7
31.1
16.8
68.1
39.7
8.4%
2
Operation and Maintenance
0.6
3.6
3.1
3.6
2.1
39.3%
3
Other expenses
1.8
2.6
0.6
3.6
4.1
22.4%
G
Capital Expenditure
25.4
55.5
44.6
173.8
39.3
11.5%
H
Total Expenditure
56.5
92.7
65.1
249.2
85.2
10.8%
I
Revenue Surplus / (Deficit)
(C+D1-F)
1.5
-9.0
12.4
17.4
18.3
19.9
18.8
30.7
31.6
56.5
29.8%
Gaya MC
Revenue Income
A
Income from Taxes
1
Holding Tax
5.3
5.0
8.5
8.5
15.4
30.3%
2
Water Tax
4.3
4.0
6.8
6.8
12.3
30.3%
3
Latrine Tax
4.3
4.0
6.8
6.8
12.3
30.3%
4
Other Taxes
6.0
5.8
8.5
9.4
16.6
28.7%
14.9
21.4
27.9
24.4
33.2
22.2%
B
Non Tax Income
1
Registration Fees
5.6
5.2
11.8
8.5
11.2
19.3%
2
Rent from Properties
7.4
10.1
12.3
12.2
20.5
29.0%
3
Other non-tax revenue
2.0
6.1
3.9
3.7
1.5
-6.2%
34.8
40.2
58.6
56.0
89.7
26.7%
C
Total Own Revenue
Income
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 74
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
D
2005-06
2006-07
2007-08
2008-09
2009-10
CAGR
Items
Actual
Actual
Actual
Actual
Actual
Government Grants
129.3
54.0
79.4
229.4
129.9
0.1%
1
Revenue Grant
7.4
0.0
34.4
63.9
65.2
72.4%
2
Other Grants
121.9
54.0
45.0
165.4
64.6
-14.7%
E
Total Income
164.1
94.2
138.0
285.3
219.6
7.6%
Expenditure
F
Revenue Expenditure
54.4
42.7
80.2
123.7
96.7
15.5%
1
Salaries and Allowances
39.7
29.9
72.1
111.2
81.2
19.6%
2
Operation and Maintenance
11.0
8.6
6.3
8.5
13.1
4.4%
3
Other expenses
3.6
4.3
1.8
4.0
2.4
-9.7%
G
Capital Expenditure
12.2
113.9
14.8
38.7
40.3
34.9%
H
Total Expenditure
66.6
156.7
95.0
162.4
137.1
19.8%
I
Revenue Surplus / (Deficit)
(C+D1-F)
-12.2
-2.5
12.8
-3.8
58.2
37.4
29.7
36.4
33.4
47.0
5.9%
Muzaffarpur MC
Revenue Income
A
Income from Taxes
1
Holding Tax
10.0
7.9
9.8
9.0
12.7
6.1%
2
Water Tax
8.0
6.3
7.8
7.2
9.9
5.5%
3
Latrine Tax
8.0
6.3
7.8
7.2
9.8
5.3%
4
Other Taxes
11.4
9.1
10.9
9.9
14.6
6.4%
22.0
24.5
20.8
22.4
40.3
16.3%
B
Non Tax Income
1
Registration Fees
4.0
8.9
7.6
5.6
22.9
37.0%
2
Rent from Properties
1.7
1.5
0.0
0.3
0.3
-36.7%
3
Other non-tax revenue
16.2
14.1
13.2
16.4
17.0
1.2%
C
Total Own Revenue
Income
59.4
54.2
57.2
55.7
87.3
10.1%
D
Government Grants
89.7
25.9
192.7
302.5
160.5
15.6%
1
Revenue Grant
5.5
0.0
44.5
89.2
72.5
90.8%
2
Other Grants
84.3
25.9
148.2
213.3
88.0
1.1%
E
Total Income
149.1
80.2
249.9
358.2
247.8
13.5%
Expenditure
F
Revenue Expenditure
71.6
100.6
113.7
152.0
108.8
11.0%
1
Salaries and Allowances
64.9
91.2
103.0
133.2
96.0
10.3%
2
Operation and Maintenance
5.0
7.1
8.0
15.3
8.3
13.3%
3
Other expenses
1.7
2.4
2.7
3.6
4.5
27.7%
G
Capital Expenditure
16.3
16.2
156.6
144.8
38.3
23.8%
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 75
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
2005-06
2006-07
2007-08
2008-09
2009-10
Items
Actual
Actual
Actual
Actual
Actual
H
Total Expenditure
87.9
116.8
270.3
296.8
147.1
I
Revenue Surplus / (Deficit)
(C+D1-F)
-6.8
-46.4
-12.0
-7.1
51.0
Table 2.2
CAGR
13.7%
Water Supply – Revenue Account (in Million)
Items
2005-06
2006-07
2007-08
2008-09
2009-10
CAGR
Actual
Actual
Actual
Actual
Actual
5.6
4.5
6.5
4.3
7.1
6.4%
3.4
3.0
3.5
4.1
8.2
25.1%
30.3%
Bhagalpur MC
Revenue Income – Water
Water Tax
Revenue Expenditure
1
Salaries and Allowances
2
Operation and Maintenance
3
Other expenses
Cost Recovery (%)
Darbhanga MC
Revenue Income – Water
Water Tax
Revenue Expenditure
1
Salaries and Allowances
0.2
0.2
2
Operation and Maintenance
0.3
0.5
0.3
3
Other expenses
4.3
4.0
6.8
6.8
12.3
4.8
8.4
5.6
0.8
0.6
4.8
9.2
6.2
7.8
7.2
9.9
Cost Recovery (%)
Gaya MC
Revenue Income – Water
Water Tax
Revenue Expenditure
1
Salaries and Allowances
2
Operation and Maintenance
3
Other expenses
Total
Cost Recovery (%)
Muzaffarpur MC
Revenue Income – Water
Water Tax
8.0
6.3
5.5%
Revenue Expenditure
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 76
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
Items
2005-06
2006-07
2007-08
2008-09
2009-10
Actual
Actual
Actual
Actual
Actual
1
Salaries and Allowances
8.7
2
Operation and Maintenance
0.7
3
Other expenses
Total
CAGR
9.4
Cost Recovery (%)
2.1.2
Collection Efficiency
Table 2.3
Bhagalpur Demand Collection Statement Rs. Million
Year
Arrear
Demand
Current
Demand
Total
Demand
Collection
Efficiency %
2008-09
60.6
23.5
84.1
21.9
26.0%
2009-10
66.9
26.9
93.8
41.7
44.5%
Table 2.4
Darbanga Demand Collection Statement Rs. Million
Year
Arrear
Demand
Current
Demand
Total Demand
Collection
Efficiency %
2007-08
78.9
21.1
100.0
15.9
15.9%
2008-09
105.7
22.4
128.1
18.4
14.3%
2009-10
91.2
22.4
113.6
37.0
32.6%
Table 2.5
Gaya Demand Collection Statement Rs. Million
Year
Demand
Collection
Efficiency %
2005-06
66.4
17.7
26.6%
2006-07
79.4
17.7
22.3%
2007-08
92.7
29.9
32.3%
2008-09
94.8
29.6
31.3%
2009-10
102.9
50.4
49.0%
Table 2.6
Year
Muzaffarpur Demand Collection Statement Rs. Million
Arrear
Demand
Current
Demand
Total Demand
Collection
Efficiency %
2005-06
35.0
38.2
73.2
37.4
51.2%
006-07
35.7
38.7
74.5
27.9
37.5%
2007-08
46.6
38.9
85.5
39.4
46.1%
2008-09
46.1
41.6
87.7
33.6
38.4%
2009-10
42.6
54.1
96.7
46.2
47.8%
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 77
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
3
Procurement Plan
Basic Data
Project Name: Bihar Urban Development Investment Program (BUDIP)
Country: INDIA
Executing Agency: Urban Development and Housing
Department, State Government of Bihar
Proposed Multi-tranche Financing Facility Amount: US$ 200
million
Loan (Grant) Number: ------
Date of First Procurement Plan: (date of approval)
Date of this Procurement Plan: (date of FAM/ PAM)
A.
Process Thresholds, Review and 18-Month Procurement Plan
1.
Project Procurement Thresholds
1.
Except as the Asian Development Bank (ADB) may otherwise agree, the following
process thresholds shall apply to procurement of goods, works and consultancy
Procurement of Goods and Works
Method
Threshold
International Competitive Bidding (ICB) for Works
International Competitive Bidding for Goods
National Competitive Bidding (NCB) for Works
$10,000,000 and above
$1,000,000 and above
Beneath that stated for ICB works
Beneath that stated for ICB
Goods
Below $100,000
Below $100,000
National Competitive Bidding for Goods
Shopping for Works
Shopping for Goods
Procurement of Consulting Services
Method
Threshold
Quality Cost Based Selection (QCBS) :
Quality Based Selection (QBS) :
Consultants Qualification Selection (CQS) :
Least Cost Selection :
Single Source Selection :
$200,000 and above
$200,000 and above
$100,000 to $ 200,000
Below $100,000
Below $100,000
2.
ADB Prior or Post Review
2.
Except as ADB may otherwise agree, the following prior or post review requirements
apply to the various procurement and consultant recruitment methods used for the project.
Procurement Method
Prior or Post
Comments
Procurement of Goods and Works
ICB Works
Prior
Throughout MFF period
ICB Goods
Prior
Throughout MFF period
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 78
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
Procurement Method
Prior or Post
Comments
NCB Works
Prior
Applicable to Tranche 1
NCB Goods
Prior
Applicable to Tranche 1
Shopping for Works
Prior
Applicable to Tranche 1
Shopping for Goods
Prior
Applicable to Tranche 1
Quality- and Cost-Based Selection (QCBS)
Prior
Throughout MFF period
Quality-Based Selection (QBS)
Prior
Throughout MFF period
Other selection methods: Consultants Qualifications (CQS),
Least-Cost Selection (LCS), Fixed Budget (FBS), and Single
Source (SSS)
Prior
Throughout MFF period
Prior
Throughout MFF period
Recruitment of Consulting Firms
Recruitment of Individual Consultants
Individual Consultants
3.
Goods and Works Contracts Estimated to Cost More Than $1 Million
3
The following table lists goods and works contracts for which procurement activity is
either ongoing or expected to commence within the next 18 months.
Contract
General
Description
Water supply
works at
Bhagalpur –
Design, build
and operate
Procurement
Method
Value
$76.1
million
4.
ICB
Prequalification
Advertisement
of Bidders (y/n)
Date (quarter/year)
Y
Q2/ 2012
Comments
Including 5 year
O&M
Two stage two
envelope
Consulting Services Contracts Estimated to Cost More Than $100,000
4
The following table lists consulting services contracts for which procurement activity is
either ongoing or expected to commence within the next 18 months.
General Description
Contract
Value
Recruitment
Method
Advertisement
Date
(quarter/year)
International or
National
Assignment
Investment Program
Management
Consultants
$10.5 million
QCBS (80:20)
Q3/ 2011
International
Design and
Supervision
Consultants
$10
million
QCBS(80:20)
Q3/ 2011
National
5.
Comments
Advance contracting
Advance contracting
Goods and Works Contracts Estimated to Cost Less than $1 Million and
Consulting Services Contracts Less than $100,000
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 79
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
5
The following table groups smaller-value goods, works and consulting services contracts
for which procurement activity is either ongoing or expected to commence within the next
18 months.
General
Value of Contracts
Description
Number of
Contracts
(cumulative)
Procurement /
Method
Computer and
peripherals
$0.1 million
TBD
NCB
Software and GIS
Maps (multiple)
$0.7 million
TBD
Shopping
Comments
TBD: To be determined
B.
(MFF)
Indicative List of Packages Required under the Multi-tranche Financing Facility
6.
The following table provides an indicative list of all procurement (goods, works and
consulting services) over the life of the MFF. Contracts financed by the Borrower and others
should also be indicated, with an appropriate notation in the comments section.
General
Description
Estimated
Number of
Contracts
Estimated Value
(cumulative)
Domestic
Preference
Applicable
Procurement
Method
Comments
Works Contracts
Water supply works at
Darbhanga
$72million
1
ICB
Yes
DBO contract
Water Treatment
Plant at Gaya
$37 million
1
ICB
Yes
Turnkey
contract
Sewerage Treatment
Plant at Muzaffarpur
$5 million
1
NCB
No
Turnkey
contract
Laying of sewers and
construction of Pump
houses and
installation of pumps
at Muzaffarpur
$52 million
8
NCB
No
Item Rate
contracts
sewer cleaning
equipments
$1 million
2
NCB
No
Equipment
contracts
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 80
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
C.
National Competitive Bidding
1.
Procurement of Goods
a. General
7)
National competitive bidding for the procurement of goods and related services shall
conform to the provisions of "Advertised Tender Enquiry" as prescribed in the General Financial
Rules, 2005 issued in July 2005 by the Ministry of Finance (MOF)262 and elaborated in the Manual
on Policies and Procedures for the Purchase of Goods issued by the MOF in August 2006 or the
provisions in the Draft Works Manual of BUIDCO, with the clarifications and modifications
described in the following paragraphs required for compliance with the provisions of the ADB
Procurement Guidelines.
b. Registration and Other Pre-Bid Requirements
(i)
Bidding shall not be restricted to Registered Suppliers of the Director-General
Supplies and Disposals (DGS&D) of the Ministry of Supply and Rehabilitation, and
such registration shall not be a condition for the submission of bids in the bidding
process.
(ii)
Where registration is required prior to award of contract, bidders: (i) shall be
allowed a reasonable time to complete the DGS&D registration process; and (ii)
shall not be denied registration for reasons unrelated to their capability and
resources to successfully perform the contract, which shall be verified through
post-qualification.
(iii)
Foreign suppliers and contractors from ADB member countries shall be allowed to
bid, without registration, licensing, and other government authorizations. However,
in case these foreign suppliers and contractors are declared winning bidders, the
requirements may be completed after award and before signing of contract,
without unreasonable costs or additional requirements.
c. Advertising
8)
Bidding of NCB contracts estimated at $500,000 or more for goods and related services
shall be advertised on ADB’s website via the posting of the Procurement Plan.
d. Contract Budget
9)
The estimated budget for the contract may be published, but it shall not be stated or
implied that bid prices shall not exceed the budget, or that bid evaluation will in any way take into
account the budget. The budgetary allocation, ceiling price, or similar estimates of contract value
shall not be used to reject bids without prior concurrence of ADB.
e. Bidding Documents
10)
Procuring entities shall use standard bidding documents acceptable to ADB based
ideally on the standard bidding documents issued by ADB.
f. Two-Bid System
11)
The Two-Bid System as applied for the procurement of goods shall be considered the
equivalent of ADB’s Single-Stage, Two-Envelope bidding procedure.
262
Reference: Nabhi’s Compilation of General Financial Rules, 2005, Nabhi Publication, 2006
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 81
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
g. Bidding Period
12)
Procuring entities shall allow for a minimum of four weeks for preparing of the bids.
h. Bid Opening
13)
No bid shall be rejected at bid opening, except late bids.
i. Bid Security
14)
Where required, bid security shall be in the form of a bank guarantee from a reputable
bank and should normally be about two percent of the estimated value of contract to be
procured. The bid security shall be required to remain valid for a period of not more th an 28
days beyond the final bid validity period.
15)
When required for the specific procurement, all bidders, including those that are
registered with the Central Procurement Organization, National Small Industries Corporation, or
relevant Ministry or Department, are required to provide bid security with their bids.
j. Preferences
16)
No preference of any kind shall be given to domestic bidders or for domestically
manufactured goods such as those manufactured by Small Scale Industrial Units, other
government corporations, and private companies operating in India.
k. Price Negotiations
17)
Price negotiation shall be allowed only where the lack of competition is established and
price offered by the lowest evaluated and substantially responsive bidder substantially exceeds
costs estimates. Approval of ADB is required prior to any negotiation of prices.
l. Member Country Restriction
18)
Bidders must be nationals of member countries of ADB, and offered goods and related
services must be produced in and supplied from member countries of ADB.
m. Participation by Government-Owned Enterprises
19)
Government-owned enterprises in India shall be eligible to bid only if they can
establish that they are legally and financially autonomous, operate under commercial law, and
are not dependent agencies of the Executing Agency or the Implementing Agency.
n. Evaluation and Comparison of Bid price
20)
Bids shall be compared on the basis of base price without taking into account the
provisions for taxes. The evaluation and comparison of bids shall be on EXW prices plus cost of
inland transportation and insurance to the place of destination or CIF prices or CIP prices or
combinations of those.
2.
Procurement of Works
a. General
21)
National competitive bidding for the procurement of works shall conform to the
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 82
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
provisions for "Item Rate Tenders" as prescribed in the Central Public Works Department (CPWD)
Works Manual, 2003 as updated to September 2006263 and the General Financial Rules, 2005
issued in July 2005 and elaborated in the Manual on Policies and Procedures for Procurement of
Works, August 2006, both issued by the MOF, or the provisions in the Draft Works Manual of
BUIDCO, with the clarifications and modifications described in the following paragraphs required
for compliance with the provisions of the ADB Procurement Guidelines.
b. Preferences
(i)
No preference of any kind shall be given to domestic private contractors, and
domestic contractor groups associated with the Registered Labour Cooperative
Societies and Unemployed Engineer Societies, and contractors of communities of
Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes.
(ii)
No purchase preference shall be given to products and services of Public Sector
Enterprises.
(iii)
Foreign suppliers and contractors from ADB member countries shall be allowed to
bid, without registration, licensing, and other government authorizations, leaving
compliance with these requirements for after award and before signing of contract,
without unreasonable costs or additional requirements.
c. Prequalification
22)
Post qualification shall be used unless prequalification is explicitly provided for in the
loan/grant/financing agreement/procurement plan. When used for large or complex works
contracts, i.e. turnkey, design and build, or management contracts; or custom -designed
equipment, industrial plants, and specialized services, prequalification evaluation shall not
include the evaluation of equipment and personnel. This assessment shall be undertaken at the
bid evaluation stage. Irrespective of the procedure applied (whether prequalification or post
qualification), no domestic or foreign contractor shall be precluded from participation.
d. Joint Ventures
23)
Joint ventures shall be eligible to participate and submit bids. Joint venture partners
shall be jointly and severally liable.
e. Bidding Documents
24)
Procuring entities shall use standard bidding documents acceptable to ADB.
25)
No restrictions in the sale of bidding documents shall be imposed such as sale only to
registered contractors. Bid documents shall be made available for sale for minimum period of 4
weeks.
f. Advertising
26)
Bidding of NCB contracts estimated at $1,000,000 or more for works shall be advertised
to ADB via the posting of the Procurement Plan.
g. Contract Budget
27)
The estimated budget for the contract may be published, but it shall not be stated or
implied that bid prices shall not exceed the budget, or that bid evaluation will in any way take into
account the budget. The budgetary allocation, ceiling price, or similar estimates of contract value
263
Reference: J.M. Jaina & Brothers, CPWD Works Manual (Updated and Corrected), September, 2006
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 83
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
shall not be used to reject bids without prior concurrence of ADB.
h. Schedule of Rates and Estimates
28)
Scheduled rates or the system of unified schedule of rates may be used to establish the
employer’s estimate but bids should not be rejected solely on the basis of a comparison with the
scheduled rates. The cost estimates will be updated on prevailing market rates. Rejection of bids
on the basis of rates substantially higher than estimates shall be subject to prior approval of
ADB.
i. Two-Envelope Bidding and Two-Bid System
29)
Bids shall be submitted, at the most, in two envelopes. The first envelope shall contain
the bid security, legal documents, technical proposal and eligibility and qualification documents,
which shall be evaluated first. The second envelope shall contain the schedule of prices. The
Two-Bid System as applied in the procurement of works shall be considered equivalent to ADB’s
Single-Stage: Two-Envelope Bidding Procedure.
j. Bidding Period
30)
Procuring entities shall allow for a minimum of four weeks for preparation and
submission of bids.
k. Bid Opening
31)
No bid shall be rejected at bid opening, except late bids.
l. Validity of Bids
32)
Bidders shall be required to submit bids valid for a period specified in the bidding
documents which shall be sufficient to enable procuring entities to complete the comparison and
evaluation of bids, and obtain all the necessary approvals, including that of ADB if prior review is
required, so that the contract can be awarded within that period.
m. Bid Security, Performance Security and Retention
(i)
Where required, bid security (or “earnest money”) shall be in the form of a bank
guarantee and demand draft from a reputable bank and should normally be about
two percent of the estimated value of contract to be procured. The bid security
shall be required to remain valid for a period of not more than 28 days beyond the
final bid validity period.
(ii)
The terms and conditions of bid security (earnest money), retention money (or
security deposit) and performance security (or performance guarantee) shall be
clearly specified in the forms provided and/or conditions of contract in terms of
periods of validity and grounds for forfeiture, or release of the bank guarantees, or
refund of the cash security deposits.
(iii)
Bid security and retention money shall not be accepted to form part of
performance security because their purposes and grounds for forfeiture are
different and applied separately.
n. Award Criteria
33)
A contract shall be awarded to the bidder that submits the lowest evaluated
substantially responsive bid, and who meets the qualifying requirements stipulated in the bid
document. No other factor (i.e., offered schedule of rates based on a percentage above the
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 84
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
market rate, excess of offered unit prices as compared to the schedule of rates) shall be
considered in the determination of the lowest evaluated substantially responsive bid.
o. Price Negotiations
34)
Price negotiation shall be allowed only where the price offered by the lowest evaluated
and substantially responsive bidder substantially exceeds cost estimates. Approval of ADB is
required prior to any negotiation of prices.
p. Mobilization Advance
35)
Mobilization advance, if so provided in the conditions of contract, shall be granted as an
interest-free loan.
q. Member Country Restriction
36)
Bidders must be nationals of member countries of ADB, and offered works and services
must be from member countries of ADB. Materials and equipment to be supplied for the works
must be produced and supplied from member countries of ADB.
r. Participation by Government-Owned Enterprises
37)
Government-owned enterprises in India shall be allowed to participate in bids only if
they can establish that they are legally and financially autonomous, operate under commercial
law, and are not dependent agencies of the Executing Agency or Implementing Agency.
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 85
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
4
Implementation Arrangements
4.1
Bidding and Consultants Selection Evaluation and Procedures in other ADB
funded urban projects in India
Figure 4.1: Consultant proposal Evaluation Procedure UUSDIP
PD PMU - invite and receive the EOIs
EOIs evaluated by PMU staff, prepare RFP, technical evaluation criteria (with support of bridging TA consultant)
CSC prepare shortlist, finalize RFP, Technical Evaluation criteria
PD PMU – Submission 1 - Shortlist, Draft RFP, Technical Evaluation criteria to ADB
ADB review and endorse recommendation
PD PMU issue LOI; send RFP to shortlisted consultant for technical and financial proposal
PD PMU conduct pre bid meeting and clarify the queries if any, issue minutes of meeting
Bids received by PMU, technical proposals opened by CSC
PMU staff evaluate the technical proposal (with the support of bridging TA consultant)
CSC meet; review technical evaluation done by PMU staff; prepare technical evaluation report
PD PMU submit technical evaluation report to ADB for review/endorsement (submission 2)
ADB review and give no objection to EA’s CSC’s technical evaluation report
PD PMU invite responsive firms to attend price bid opening
CSC open financial bids
PMU staff review and evaluate price bids
CSC meet, prepare financial evaluation and ranking report
PD, PMU submit financial evaluation and ranking report to ADB (submission 3)
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 86
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
ADB CSC review and endorse EA CSC’s recommendation
PD PMU issue letter for contract negotiations with first ranked firm
PMU staff - prepare agenda for contract negotiations
CSC conduct contract negotiation, finalize draft contract; share it with the consultant
PD PMU submit draft contract for ADB review (submission 4)
ADB endorse draft contract
PD PMU sign the contract with consultant
PD PMU submit copy of signed contract to ADB
PD PMU issue notice to commence services
PMU supervise contract of PMC
PIU supervise contract of respective DSC
Consultant Selection Committee (CSC):




Program Director(PD), UUSDIP – Chairman, CSC
Additional Secretary (Finance), GOU, Member CSC
Managing Director, Jal Nigam, GoU, Member CSC
General Manager, Jal Sansthan Member CSC
Sub-committee (SC)
 PMU staff with the support of bridging TA consultant
Time taken from shortlisting to contract negotiations: 7 months 11 days (17.11.2007 to 26.06.2008)
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 87
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
Figure 4.2: Bidding process in UUSDIP - Works
Bid invitation by PM, CIPIU
Bid document issue and bid receipt by CIPIU
Bid opening by BOEC in CIPIU
Technical Bid Evaluation by BOEC in CIPIU
PM CIPIU submit TBER to PD, IPMU
TBER review by procurement personnel in IPMU
TBER approval by EC in its meeting
IPMU prepare TBER in ADB format, PD submit to ADB for review/endorse
After ADB approval, PD, authorize CIPIU to open price bids
BOEC of CIPIU open price bid of responsive bidders
Evaluation of price bids by BOEC in CIPIU
PM CIPIU submit PBER to IPMU
PBER review by procurement personnel in IPMU
PBER approval by EC in meeting meeting
IPMU prepare PBER in ADB format, PD submit to ADB for review/endorse
After ADB approval, PD IPMU authorize CIPIU to award contract
PM CIPIU issue letter of acceptance to successful bidder and ask for performance security
CIPIU publish outcome of bidding process at website and newspaper
After obtaining performance security, CIPIU sign contract agreement with successful bidder
CIPIU refund bid security of successful and unsuccessful bidders after signing contract agreement
SIPIU implement the contract with support of DSC
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 88
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
Bid Opening and Evaluation Committee (BOEC):

Project Manager (PM)
CPIU, UUSDIP

Executive Engineer
SPIU, UUSDIP (spl invitee)

Procurement Officer
CPIU, UUSDIP

Accounts Officer
CPIU, UUSDIP

TL, DSC
Respective DSC, UUSDIP
Executive committee (EC):

Chairman
Pr. Secretary, UDD

Member
Secretary Finance or his representative

Member
Secretary, PWD

Member
Secretary, Jal Nigam

Member Secretary
Project Director, UUSDIP
Technical committee (TC):

Chairman
Project Director, UUSDIP

Member
CE, PWD

Member
MD, Jal Nigam

Member
CGM Jal sansthan

Member
Waste Water Engineer, PMU

Member Secretary
Dy. Project Director, UUSDIP
Investment program Management unit (IPMU):



Project Director (IAS)
Dy Project Director (SE Rank)
Director Finance and others
PMU is responsible for approval of sub-projects; getting approval of contract award through Executive
committee etc
Central Investment Program Implementation Unit (CIPIU):




Project Manager (in the rank of Executive Engineer)
Procurement officer cum WS/WW engineer
Accounts officer
MIS and other official support staff
CPIU is responsible for all bidding process of UUSDIP which includes getting DPRs /bid documents prepared
from DSCs; inviting bids; receiving and evaluation the bids; getting state government and ADB approval;
awarding contract to successful bidder; signing the contract agreement with the successful bidder and
occasional supervision of works in field etc. CIPIU based at Deharadun; working under direct control of IPMU.
Sub Investment Program Implementation Unit (SIPIU):
At present only 2 SIPIUs, one at Deharadun and other at Haldwani. It will be city specific once the contracts
for other cities are awarded. SIPIU staff is from Jal Nigam, they are working in Jal Nigam and handling
additional responsibility of this project. SIPIUs are responsible for contract handling on behalf of Employer in
the filed with the support of DSC, recommending contract payment; contract monitoring etc.
Time taken from date of bid invitation to award of contract: 4.5 months
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 89
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
Figure 4.3: Bid Evaluation Procedure RUIDP
Bid invitation by PD PMU
Bid Document sale and & bid receipt by PMU
Bid opening by BOEC IN PMU
Evaluation of technical Bids by BOEC in PMU
PIU/ DSC review technical bid evaluation, submit recommendation to PMU
PMU procurement cell review the technical evaluation
TEC meet and prepare recommendations
TAC meet, review recommendations of TEC and take decision
PD PMU submit TBER to ADB for review and endorsement
Price bid opened by BOEC in PMU after ADB’s no objection to TBER
Price bid evaluation by BOEC in PMU
Review of price bid evaluation by PIU/DSC
Review of price bid evaluation by PMU procurement cell
TEC meet and prepare recommendations on price bid evaluation
TEC meet and prepare recommendations on price bid evaluation
TAC meet and take decision
Chairman Empowered committee approve recommendations of TAC on file
PMU prepare PBER in ADB format, submit PBER to ADB for review/endorsement
PD, PMU authorize PIU to issue letter of acceptance to successful bidder after ADB’s no objection
PIU issue letter of acceptance to successful bidder and ask for performance security
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 90
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
PMU publish outcome of bidding process at website and newspaper
PIU sign agreement with successful bidder
PMU refund bid security of successful and unsuccessful bidders after signing contract agreement
Bid Opening and Evaluation Committee (BOEC):




Executive Engineer
PMU/PIU, RUIDP
Assistant Project Officer, PMU, RUIDP
Accounts personnel
PIU/PMU, RUIDP
DSC Representative
DSC, RUIDP
Tender Evaluation Committee (TEC):










Chairman
Member
Member
Member
Member
Member
Member Secretary
Member
Member
Special Invitee
Project Director, RUIDP
Addl. Project Director (Chief Engineer), RUIDP
Chief Town Planner, Town Planning
Director (Engineering), JDA, Jaipur
SE, DLB, Jaipur
Financial Advisor, RUIDP
Dy. Project Director (T)
Dy. Project Director (A)
S.E., PIU
Team Leader, PMC
Tender Approval Committee (TAC):





Chairman
Member
Member
Member
Member Secretary
Secretary, UD
Secretary to C.M., or his representative
Secretary, Finance or his representative
Commissioner, JDA
Project Director, RUIDP
Project Management Unit (IPMU):









Project Director (IAS)
Additional Project Director (CE rank, head of Engineering unit)
Dy Project Director (T) (SE Rank)
Dy Project Director (A) (SE Rank)
Chief Accounts Officer, Finance Department (head of accounts section)
Procurement cell headed by Dy PD (T)
MIS Officer
Engineering staff
Accounts section
PMU is responsible for identification of subprojects, approval of sub-projects; getting approval of contract
award through TEC, TAC etc
Project Implementation Unit (PIU):





Project Manager (in the rank of SE or Executive Engineer)
Dy Project Managers
Assistant Project Managers
Accounts officer
Other office support
PIU is responsible for getting DPRs /bid documents prepared from DSCs; awarding contract to successful
bidder; signing the contract agreement with the successful bidder and regular supervision of works in field etc.
PIUs are under direct control of PMU.
Time taken from date of bid invitation to award of contract: 2 to 3months
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 91
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
Figure 4.4: Consultant proposal Evaluation Procedure RUIDP
PMU invite and receive the EOIs
EOIs evaluated by a sub committee of PMU, prepare RFP, technical evaluation criteria
CSC prepare shortlist, finalise RFP, Technical Evaluation criteria
PD PMU submit Submission 1- Shortlist, Draft RFP, Technical Evaluation criteria to ADB
ADB review and endorse recommendation
PMU issue LOI and send the RFP to shortlisted consultant for technical and financial proposal
PD conduct pre bid meeting and clarify issue if any, issue minutes of meeting
Bids received by PMU, technical proposals opened by CSC
CSC members evaluate the technical proposal with the support of PMU staff
CSC meet and prepare technical evaluation report
PMU submit technical evaluation report to ADB for review/endorsement (submission 2)
ADB review and give no objection to EA’s CSC’s technical evaluation report
PMU invite responsive firms to attend price bid opening
CSC open financial bids
Sub-committee of PMU review and evaluate price bids
CSC meet, prepare financial evaluation and ranking
report
PD, PMU submit financial evaluation and ranking report to ADB (submission 3)
ADB CSC review and endorse EA CSC’s
recommendation
PMU issue letter for negotiation with first ranked firm
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 92
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
Constitution of Consultant Selection Committee (CSC):
 Project Director, RUIDP
 Chief Engineer, PHED
 Chief Engineer, PWD
 Chief Accounts Officer, RUIDP
Constitution of Sub-committee (SC)
 Dy. Project Director (T)
 Project officer, PMU
 Assistant Project officer, PMU
 Accounts officer, PMU
Time taken from shortlisting to contract negotiations: 6.5 months
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 93
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
Figure 4.5: Consultant proposal Evaluation Procedure UWSEIMP (MP Urban
Project)
PD PMU invite and receive the EOIs
EOIs evaluated by PMU staff, prepare RFP, technical evaluation criteria (with support of bridging TA consultant)
CSC prepare shortlist, finalise RFP, Technical Evaluation criteria
PD PMU submit Submission 1 - Shortlist, Draft RFP, Technical Evaluation criteria to
ADB
ADB review and endorse recommendation
PD PMU issue LOI; send RFP to shortlisted consultant for technical and financial proposal
PD PMU conduct pre bid meeting and clarify the queries if any, issue minutes of meeting
Bids received by PMU, technical proposals opened by CSC
PMU staff - evaluate the technical proposal (with the support of bridging TA
consultant)
CSC meet; review technical evaluation done by PMU staff; prepare technical evaluation report
PD PMU submit technical evaluation report to ADB for review/endorsement (submission 2)
ADB review and give no objection to EA’s CSC’s technical evaluation report
PD PMU invite responsive firms to attend price bid opening
CSC open financial bids
PMU subcommittee staff review and evaluate price bids
CSC meet, prepare financial evaluation and ranking report
PD, PMU submit financial evaluation and ranking report to ADB (submission 3)
ADB CSC review and endorse EA CSC’s recommendation
PD PMU issue letter for contract negotiations with first ranked firm
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 94
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
PMU staff - prepare agenda for contract negotiations
CSC conduct contract negotiation, finalise draft contract; share it with the consultant
PD PMU submit draft contract for ADB review (submission 4)
ADB endorse draft contract
PD PMU sign the contract with consultant
PD PMU submit copy of signed contract to ADB
PD PMU issue notice to commence services
PMU supervise contract of PMC, PRC, BME etc
PIU supervise contract of respective DSC
Consultant Selection Committee (CSC):




Project Director, UWSEIMP
Joint Director, Finance Department, GoMPSuperintending Engineer, PHED, GoMP
Dy Project Director, UWSEIMP
Chairman
Member
Member
Member
Sub-committee (SC)
 Dy Project Director, UWSEIMP
 Project cell Engineer with the support of bridging TA consultant
Time taken from shortlisting to contract negotiations: 12 months 25 days (26.12.2003 to 19.01.2005).
Delay was due to state elections, delay in loan signing etc.
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 95
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
Figure 4.6: Bidding process in MP (UWSEIMP)
Bid invitation by PM, PIU
Bid document issue and bid receipt by PIU
Bid opening by BOEC in PIU
Technical Bid Evaluation by BOEC headed by PM, PIU
Commissioner submit TBER to ULB (MC) for endorsement
After ULBs endorsement, PIU submit to PMU
TBER review by procurement personnel in PMU
TBER discussed/approved in TE&AC/EC meeting
PMU prepare TBER in ADB format and submit to ADB for review/endorse
After ADB approval, PD authorize PIU to open price bids
BOEC of PIU open price bid of responsive bidders
Evaluation of price bids by BOEC in PIU
Commissioner submit PBER to ULB (MC) for endorsement
After ULBs endorsement, PIU submit to PMU
PBER review by procurement personnel in PMU
TE&AC or EC in its meeting discuss and approved the price
evaluation
PMU prepare PBER in ADB format and submit to ADB for review/endorse
After ADB approval, PD authorize PIU to issue letter of contract award
PIU issue letter of acceptance to successful bidder and ask for performance security
After obtaining performance security, PM, PIU or Commissioner sign contract agreement with successful bidder
PM PIU refund bid security of successful and unsuccessful bidders after signing contract agreement
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 96
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
Bid Opening and Evaluation Committee (BOEC):





Project Manager
Dy Project manager
Procurement Officer,
Accountant
TL, DSC
PIU, UWSEIMP
PIU, UWSEIMP
PIU, UWSEIMP
PIU, UWSEIMP
Respective DSC, UWSEIMP
Tender Evaluation and Approval Committee (TE&AC for bids upto RS. 20 million):






Chairman
Member
Member
Member
Member
Member Secretary
Pr. Secretary, UADD
Secretary Finance or his representative
Chief Engineer, UADD
Commissioner Secretary, UADD
Chief Engineer, PHED
Project Director, UWSEIMP
Empowered committee (EC):







Chairman
Member
Member
Member
Member
Member
Member Secretary
Chief Secretary, GoMP
Pr. Secretary, UADD
Commissioner Secretary, UADD
Secretary, Finance
Secretary, PHED
Engineer in Chief, PHED
Project Director, UWSEIMP
Technical committee (TC):





Chairman
Member
Member
Member
Member Secretary
Project Director, UWSEIMP
CE, UADD
CE, PHED
Dy, PD (T), UWSEIMP
PM,PIU
Project Management Unit (IPMU):






Project Director (IAS)
Dy Project Director (T) (SE Rank)
Dy Project Director (A) (SE Rank)
Sr Accounts Officer, Finance Department
Other Engineering staff
MIS staff
PMU is responsible for approval of sub-projects; getting approval of contract award through Empowered
Committee or TE&AC committee etc
Project Implementation Unit (PIU):





Project Manager (in the rank of SE or Executive Engineer)
Dy Project Managers
Procurement officer in the rank of AE
Accounts officer
Other office support
PIU is responsible for all bidding process related to the city which includes getting DPRs /bid documents
prepared from DSCs; inviting bids; receiving and evaluation the bids; getting ULBs , state government
and ADB approval; awarding contract to successful bidder; signing the contract agreement with the
successful bidder and regular supervision of works in field etc. PIUs are from Municipal Corporation and
working under administrative control of Municipal Commissioners. PIUs are working under ADB system
and under overall guidance of PMU.
Urban Local Bodies (ULBs):
ULBs are the project implementing agency. Sub-project is approved by them, bids are reviewed and
recommended by them for approval etc. PIU is formed from the staff drawn from Municipal corporations.
Time taken from date of bid invitation to award of contract: 3 to 4.5 months
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 97
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
Figure 4.7: Consultant proposal Evaluation Procedure J&K
PMU (Director) invite and receive the EOIs
EOIs evaluated by a sub-committee, prepare RFP, technical evaluation criteria (with support of PSU)
CSC prepare shortlist, finalise RFP, Technical Evaluation
criteria
CEO PMU submit Submission 1 - Shortlist, Draft RFP, Technical Evaluation criteria to ADB
ADB review and endorse recommendation
PMU (Director) issue LOI and send RFP to shortlisted consultant for technical and financial proposal
PMU conduct pre bid meeting and clarify the queries if any, issue minutes of meeting
Bids received by PMU, technical proposals opened by CSC
Sub-committee evaluate the technical proposal (with the support of PSU)
CSC meet; review technical evaluation of sub-committee; prepare technical evaluation report
PMU (CEO) submit technical evaluation report to ADB for review/endorsement (submission 2)
ADB review and give no objection to EA’s CSC’s technical evaluation report
PMU invite responsive firms to attend price bid opening
CSC open financial bids
Sub-committee review and evaluate price bids
CSC meet, prepare financial evaluation and ranking report
CEO, PMU submit financial evaluation and ranking report to ADB (submission 3)
ADB CSC review and endorse EA CSC’s recommendation
PMU issue letter for contract negotiations with first ranked firm
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 98
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
Subcommittee prepare agenda for contract negotiations
CSC conduct contract negotiation, finalise draft contract; share it with the consultant
CEO PMU submit draft contract for ADB review (submission 4)
ADB endorse draft contract
ADB endorse draft contract
PMU sign the contract with consultant (CEO for PMC and Director
for DSC)
Director PMU submit copy of signed contract to ADB
Director PMU issue notice to commence services
PMU supervise contract of PMC
PIU supervise contract of respective DSC
Constitution of Consultant Selection Committee (CSC):
 Director (concerned), PMU J&K ERA
 Director Finance, PMU J&K ERA
 Project Manager, concerned PIU, J&K ERA
 PSU consultant, special invitee
Constitution of Sub-committee (SC)
 Project Manager, concerned PIU, J&K ERA
 Assistant Project Manager, PMU
 Assistant Project Manager, PIU
Time taken from shortlisting to contract negotiations: 6 months 07 days (7 Apr.2005 to 14 Oct
2005)
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 99
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
Figure 4.8: Bidding process in J&K - Works
Bid invitation by Project Manager (PM), PIU
Bid Document issue and bid receipt by PIU
Bid opening by BOEC in PIU
Evaluation of Technical Bids by BOEC in PIU
PM PIU submit TBER to Director, PMU
Director submit TBER to PSU for review before submission to ADB
Director submit TBER to ADB for review/endorse after incorporating PSU comments if any
After ADB’s no objection, Director PMU authorize PIU to open price bids
BOEC open price bids of responsive bidders
BOEC evaluate price bids in PIU
PM PIU submit PBER to Director, PMU
Director submit PBER to PSU for review before submission to ADB
Director submit PBER to ADB for review/endorse after incorporating PSU comments if any
PIU/DSC prepare agenda for TAC approval after ADB’s no objection
Outcome of BERs discussed/approved by TAC
PM PIU issue letter of acceptance to successful bidder, ask for performance security
PIU publish outcome of bidding process at website and newspaper
After obtaining performance security, PIU sign contract agreement with successful bidder
PIU refund bid security of successful and unsuccessful bidders
after signing contract agreement
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 100
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
Bid Opening Committee (BOC):

Project Manager, PIU

Dy Project Manager, PIU

Accounts Officer, PIU

DSC Representative,

PMC Representative
Bid Evaluation Committee (BEC):

Project Manager, PIU

Dy Project Manager, PIU

Accounts Officer, PIU

Team Leader, DSC

Team leader PMC
Tender Approval Committee (TAC):








Chief executive Officer, ERA Chairman
Director Finance
Member
Director Urban
Member
Director Transport
Member
Team leader PMC
Member
Team Leader DSC (respective) Member
Project Manager, PIU
Member Secretary
PSU
Special invitee
Project Management Unit (IPMU):










Chief Executive Officer (CEO, a senior IAS from State)
Director Transport (CE rank, head of transport sector in Jammu and Kashmir )
Director Urban (CE rank, head of Urban sector in Jammu and Srinagar cities )
Director Central (CE rank, responsible for JKUSDIP )
Director Finance (CAO rank, head of accounts section in Jammu and Srinagar cities )
Director Safeguard (Head of safeguard unit)
Director Institutional Reforms (Responsible on Institutional reform issues and Loan
covenant)
MIS Officer
Safe guard officers (region based)
Accounts section
PMU is responsible for identification of subprojects, approval of sub-projects; monitoring works of
PIUs, coordinating with ADB etc. PMU (except safeguard officers who are regional based) moves
with Darbar (6 months at Jammu and 6 months at Srinagar)
Project Implementation Unit (PIU):





Project Manager (in the rank of SE)
Dy Project Managers
Assistant Project Managers
Accounts officer
Other office support
PIU is responsible for all bidding process related to the city and sector which includes getting
DPRs /bid documents prepared from DSCs; inviting bids; receiving and evaluation of bids;
obtaining TAC approval, awarding contract to successful bidder; signing the contract agreement
with the successful bidder and regular supervision of works in field etc. PIUs are under direct
control of PMU.
Based on experience at other ADB funded urban projects in the Country, following procedures is
proposed in BUDIP
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 101
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
Figure 4.9: Concept Clearance and Subproject Approval Procedures in BUDIP
(proposed)
Concept Clearance
Subsector master plan of the town prepared
by PIU

Subsector master plan of the town concurred
by the Town Committee

Subproject concept paper prepared by PIU
following the master plan

Subproject concept paper reviewed by PMU

Assessment of Subproject concept by ADB

Subproject concept paper concurred by the
Town Committee
Sub Project Approval
Sub project appraisal report prepared by PIU

Subproject appraised and report endorsed by
PMU

Thorough review of the subproject appraisal
report by ADB

Subproject appraisal report concurred by Town
Committee

Subproject appraisal report approved by
Steering Committee

Preliminary / detail design prepared by PIU

Sub project concept paper approved by the
Steering Committee
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 102
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
Figure 4.10: Consultant Proposal Evaluation Procedure in BUDIP (proposed)
After ADB concurrence PIU Central (PIU C) advertise EOI notice
PIU C receive the EoIs
CSC prepare shortlist, finalise RFP, Technical Evaluation criteria
PD PMU submit Submission 1 - Shortlist, Draft RFP, Technical Evaluation criteria to ADB
ADB review and approve Submission 1
PIU C issue LOI; send RFP to short listed consultant for technical & financial proposal
PIU C conduct pre bid meeting and clarify the queries if any, issue minutes of meeting
Bids received by PIU C, technical proposals opened by CSC
CSC evaluate the technical proposal
CSC meet and prepare technical evaluation
PD PMU submit technical evaluation report to ADB for review/endorsement (submission 2)
ADB review and give no objection to EA’s CSC’s technical evaluation report
PIU C invite responsive firms to attend price bid opening
CSC open financial bids
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 103
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
CSC meet, prepare financial evaluation and ranking report
PD, PMU submit financial evaluation and ranking report to ADB (submission 3)
ADB CSC review and endorse EA CSC’s recommendation
PIU C issue letter for contract negotiations with first ranked firm
PIU C prepare agenda for contract negotiations
CSC conduct contract negotiation, finalise draft contract; share it with the consultant
PD PMU submit draft contract for ADB review (submission 4)
ADB endorse draft contract
PIU C sign the contract with consultant
PD PMU submit copy of signed contract to ADB
PD PMU/ PIU C issue notice to commence services
PMU supervise contract of PMC
PIU C and PIU Field office supervise contract of DSC
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 104
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
Figure 4.11: Bidding process for Works in BUDIP (proposed)
Bid invitation by PM, PIU C
Bid document issue and bid receipt by PM, PIU C
Bid opening by BOEC in PIU C
Evaluation of Technical bids by BOEC in PIU C and Submit to TEC
TEC meet and prepare recommendation
PD PMU submit TBER to ADB for review and endorsement
Price bids opened by BOEC in PIU after ADB’s no objection to TBER
Price bids Evaluation by BOEC in PIU C and Submit to BUIDCO
Review of price bid evaluation by BUIDCO procurement cell
TEC meet and prepare recommendation on price bid evaluation
SC meet, review TEC recommendation and approve
PD PMU submit PBER to ADB for review and endorsement
PM PIU C, issue letter of acceptance to successful bidder and ask for performance security
PIU C publish outcome of bidding process in website and newspaper
PM PIU C sign agreement with successful bidder
PIU C refund bid security of successful and unsuccessful bidders after signing contract agreement
PIU C prepare copies of contract agreement, submit to PMU, DSC, PMC etc
PMU provide copy of contract agreement to ADB for PCSS allotment
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 105
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
Steering Committee
Government of Bihar (GoB) will set-up a Steering Committee (SC) at satet level
comprising of:

Development Commissioner - Chairman

Principal Secretary Finance - Member

Principal Secretary Planning and Development – Member

Principal Secretary - Urban Development and Housing Department – Member
Steering Committee will monitor the progress of BUDIP and take necessary administrative
and financial decisions on behalf of the GoB.
Consultant Selection Committee (CSC)
UDHD, GoB (the EA) will set up consultant selection committee (CSC) with following staff
to evaluate the consultant proposal and consultancy contract negotiations etc. The
recommendations of CSC will be submitted to the SC through PMU for
consideration/approval.

Program Director, PMU as chairperson

Project Manager, PIU Central

Procurement Officer, PIU Central

Financial Officer, PIU Central
The CSC will be responsible for:
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
Open EOIs and proposals
Evaluate EOIs and proposals
Prepare evaluation reports, conduct contract negotiations
Submit recommendations to the Steering committee through PMU
Tender Evaluation Committee (TEC):
BUIDCO will form tender evaluation committee with following staff to evaluate the bids;
prepare evaluation reports and; submit recommendations for consideration/approval.

Project Manager PIU central as chairperson

Municipal commissioner of respective town

Procurement officer, PIU central

Finance officer, PIU Central

Procurement officer, PMC as special invitee

Procurement officer, DSC as special invitee
Bid Opening and Evaluation Committee (BOEC):
BUIDCO will form tender opening and evaluation committee with following staff to open
and preliminary evaluate the bids and submit to TEC

Project Manager
PIU-Central, BUDIP

Procurement Officer,
PIU-Central, BUDIP

Finance Officer
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
PIU-Central
Page 106
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
Technical Committee (for technical sanction of the subprojects):

Chairman
CGM, BUIDCO

Member
GM Design, BUIDCO

Member
GM Finance, BUIDCO

Member
SE of line department
Member
Program Director, PMU, BUDIP

Member
Team Leader, PMC, BUDIP

Member
Team Leader, DSC, BUDIP

Member secretary
PM PIU C, BUDIP

4.2
Procurement Capacity Assessment
4.2.1
Procurement Capacity Assessment Report and Recommendations
Table 4.1
Executing Agency Capacity Assessment Questionnaire
Questionnaire
Response / Remarks
Part A. General Agency Resource Assessment
A.1. Is there a procurement department?
Bihar Urban Infrastructure Development Corporation
(BUIDICo) is the implementing agency and will be
responsible for all procurement activities under the
Project. BUIDICO has a separate cell for carrying out the
procurement activities.
A.2. What procurement does it undertake?
At present BUIDICO is under taking followingtypes of
procurement activities:
works,
services and
Goods
At present BUIDICO is implementing Government aided
urban water supply and sewerage projects in Bhiar such
as UIDSSMT, Jawaharlal Nehru National Urban Renewal
Mission, Mission Clean Ganga Program etc. BUIDICO
has followed National Competitive procedures for most of
the packages and International Competitive bidding
process for one package.
A.3. Are the staff provided with written job descriptions?
Yes
A.4. How many years experience does the head of the
procurement unit have in a direct procurement role?
General Manager (Design), a senior level engineer in
BUIDICO, is heading the procurement cell. He has more
than 10 years experience in Government Procurement
and is well versed withgovernment procurement
procedures- Bihar Financial Rules and works code of the
state’s public works department. .
A.5. How many staff in the procurement department are:
i. Full Time?
7
ii. Part Time?
No
iii. Seconded?
No
A.6. At what level does the department report (to the head of
agency, deputy etc.)?
Head of the Procurementcell reports directly to the
Managing Director, who is head of BUIDICO
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 107
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
Questionnaire
Response / Remarks
A.7. Do the staff that will be involved with the procurement have
English language skills sufficient to undertake international
procurement?
Yes, all staff has the good knowledge of English
language to undertake international procurement. .
A.8. Is the number and qualifications of the staff sufficient to
undertake the additional procurement that will be required under
the proposed project?
Yes, for the present level of work load.
A separate project implementation unit (PIU) will be
formed under BUIDICO for implementation of the project.
PIU will have adequate number of dedicated and
technically qualified staff.
A.9. Does the unit have adequate facilities such as PCs, internet
connections, photocopy facilities, printers etc. to undertake the
expected procurement?
Yes, for the present level of activity,
All the necessary facilities will be provided to the project
PIU.
A.10. Is there a procurement training program?
Two officials of BUIDICO have attended a two weeks
training program on procurement procedures of world
bank. ADB will organise a project specific project
implementation seminar in July for BUIDICO.
Staff of BUDICO will also attend the regular training
program to be organised by ADB, INRM.
Part B. Agency Procurement Processes, Goods and Works
B.1. Has the agency undertaken foreign assisted procurement of
goods or works recently (last 12 months, or last 36 months)? (If
yes funded by whom and name of the Project)
None so far.
BUIDICO was formed in June 2009 and started
functioning from May 2010 only.
B.2. If the above is yes, what where the major challenges?
Not applicable
B.3. Is there a procurement process manual for goods and
works?
Yes, BUIDCO has a draft worksmanual, which also
covers public procurement process. The agency is
carrying out the procurement activities following the
provisions of the works manual. It is likely that BUIDICO
board will finalise the manual by June 2011.
Chapter No 4 and 5 of the manual deals with the
procurement of goods and works.
B.4. If there is a manual is it up to date and does it cover foreign
assisted procurement?
Chapter4 and 5 of the Works Manual describes the
procurement process and many of the important
provisions are similar to the foreign assisted
procurements.
It has separate provision for ICB procurement also.
B.5. Is there a systematic process to identify procurement
requirements (1 year or more)
BUIDICO is new organisation and is in the process of
developing a systematic structure to identify future
procurement requirement. At present BUIDICO has an
annual procurement plan
B.6. Who drafts the specifications?
Specifications are prepared by the consultant hired by
BUIDCO.
B.7. Who approves the specification?
BUIDCO’s technical cell.
B.8. Are there standard bidding documents in use and have they
been approved for use on ADB funded projects?
BUIDICO has a standard bidding documents and
important provision of the documents are similar to World
Bank/ ADB standard bid documents.
At present there are no ADB funded projects under
execution with BUIDICO.
For the ADB funded project, BUIDICO will use ADB’s
standard bidding documents (SDBs).
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 108
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
Questionnaire
Response / Remarks
B.9. Who drafts the bidding documents?
BUIDCO’s procurement cell with the support of the
consultants. .
For the project, PPTA consultant is providing necessary
assistance to BUIDICO to prepare the documents
following ADB’s SBDs.
B.10. Who manages the sale of the document?
BUIDCO’s procurement cell.
B.11. Are all queries from bidders replied to in writing?
Yes BUIDICO follow this practice and also upload those
in its website.
B.12. Is there a minimum period for preparation of bids and if yes
how long?
Yes, minimum period provided for preparation of bid is 30
days for NCB packages.
For ICB packages based on the requirements of lending
agencies.
B.13. Does the bidding document state the date and time of
opening and how close is it to the Deadline for submission?
Yes. The bidding document states date and time of bid
opening. Bids are usually open within 15 to 30 minutes
after the deadline for bid submission.
B.14. Is the opening public?
Yes
B.15. Can late bids be accepted?
No
B.16. Can bids be rejected at bid opening?
No
B.17. Are minutes taken?
Yes, in the form of bid opening record.
B.18. Who may have a copy of the minutes?
BUIDICO usually doesn’t share the bid opening record
with the bidders.
B.19. Are the minutes free of charge?
Not applicable
B.20. Who undertakes the evaluation (individual(s), permanent
committee, ad-hoc committee)?
Permanent Evaluation Committee, which comprises
Chief General Manager (CGM), General Manager (GM) –
Design, GM (Admin) and Deputy GM of respected city
PIU of different projects
B.21. What are the qualifications of the evaluators in respect to
procurement and the goods and works under evaluation?
Qualified Engineers, MBA, post graduate degree holders
of other streams and Chartered Accountants.
B.22. Is the decision of the evaluators final or is the evaluation
subject to additional approvals?
Evaluation Committee recommendations are final;
however these are submitted to Managing Director,
BUIDICO for final approval.
B.23. Using at least three real examples how long between the
issue of the invitation for bids and Contact effectiveness?
6 months
B.24. Are there processes in place for the collection and
clearance of cargo through ports of Entry?
No
The clearance is undertaken by the respective supplier of
goods and material.
B.25. Are there established goods receiving procedures?
Yes.
B.26. Are all goods received recorded as assets or inventory in a
register or similar?
Yes.
B.27. Is the agency/procurement department familiar with letters
of credit?
Yes. Though thestaff is familiar with the process
BUIDICO has not yet used this payment instrument in
their operation.
B.28. Does the procurement department register and track
warranty and latent defects liability Periods?
Yes.
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 109
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
Questionnaire
Response / Remarks
Part C. Agency Procurement Processes, Consulting Services
C.1. Has the agency undertaken foreign assisted procurement of
consulting services recently (last 12 months, or last 36 months)?
No
C.2. If the above is yes what where the major challenges?
N/A
C.3. Is there a procurement process manual for consulting
services procurement?
Yes, Chapter 6 of Works Manual provides for this.
C.4. Is the manual up to date and does it cover foreign assisted
projects?
The document has been recently developed.
It does not cover requirement of foreign assisted projects.
For the project BUIDICO will follow ADB’s consultants
selection procedures and guideline
C.5. Who identifies the need for consulting services
requirements?
BUIDCO management.
C.6. Who drafts the ToR?
BUIDCO Technical and procurement cell.
C.7. Do the ToR followed a standard format such as background,
tasks, inputs, objectives and Outputs?
Yes.
C.8. Who prepares the request for proposals?
BUIDCOprocurement cell with the support of consultants.
C.9. Are assignments advertised and expressions of interest
called for?
Yes
C.10. Is a consultants’ selection committee formed with
appropriate individuals in terms of
Procurement and technical expertise?
Yes.
C.11. What criteria is used to evaluate EOIs?
Experience in related work, past performance and
financial capacity.
C.12. Historically what is the most common method used (QCBS,
QBS etc.)
So far BUIDCO has used Least cost selection method.
Works Manual covers QCBS, QBS and LCS methods.
C.13. Do firms have to pay for the proposal document?
No
C.14. Does the evaluative criteria follow a pre-determined
structure and is it detailed in the RFP?
Yes
C.15. Are pre-proposal visits and meetings arranged?
Yes
C.16. Are minutes prepared and circulated after pre-proposal
meetings?
Yes
C.17. To who are minutes distributed?
To all shortlisted firms..
C.18. Are all queries from consultants answered to in writing?
Yes BUIDICO follow this practice and also upload those
responses in its website
C.19. Are the financial and technical proposals in separate
envelopes?
Yes, BUIDICO follow two envelope system.
C.20. Are proposal securities required?
Yes
C.21. Are technical proposals opened in public?
Yes in the presence of Bidders
C.22. Do the financial proposals remain sealed until technical
evaluation is completed?
Yes
C.23. Are minutes of technical opening distributed?
Yes
C.24. Who determines the final technical ranking and how?
Consultant selection committee evaluate the technical
proposals based on the pre-determined technical
evaluation criteria. It does not rank the technical proposal
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 110
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
Questionnaire
Response / Remarks
but determine technical responsiveness on the pass/ fail
basis.
Only responsive bidders are considered for financial bid
opening.
C.25. Are the technical scores published and sent to all firms?
Technical responsiveness is ascertained on thepass/ fail
basis.
C.26. Is the financial proposal opening public?
Yes. In presence of the technically responsive bidders.
C.27. Are there minutes taken and distributed of financial
proposal opening?
Yes
C.28. How is the financial evaluation completed?
Financial bid of qualified firms are opened.
Bids are checked for arithmetical and technical
corrections if any and necessary adjustments are applied.
Total evaluated amount is worked out without taxes but
applying necessary corrections.
C.29. Are face to face contract negotiations held?
Yes
C.30. How long after financial evaluation is the selected firm to
negotiate?
2-4 weeks
C.31. What is the usual basis for negotiation?
Negotiation is held on TOR, the methodology, staffing,
improvement of the proposal, counterpart support and
facilities, and special conditions of the contract.
C.32. Are minutes of negotiation taken and signed?
Yes. The minutes of negotiation also become part of the
contract agreement.
C.33. How long after negotiations until the contract is signed?
2-4 weeks
C.34. Are advance payments made?
No
C.35. Is there an evaluation system for measuring the outputs of
consultants?
Yes. Paras 6.14 and 6.15 of Works Manual stipulates
parameters for measuring the outputs of the consultants..
Para 6.16 of Works Manual provides for Deterrent Action
against Defaulting Consultants.
Part D. Process Oversight and Control
D.1. Is there a standard statement of ethics and are those
involved in procurement required to formally commit to it?
Yes
D.2. Are those involved with procurement required to declare any
potential conflict of interest and remove themselves from the
procurement process?
Yes
D.3. Is the commencement of procurement dependent on
external approvals (formal or de-facto) outside of the budgeting
process?
No
D.4. Who approves procurement transactions and do they have
procurement experience andqualifications?
MD or Board of Directors of BUIDCO. They are senior
government officials with adequate qualification and
experience.
D.5. Which of the following actions require approval outside of
the procurement unit or a permanent evaluation committee and
who grants the approval?
a) Bidding document, invitation to pre-qualify or request for
proposal
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
MD BUIDCO
Page 111
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
Questionnaire
Response / Remarks
b) Advertisement of an invitation for bids, pre-qualification or call
for expressions of interest
MD BUIDCO
c) Evaluation reports
MD BUIDCO
d) Notice of award
MD BUIDCO
e) Invitation to consultants to negotiate
MD BUIDCO
f) Contracts
Works manual stipulate delegation of contract award
proposal based on the different threshold
Chief General Manager : up to INR 50 million
MD: up to INR 250 million
BUIDICO Board : above INR 250 million
D.6. Is contractual performance systematically monitored and
reported upon?
Yes
D.7. Does the agency monitor and track its contractual payment
obligations?
Yes.
D.8. On average how long is it between receiving a firm’s invoice
and making payment?
As per work manual, it should be within 14 days from the
receipt of interim payment certificate. But usually it takes
30 days.
D.9. What is the standard period for payment included in
contracts?
Within 14 days of receipt of interim payment certificate.
D.10. When payment is made late are the beneficiaries paid
interest?
No
D.11. Are payments authorized by the same individuals
empowered to approve invitation
documents, evaluations and contracts
Yes
D.12. Is there a written auditable trail of procurement decisions
attributable to individuals and committees?
Yes
D.13. Are procurement decisions and disputes supported by
written narratives such as minutes of evaluation, minutes of
negotiation, notices of default/withheld payment?
Yes
D.14. Is there a formal non-judicial mechanism for dealing with
complaints?
Yes
D.15. Is a complaints resolution mechanism described in national
procurement documents?
Yes
Part E. Records Keeping
E.1. Is there a referencing system for procurement files?
Yes
E.2. Are original contracts secured in a fire and theft proof
location?
Yes
E.3. Are copies of bids or proposals retained with the evaluation?
Yes
E.4. Are copies of the original advertisements retained with the
pre-contract files
Yes
E.5. Is there a single contract file with a copy of the contract and
all subsequent contractual correspondence?
Yes
E.6. Are copies of invoices included with contract papers?
Yes
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 112
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
Questionnaire
Response / Remarks
E.7. For what period are records kept?
Maximum 10 Years.
Note:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Urban Development and Housing Department (UDHD) is the Executing Agency (EA) of Government of
Bihar (GoB) for Bihar urban Development Project (BUDP). Bihar Urban Infrastructure Development
Corporation Ltd. (BUIDCO) will be the Implementing Agency (IA) on behalf of the four participating
municipalities under BUDIP.
BUIDCO (a wholly owned by GoB) is a special purpose vehicle constituted by GoB to implement projects
sanctioned under Centrally Sponsored Schemes like JNNURM, UIDSSMT, NGRBA and other major
infrastructure projects in the state of Bihar. BUIDCO is headed by a Managing Director having a Board of
8 Directors, IAS officers of various departments. BUIDCO is based at Patna and its technical team
comprises 20 full time engineers (presently 12 in position) led by a senior level General Manager and
Chief General Manager at the top. Similarly the accounts department comprises 7 full time senior level
qualified accounts staff (presently of 4 in position) headed by a General Manager (finance). BUIDCO
would be conducting the procurement activities.
BUIDCO has developed a procurement manual and has adopted it for all the procurement activities. The
manual describe all procedures for inviting and evaluating the bids of works, goods and consultancy. The
procurement process described in manual is much similar to the foreign assisted procurements. However
the manual is further being updated to cover foreign assisted procurement.
BUIDCO is properly staffed and well equipped to follow best procurement practices. So far BUIDCO has
invited only few bids for procurement of works and goods, but has not awarded any contract so far.
BUIDCO invited bids for engaging consultant on least cost selection basis. Under this process, BUIDCO
evaluated the technical proposals on pass fail basis but without scoring. Price bid of all technical bids
meeting the criteria were opened.
BUIDCO has established a computerised record keeping system. In addition to hard copy shape,
documents are preserved in soft copy format. All files are given specific number and referenced properly.
There is provision to keep unopened price bids and original contracts secured in a key and lock system.
Contract wise complete pre contract documents, copy of approvals, and advertisement record etc are
retained in a single file. Contract management files are properly maintained.
Table 4.2
IA General Procurement Environment Assessment
At State and National level, there is no procurement law. BUIDCO has prepared a work manual
which includes procurement procedure and guidelines to be followed in BUIDCO.
Answers to
Questionnaire
Procurement
Risk Levels
Explanatory notes for
Risk level assignment
1. Is there a procurement law?
The answer to this is a simple yes or no, i.e.
is their a single law governing procurement
which is representative of best practice or is
procurement governed through various laws,
decrees etc.? Assess this as either “High” or
“Low”
No
High
No procurement law or act at
State level. BUIDCO (the IA)
has a Works Manual which
governs the Procurement
Process.
2. Are the laws and regulations clear and
concise?
If there is no single law check “high”, and
similarly if the law is complex and difficult to
follow check “average”. If the law is easy to
follow check “low”.
NA
high
No procurement law, therefore
item not applicable. Guidelines
mentioned in BUIDCO Works
Manual are clear and concise
and easy to follow.
3. What does the law (or regulations
applicable to procurement) cover?
If there is a single law, “low” will apply when
the law covers drafting and use of standard
bidding documents evaluation, contracting,
through to the management of contracts
including payment, warranty and defects
NA
High
Works Manual cover steps of
procurement. Chapter 4
provides for Contracts for Goods
and Works, Chapter 5 and 7
provides for Contract
Management and Work
Measurement, and Payments,
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 113
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
Answers to
Questionnaire
Procurement
Risk Levels
liability periods. The less the procurement
process is covered the higher the risk. If
there is no single law, check "high"
Explanatory notes for
Risk level assignment
and Chapter 6 provides for
procurement of Consulting
Services
4. Does the law cover the procurement of
consulting services?
If consulting services are not covered or
there is no law the risk is high, if they are
covered the risk is low.
NA
High
Chapter 6 of the Works Manual
provides guidelines on
procurement of consulting
services .
5. Does the law differentiate between
processes for consulting services and
Goods/Works?
If there is no law, or it applies the same
processes to consulting services as for
goods and works check high. If there is some
differentiation but the processes are similar,
check average. If consulting services are
dealt with separately check low
NA
High
Works Manual provides
separate process of bidding for
consulting services and
goods/works.
6. Does the law require advertisement of all
procurement opportunities.
Low risk will be represented through
advertisement all above $25,000, average
above $100,000, high by no advertisement or
advertisement at a higher threshold than
$100,000.
NA
Low
Para 4.15 of Works Manual
provides requirements for
advertisement of procurement
opportunities beyond certain
cost limits in news papers of
wide circulation. For low cost
works or services,
advertisement needs to be
published at BUIDCO website,
Government website or notice
board etc.
7. Are contract awards advertised?
The same thresholds as stated at A6 should
be applied
No
High
The successful bidder is
intimated through letter of
acceptance. Information to other
bidders can be provided on
demand.
8. Are there restrictions on goods works and
services on the basis of origin?
If procurement is limited to solely national
origin check high, if there are restrictions or a
national preference scheme, average. If
None low
None
Low
No restriction on the basis of
origin.
9.Does the law or relevant legislation and
regulations provide acceptable provision for
the participation of state owned enterprises?
Only if the SOE is legally and financially
autonomous and not a dependent agency of
the purchaser low, other than this high
Yes
low
Works Manual provide
acceptable provision for the
participation of state owned
enterprises
10. Are there restrictions on the nationality of
bidders and consulting firms invited?
If procurement is limited to solely national
None
Low
International competitive
biddings will be used for
contracts more than RS. 1000
million ( $23million) as provided
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 114
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
Answers to
Questionnaire
Procurement
Risk Levels
firms and individuals check high, if there are
restrictions or a national preference scheme,
average. If None low
Explanatory notes for
Risk level assignment
in para 4.6.1 of Works Manual
11. Are foreign bidders and consultants
forced to offer through or with local partners?
If yes, high, in certain circumstances
average, never, low
No
Low
There is no need of local
partners for foreign bidders.
12. Is there a domestic preference scheme?
If there is across the board high, if applicable
in limited circumstances, average, if none,
low.
None
Low
No domestic preference
scheme for local bidders.
13. Is there a national standard mandated for
use for quality control purposes?
No, or Yes with direct, accessible
international equivalents low, yes without
international equivalents high
Yes with direct,
accessible
international
equivalents
Low
Bidders will mandatorily follow
the national standard or
equivalent International
standards.
14. Are any agencies exempt from the law?
Such as the security forces, if yes high, also
high of any types of goods are exempt from
parts of the law such as medicines, text
books or any other commodity
No
Low
No agencies are exempted as
per works manual
15. Is the default method for procurement
open competition?
Either yes or no and low or high
Yes
low
For each procurement, open
competition bidding process will
be followed.
16. Is open procurement easily avoided?
If the procurement law allows avoidance of
open procurement above the national
threshold on the basis of circumstances that
are not in response to natural disasters ,i.e.
simple urgency, check high, if open
procurement can be avoided by senior
management decision average. If avoidance
requires approval of an oversight agency,
low.
No
Low
As per works manual, all
contracts will be awarded
through open procurement.
17. Do the rules and regulations require prequalification?
Only for complex contracts, low, no contracts
average, all contracts high.
Only for
complex
contracts
Low
Pre-qualification will be done for
complex or large value
contracts.
18. Do the rules and regulations require
registration?
If yes, high, if only for specialist goods such
as medicines average. If no registration low.
Yes
High
Bidders should be registered
with any department either state
or Govt. of India before
participating in bid. Successful
bidder is required to get
registered with BUIDCO as per
para 4.11.4 of works manual.
19. Are there systematic procurement
process audits?
Yes, low. Only financial audits average,
none, high
Yes
Low
Internal audit scope covers the
process audit as well. Para 2.8
of Works Manual covers audit
and control
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 115
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
Answers to
Questionnaire
Procurement
Risk Levels
Explanatory notes for
Risk level assignment
20. Is there a national procurement manual
or guide?
A single procurement manual or guide, low,
manual exists but out of date/not in wide use
average, none high.
Yes
Low
BUIDCO has its own
procurement manual, provision
under it is much similar to the
external funded project
requirement.
21. Do the laws and regulations mandate the
use of standard documents?
Documents for goods, works and consultants
services low, just for 2 of the three average,
only one or none high
Yes
Average
Yes for certain contracts as per
para 4.7.2 of Works Manual.
Works manual will be updated to
cover all contracts under
external funding agencies
assisted projects
22. Have these standard bidding document’s
been approved for use on ADB projects? Yes
low, some but not all average, no high,
NA
Low
No ADB funded project being
executed by BUIDCO, the IA
23. Do the regulations require the collection
of nation wide statistics on procurement?
Yes and statistics collected low, yes but data
not collected or used average, no high
yes but data not
collected or
used
Average
EA will collect nation wide data
to determine the qualification
criteria for biddings and bid
packaging.
24. Is consolidated historical procurement
data available to the public?
Yes low, too much or too little, average, no
high
Yes
low
EA has established good data
base system; therefore all data
would be available.
25. Do the procurement laws and regulations
contain provisions for dealing with
misconduct?
Such as fraud and corrupt practices – the
procurement law or regulations may include
or cross refer to anticorruption legislation.
Yes low, no high.
Yes
Low
No procurement law but bid
document and work manual
contain provisions for dealing
with misconduct.
26. Is fraud and corruption in procurement
regarded as a criminal act?
The penalties should include penal servitude
(prison) yes low, no high.
No
High
No procurement act. There is
provision for termination of
contract, financial penalties,
blacklisting or debarring for
future bids in case of fraud and
corruption
27. Have there been prosecutions for fraud
and corruption?
If there have been successful prosecutions
for fraud and corruption, low, if prosecutions
seem to focus solely on low grade junior staff
average, none high
none
high
No such case yet. There is
provision for blacklisting or
debarring for future bids in case
of fraud and corruption
28. Is there an alternative disputes resolution
process independent of government and
courts?
If there is an arbitration law and independent
process low, if the standard contracts use
ICC or similar dispute resolution average, if
arbitration is through the courts or can be
overturned by courts high.
Yes
Low
Yes as provided in chapter 9 of
the Works Manual and bidding
docuemnts
29. Does the law allow for sovereign
No
Low
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 116
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
Answers to
Questionnaire
Procurement
Risk Levels
Explanatory notes for
Risk level assignment
immunity to the EA for claims against it?
If plaintiffs can sue the government for
contractual non-performance low, if they
cannot high
30. Do the regulations allow for black listing
(disbarment) of firms and individuals and if
they do?
If there is no black listing process or the
process is transparent and equitable and
undertaken by an independent oversight
agency low. If there is a process and it is
administered by a single line agency such as
finance average, if it is administered by the
executing agency high.
It is
administered by
the executing
agency
High
Such situations will be dealt by
BUIDCO.
31. Which body oversees procurement?
Independent Body reporting to the elected
body low, single body reporting to the cabinet
average, no body or reports to a single
agency such as Prime Minister or Finance
Minister High
Board of
Directors of
BUIDCO
Low
Up to certain limit it is done by
MD. Beyond that limit it is done
by Board of Director on the
basis of recommendation made
by committee which reviews the
procurement proposal.
32. What powers does the oversight body
have?
If the body can impose administrative
sanctions on an IA and its staff and overturn
contact awards including ministerial
decisions low, if the body only can impose
sanctions through the head of the IA,
average, if the body can only recommend
action high
Can impose
sanctions
through the
head of the EA
Average
33. Is there a nationwide procurement
training plan?
If procurement training is assessed and
planned for nationwide low, if this is
delegated to line agencies average, if there is
no strategy or plan high.
Delegated to
line agencies
Average
34. Is there a procurement accreditation or
professionalization program?
An externally recognized program low, a
government sponsored program average,
none, high
Yes
Average
35. Are major projects identified within an
agencies appropriation or budget?
Yes low, no but a system in place for the
ring-fencing of project funds average, neither
low
Yes
Low
Projects are sanctioned subject
to availability of budget or funds.
Average
Bidding process can be
commenced but contract will be
awarded subject to availability of
budget.
36. Is the procurement cycle tied to an
annual budgeting cycle? i.e. can
procurement activity only commence once a
budget is approved?
No a medium expenditure framework is in
place low, activity may start up to but
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Procurement personnel are sent
for training program under World
Bank/ADB funded projects
Page 117
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
Answers to
Questionnaire
Procurement
Risk Levels
Explanatory notes for
Risk level assignment
excluding contract award average, yes tied to
annual budget high
37. Once an appropriation or budget is
approved will funds be placed with the IA or
can the IA draw them down at will?
Yes low, no - additional controls imposed
high (such as cash release system)
Yes
Low
38. Can an IA draw directly from a loan or
imprest account or will it spend budgeted
funds with the borrower claiming
reimbursement?
Draws directly low, from budgeted funds high
Yes
Low
39. When an IA is implementing a project
using funds from the national budget has a
delay in funding significantly delayed
procurement? No or not applicable low, yes
high
No
Low
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Funds are placed to EA
So far BUIDCO has not faced
such problem
Page 118
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
Figure 4.12: Organisation Chart of BUIDCO
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
CHAIRMAN
MANAGING DIRECTOR
IT Function
Technical wings
MD Cell- EA + EA (P)
Legal
GM (Administration)
Outsourcing
CGM
TA to CGM
Director (IT)
PAY
ROLL
Works
Monitoring
Payment
Monitoring
GM
(General)
GM
(WORKS)
DGM+Mangr.
DGM + Mangr.
Accounting
House Keeping
Outsourcing
DGM
(DESIGN)
+Manager
Outsourcing
Administration
Support
C.S
C.A
2 Office
Executive
DGM+Mang
r.
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
DGM
(Variation)
+Manager
Act.
Treasury Services (Frame requirement
Page 119
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
Table 4.3
Sl.No.
Third Schedule - Delegation of Financial Powers
Nature of Powers
delegated
To whom delegated
Extent of delegation
Remarks
1
Purchase of tools and plant
and store materials and
machinery including furniture
and office equipment with
sanction to estimate thereof
Managing Director
Full powers
In consultation with
Finance.
2
Power to negotiate rates /
accept tender for getting
contract or work to be
undertaken by corporation.
Managing Director
Upto 10% above BOQ
Rate subject to limit of
20% above The AA
In consultation with
Technical
Committee and
Finance
Disposal of unserviceable
Material
Managing Director
Power to declare
unserviceable/surplus
materials and stores and
to sanction rate,transfer or
disposal thereof,upto a
maximum of Rs.5,00,000(book value)
In consultation with
Finance.
Technical Committee
Full Powers
3
Board of Directors
4
Take on lease of land/house
& other immovable property
Managing Director
Rent payable upto 2.5
crore per Annum
5
Purchase of stationary and
printing forms and other
materials
Chief General
Manager(CGM)
Full Powers
General Manager(GM)
Upto Rs.50,000/-
PD/GM (Admin)
Upto Rs.25,000/-
DPD/Manager
Upto Rs.5,000/-
Chief General
Manager(CGM)
Full Powers
General Manager(GM)
Upto Rs.50,000/-
PD/GM (Admin)
Upto Rs.25,000/-
DPD/Manager
Upto Rs.5,000/-
To sanction/write off
irrecoverable losses of the
Corporation money due to
demurrage/Fraud or
negligence of individuals or
other causes/ Natural
calamities
Managing Director
Upto Rs. 1,00 lakh
Executive Committee
From Rs. 1.00 lakh to Rs.
2.5 lakh
Board of Directors
Above Rs. 2.5 lakh
To decide tenders for
allotment of works and
contractor.
Chief General
Manager(CGM)
Upto Rs. 5.00 Cr.
Committee of consisting
of Managing
Director,CGM &
Manager
Upto Rs. 10.00 Cr.
Executive Committee
Upto Rs. 20.00 Cr.
6
7
8
Contingent expenditures
including telephone
connection/electric charges,
furniture repair, stamps other
office equipment etc.
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
within allotment
At a time not
exceeding 25,000
a year
At a time not
exceeding 15,000
a year
Within allotment.
In consultation with
Finance.
Page 120
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
Sl.No.
9
10
11
Nature of Powers
delegated
To whom delegated
Extent of delegation
Board of Directors
Full Powers
To accord Administrative
Arrroval to original works.
Managing Director
Rs. 2.50 Cr.
Board of Director
Above of Rs. 2.5 crore
To accord Technical
Sanction(Both for original
and repair works)
CGM
Full Power
GM
10.00 Cr.
PD
1.00.Cr.
Managing Director
Full Power
CGM
Rs. 1.00 lakh per annum
GM
Rs. 50,000 per annum
PD
Rs. 25,000 per annum
To Sanction expenditure on
entertainment.
Remarks
In consultation with
Finance.
Within Budgetary
allocation.
12
To sanction expenditure for
performance of foundation
stone lying /opening
ceremonies
CGM
Rs.50000/-
On each occasion
with contingent
fund from project
cost
13
To make-reapproritaion
between various fields
Managing Director
Full Powers
In consultation with
finance within the
limit of budget
14
To sanction medical
reimbursement
Managing Director
upto 2 lakhs
Board of Directors
Above 2 lakhs
In consultation with
finance.
To sanction cost of land
acquisition and
compensation
Managing Director
Upto 2.5 crore
Board of Directors
Above 2.5 crore
16
To sanction legal expenses
Managing Director
Full Powers
In constitution with
finance and Legal
17
To sanction consultancy
charge to specialist [e..g.
Architects, Designers,
Chartered Accountant / Cost
Accountant etc.]
Managing Director
Full powers [maximum
subject to 5% of project
cost]
Board of Director
Above 5 %
In constitution with
technical
committee and
finance
To sanction purchase of
books periodicals,
newspaper etc.
Managing Director
Full Powers
CGM
Upto Rs.25000/- per
annum
GM (Admin)
Upto Rs.10000/- per
annum
15
18
In consultation with
finance.
With budgetary
option
19
Commitment towards
upliftment of disadvantage
groups like
Managing Director
Rs.50000/- per annum
Individual Cases
not to exceed
Rs.10000/-
20
Repair of vehicles and
replacement of parts
including T&P
(1)General Manager
(2)Project Director
(3)General Manager
(Admin)
Rs. 50,000/Rs. 25,000/Rs. 25,000/-
Per vehicle per
year subject to
allotment of fund
and sanction of
estimate
21
Hiring of Building for office
(1)General Manager
upto Rs. 10,000/- in each
Subject to
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 121
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
Sl.No.
Nature of Powers
delegated
and other Non-Residential
Purpose.
To whom delegated
Extent of delegation
case per month
(2)Project Director
upto Rs. 7,500/- in each
case per month
Remarks
obtaining fair rent
certificate from
competent
authority.
22
Power to make and give
receipts, releases and other
discharges for money
payable to the Corporation
for Claims and Demands of
the Corporation.
Managing Director
Full Powers
In consultation with
finance.
23
The Grant extension of time,
after the limit and to remit
and reduce the penalty
provided in the agreement or
contract.
CGM
Full Powers
On
recommendation
of Technical
Committee
24
To sign bill and claims on
behalf of Corporation for
work done on contract
(1)General Manager
Full Powers
Initiated by Deputy
Director/Manager
checked/passed
by PD.
Table 4.4
Sr. No.
Record Retention Schedule For BUIDCo - Part-A
Documents
Period of retention from the date of recording
1.
Documents related to DPR Consultant
(i)
Pre-Qualification
Unqualified Bids: 2 years from the date of Pre-Documents qualification
Qualified Bids: 3 years from the date of Pre- Qualification except finally
successful bid.
Finally Successful Bids: 2 years after expiry of professional
liability
period. In case of arbitration 2 years after settlement of the arbitration
or legal disputes, whichever is later.
(ii)
Bid Documents For
Consultancy Services
Unsuccessful Bids: 3 years from the date of award of the contract. Original
financial bids of unsuccessful bidders to be preserved for 2 years
from date of completion of consultancy contract.
(iii)
DPR Consultancy Contract
Document
5 years after expiry of professional liability. In case of arbitration 2 years
after settlement of the arbitration or legal disputes, whichever is later.
(iv)
Detailed Project Reports
(DPR) all volumes
2
Supervision Consultancy
(i)
Pre-Qualification
Unqualified Bids: 2 years from the date of Pre-Documents qualification
Qualified Bids: 3 years from the date of Pre- Qualification except finally
successful bid.
Finally Successful Bids: 2 years after expiry of professional
liability
period. In case of arbitration 2 years after settlement of the arbitration
or legal disputes, whichever is later.
(ii)
Bid Documents For
Consultancy Services
Unsuccessful Bids: 3 years from the date of award of the contract. Original
financial bids of unsuccessful bidders to be preserved for 2 years
from date of completion of consultancy contract.
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 122
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
Sr. No.
Documents
(iii)
Supervision Consultancy
Contract Document
(iv)
Proof Checking Permanent
designs, final completion
drawing handing over report
3
Civil Works
(i)
Pre-Qualification
Unqualified Bids: 2 years from the date of Pre-Documents qualification
Qualified Bids: 3 years from the date of Pre- Qualification except finally
successful bid.
Finally Successful Bids: 2 years after expiry of professional
liability
period. In case of arbitration 2 years after settlement of the arbitration
or legal disputes, whichever is later.
(ii)
Bid Documents
Unsuccessful Bids: 3 years from the date of award of the contract. Original
financial bids of unsuccessful bidders to be preserved for 2 years
from date of completion of consultancy contract.
(iii)
Contract Agreement forCivil
Work
5 years from the date of actual completion or 2 years after expiry of defect
liability period or settlement of arbitration or legal disputes, whichever
is later.
(iv)
Measurement Books
10 years from the date of actual completion.
Table 4.5
5 years after expiry of professional liability. In case of arbitration 2 years
after settlement of the arbitration or legal disputes, whichever is later
Record Retention Schedule for BUIDCo - PART-B
Sr. No.
1.
Period of retention from the date of recording
Documents
Period of retention from the date of
recording
Execution of BUIDCL
a) Survey Investigation
i)
Major Works
10 years
ii)
Minor Works
5 years
b) Land Acquisition
Permanent
c) Technical Appraisal
5 years
d) Administrative approval of works (less
10 years
than Rs.50 lakhs)
e) Enquiry committee
5 years
f)
3 years
Inspection Reports
g) Quarterly Progress report
3 years
h) Project Completion records
Permanent
i)
3 years
Consultative Committee Minutes &
Meetings
j)
2
VIP references
Tender Cases
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
3 years
3 years after
completion of work
Page 123
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
Sr. No.
Documents
3
Sanction of Original Estimates/Revised
cost Estimates
a)
Major
b)
Minor
4
Technical operational matters relating to
Build Operate and Transfer (BOT) Projects
a)
Empanelment of consultants for
BUIDCL Projects
b)
Empanelment of Arbitrators of both
domestic funded schemes and
externally aided projects
c)
V.I.P. references
Period of retention from the date of
recording
10 years
5 years
3 years
3 years
3 years
5
BUIDCL
a)
6
Meetings
a)
With outside agencies
b)
Central / State Authorities
3 years
5 years
7
Plan Scheme Project
a)
Five year plan of the BUIDCo
b)
Annual Plan BUIDCo
c)
20 years plan
3 years
10 years
3 years
8
Training
a)
b)
c)
3 years
3years
3 years
9
Reports & Returns
Monthly/Quarterly/Fortnightly/Weekly/
Annual
1 year
10
Misc. correspondence
1 year
11
Institutional Improvements/Research and
Development/Introduction of new
techniques
a)
Policy
b)
Institutional improvement/Standing
Committee, etc.
c)
Introduction of new machines/literature
(item-wise)
d)
Follow up action (item-wise)
12
Policy
Training
Conference/Seminar/Workshops
Annual Membership
Inspections
a)
Audit inspection of section
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Permanent
Permanent
10 Years
5 Years
5 Years
3 years or 1 year
after
audit
whichever is later
Page 124
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
4.3
Consultants Requirements
To assist the PMU and PIUs in project components design, implementation and management, it is
proposed to engage Consultants for a full tenure of investment program.
4.3.1
1.
Terms of Reference of Investment Program Management Consultancy (IPMC) Services:
Objective
The objective of the Investment Program Management Consultants (IPMC) will be to assist the
Executing and Implementing Agency in the project planning, implementation, management and
monitoring. IPMC will help developing capacities of the project staff on project management on the
job training basis. The IPMC will support the program management unit to oversee the works of
design and construction supervision consultant; and ensure quality of technical design, works
executed at the field and monitoring of the service provided to the beneficiaries etc.
A.
Establishment of Program Management System:
1.
2.
3.
4.
B.
Assist PMU to set up project management, implementation and monitoring systems
and procedures
Assist PMU and PIU in preparing annual work plans, detailed implementation
schedule and budgets using computer based project management tools
Support PMU in developing mechanism for fixing the yearly targets for contract award
and disbursement assessment
Support PIUs in setting up the efficient contract administration system and procedures
based on the good practices adopted in other ADB urban projects in India and Delhi
Metro Rail Corporation.
Project Performance Monitoring and Reporting:
1.
2.
3.
4.
C.
Establish Project Performance Monitoring System (PPMS) based on the design
monitoring framework of the Program and planned implementation schedule of the
report and recommendation of the President (RRP), safeguard and site clearance
implementation plan, work program of project consultants, contactors, PIU and PMU.
Collect secondary data and if required, generate primary data for baseline information
and monthly update of PPMS.
Monitor the progress of project based on PPMS output and provide advance notices to
the PMUs and PIUs and in case of anticipated problems issue early warning and
suggest corrective actions.
Compile and prepare on behalf of PMU and PIUs all the reports( as per ADB and the
state government of Bihar’s requirement) including progress report in the formats
acceptable to ADB and the state government of Bihar’s
Project Accounting.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Determine Project accounting need, prepare necessary specifications, and assist the
PMU in the procurement of all necessary software.
Supervise/ install software, and ensure its proper commissioning,
Ensure all PMU staff is trained adequately.
Assist PMU and PIU in maintaining the project accounts with all ledgers and control
systems
Help PMU in preparation of annual budgets, accounting and audit reports.
Generate different accounts reports and financial statements
Help EA to select appropriate software for electronics measurement book and in its
installation, train PIUs and PMU on the operation and safety aspect of it; and provide
support to maintain the system
Assist PMU in ensuring smooth funds flow from ADB and GoB to PIUs
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 125
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
D.
Public and Media Relation at the State level
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
E.
Prepare information, education and communication materials, advertisement clippings,
Web page etc.
Help PMU and PIU to initiate Promotion of Project Policy and Institutional reform
agenda.
Help PMU in awareness campaign on scope of project, social & environmental issues
including resettlement entitlements through various media means.
Help PMU in regular dissemination of information about the Project to the different
target groups.
Make the stakeholders aware of the long term benefits and short term inconveniences
of the Project in order to gain full support of the beneficiaries towards the Project.
Feasibility Study and Appraisal of Subproject for Future Tranches
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
F.
Help design and construction supervision consultant in technical assessment of the
subprojects
Collect and generate data necessary for carrying out social, environmental, economic
and financial assessment of the subprojects;
Carry out socio-economic survey and willingness-to-pay survey, and prepare social
and environmental safeguard planning documents; economic and financial analysis of
the subprojects following ADB guidelines and government requirements.
Asses and confirm eligibility of the subprojects based on subproject selection criteria
of the Framework Financing Agreement (FFA)
Prepare environmental assessment reports for each subproject following the ADB and
Government requirements
Prepare resettlement plans, if required.
Prepare initial poverty reduction and social strategy for each Tranche.
Prepare consultation and participation plan jointly with DSC for each subproject.
Compile the subproject appraisal reports based on the input of State Government of
Bihar, DSC, and other project stakeholders and ensure that the Subproject Appraisal
Report (SAR) of acceptable quality are prepared in the prescribed format of ADB
Safeguards Measures:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Supervise and ensure timely implementation of resettlement plans and environmental
mitigation program of each subproject.
Collect baseline data and monthly update on the status of safeguard compliance.
Monitor the implementation of safeguard compliance and prepare the periodic
monitoring reports
Prepare city level progress report on implementation of safeguard compliance, in the
prescribed format
Assist PMU in establishing a system and training staff to monitor the Project’s
environmental indicators, and compliance of environmental mitigation plan of
individual contracts.
Assist PMU in establishing a system and training staff to monitor implementation of
resettlement plans and environmental management plans
Advise the PMU to ensure that the ADB resettlement policies are met.
Review and check the quality of data, evaluate the effectiveness with which the
mitigation and monitoring measures are implemented, and recommend action to be
taken.
Prepare periodic safeguard monitoring reports as per the format acceptable to ADB
and other statutory agencies
Support PMU/PIUs in obtaining applicable statutory clearances.
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 126
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
G.
Gender Action Plan
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
H.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
I.
Divide the 51 wards of Bhagalpur into four groups (Each group is composed of
geographically contiguous wards).
Engage nongovernment organizations (NGOs), women’s NGOs, elected officials,
women activists, to identify participants from poor, slums, women-headed, and
vulnerable households.
Provide assistance to DSC in base line data collection on gender action plan
implementation and to update it semi-annually.
Organize project orientation seminars, prepare public advertisements and short radio
programs, in accordance with the gender action plan.
Assist PMU in establishing a system and training staff to monitor implementation of
gender action plan.
Advise the PMU to ensure that ADB gender targets are met.
Liaise with the experts of DSCs/NGOs responsible for implementing the gender action
plan.
Review and check the quality of data, evaluate the effectiveness with which the
mitigation and monitoring measures are implemented, and recommend action to be
taken.
Procurement
Help DSC, PMU and PIUs in preparation of bid documents, particularly the
qualification requirement, conditions of the contracts, quality assurance plan for the
item rate civil works contracts and supply contracts.
Prepare bid documents for design, built, operate contracts in consultation with DSC
including the performance monitoring parameters during O&M stage.
PMC will also prepare cost estimate along with DSC for design, built, operate
contracts.
Prepare regulatory framework and procedures for dispute resolution of design, built,
operate contracts.
Assist PMU in issuing guidance on the evaluation procedures and reporting formats.
Evaluate bid proposals and prepare bid evaluation report jointly with DSC
Assist the PIU in the negotiations with the successful bidders, if required
Help DSC in preparation of contract documents
Engineering Design
1.
2.
3.
J.
Finalize the key design parameters based on applicable standards along with DSC
and provide necessary assistance to DSC to prepare preliminary design report
Assist DSC in checking the detailed engineering design and drawings prepared by the
DBO contractor.
Review the detailed engineering design and drawings prepared by DSC In case of
item rate contracts
Quality Control and Performance Monitoring of DBO contractors
1.
2.
3.
4.
K.
Assist the PMU and PIUs, to develop quality control procedures, prepare a quality
control program and train PIUs and DSC in implementation.
Ensure quality of the works during construction
Assist PMU and PIUs in assessing and monitoring the performance of the DBO
contractor during operation and maintenance period
Suggest appropriate remedial action, where required
O&M Cost Recovery Measures:
1.
Prepare terms of reference for developing a geographical information system based
asset management system and supervisory control and data acquisition for each city.
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 127
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
L.
Prepare terms of reference for preparation of computer based billing system with
minimum human input for each city.
Identify the required amount of internal reserves, which the respective municipal
corporations should accumulate for the major rehabilitation and expansion after 2026.
Undertake willingness-to-pay survey in Bhagalpur to establish up to what amount
people are willing-to-pay for water supply service per month, and establish a demand
curve.
Develop tariff schedule which recovers full O&M cost and generate internal reserves,
in accordance with the gender action plan; and seek respective municipal
corporations’ consent on tariff schedule for adoption.
Draft a legal regulation on mandatory connection to newly developed service assets in
accordance with the Bihar Municipal Act 2007, which the respective municipal
corporations should adopt before the operation of the new asset.
Draft a legal regulation on the penal actions for non-payers in accordance with the
Bihar Municipal Act 2007, which the respective municipal corporations should adopt
before the operation of the new asset.
Estimate the potential revenue from other sources, such as carbon credit, sales of
advertisement spaces on the surface of the assets, rental of the spaces on the
overhead tank towers to mobile phone operators, and prepare draft contracts.
Adopting Modern Accounting System and Ring-fenced Accounts for the Water and
Sewerage Operations:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
M.
Prepare accounting manual based on National Municipal Accounts Management
taking into account the existing situation
Assist PMU in software identification and computer hardware configuration
assessment, purchase, and installation
Customize the software, integrating with geographical information system database
and demand-collection-balance modules.
Develop business cases to apportion the common costs, seek consent from the
respective municipal corporations, and implement ring fencing of account for water
supply and sanitation operation in the project towns in line with the respective
business cases.
Prepare opening balance sheet
Commence accounts in new system, preparation of 1st financial year's financial
statements under the new system and after
Integrate new system with the overall account of the urban local bodies.
Provide capacity building and implementation support for a further period of 12
months.
Training
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Develop targeted and comprehensive training program based on human resourse
audit of Urban Development and Housing Department (UDH&D), BUDICO and ULBs
staff on project management and preventive operation- maintenance aspects.
Co-ordinate with different training institute, individual trainers, agencies of GoI and
other states and facilitate in arranging training programs including in the logistics
Structure modality to institutionalize the internal capacity development
Fix the responsibilities of the trainees of external training program for dissemination of
the knowledge within his/her parent organization
Develop a training feedback mechanism; finalize parameters for evaluating the
effectiveness of the training programs.
Evaluate the effectiveness of different training program periodically and suggest
actions for improvement.
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 128
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
Table 4.6
S. No
Indicative Personnel Requirement
Position
Person Months
1
Team Leader cum Project Management Specialist
40
2
Water Utility Operation / Monitoring Expert
24
Total International
64
3
Water supply Specialist
20
4
Waste Water Specialist
20
5
Environmental Specialist
56
6
Resettlement & Gender Specialist
56
7
Economist
10
8
Financial Specialist
18
9
Procurement Specialist
30
10
PPMS Specialist
30
11
Quality Control Expert
24
12
Public Relation Specialist
20
13
Project Financial Management Specialist
36
14
Dy TL cum PPP Specialist (Legal)
32
15
Information Technology Expert
24
16
GIS Expert
4
17
Instrumentation Expert
50
18
Training Specialist
36
19
Accounting Specialist
84
International
National
Total National Key Staff
550
Support Staff
1
Project Management /PPMS
60
2
Water Utility Operation / Monitoring
36
3
PPP
20
4
Water supply
22
5
Waste Water
22
6
Environment
84
7
Social
84
8
Procurement
24
9
Quality Control
36
10
Public Relation
24
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 129
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
11
Project Finance
36
12
Information Technology
70
13
Municipal Accounting
324
Total – Support
842
In addition, the IPMC shall have further support staff like Computer Operators, Office Manager/
Accountant and Office Assistants, CAD as necessary.
Table 4.7
S. No.
1
Basic Professional Requirements of the IPMC Personnel
Position
Requirements
Team Leader/
Project
Management
Specialist
(International)
Post graduate degree in Civil Engineering/Environmental Engineering/Urban
Planning/Project Management
Experience: 15 years or more particularly in project management of urban
infrastructure projects including (i) experience for working as TL/ DTL for similar
external aided projects (ii) for working in water supply/ sewerage projects at senior
positions.
Preference: Age 50 years and below and Project management experience of
ADB/World Bank/JICA funded urban water supply and sewerage projects.
2
Water Utility
Operation/
Monitoring Exert
(International)
Graduate degree in Civil Engineering/ Environmental Eng./Municipal Engg/ Mechanical
Engg
Experience: 8 years or more in managing O&M of a complete urban water utility
operation or firsthand experience of supervising/ monitoring performance of water
utility operation.
Preference: Post graduate degree; Age 50 years and below; Experience on water utility
operated by private concessioner/ operator;
3
Water supply
Specialist
Postgraduate degree in public health/ environmental engineering;
Experience: 10 years or more in carrying out engineering design of urban water supply
system including computer based water network system and designing of WTP, Intake
well etc
Preference: Age 45 years and below;
4
Waste Water
Specialist
Postgraduate degree in public health/environmental engineering
Experience:10 years or more in carrying out engineering design of sewerage network
and design of sewage treatment plant etc
Preference: Age 45 years and below
5
Environmental
Specialist
Post graduate degree in environmental science/ Graduate degree in civil engineering
with post graduation in environmental engineering
Experienece:10 years or more in preparation of environmental assessment report of
urban water supply and sanitation projects and its implementation
Preference: Age 45 years and below; experience in preparation of environmental
assessment report of urban water and sanitation projects funded by ADB and World
Bank and its implementation and monitoring will be preferred
6
Resettlement &
Gender Specialist
Post graduation in social science/ anthropology
Experience:10 years or more in preparation, implementation and monitoring of
resettlement plan and gender action plan in ADB and World Bank funded projects and
implementation
Preference: Age 45 years and below Experience in preparation, implementation and
monitoring of resettlement plans and gender action plans of urban water and sanitation
projects will be preferred
7
Economist
Post graduation in Economics
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 130
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
S. No.
Position
Requirements
Experience: 10 years or more in carrying out economic assessment of urban water
supply and sanitation projects
,Preference: Age 50 years and below; Experience in carrying out of economic
assessment of urban water and sanitation projects funded by ADB and World Bank will
be preferred
8
Financial
Specialist
Post graduation degree in Financial Management/ Chartered Accountant
Experience: 10 years or more in infrastructure finance projects and PPP projects.
Preference: Age 45 years and below; experience in the structuring and Financial
assessment of PPP urban water projects will be preferred
9
Procurement
Specialist
Degree in Civil/Mechanical Engineering
Experience: 10 years or more in procurement related activities in ADB or World Bank
funded projects.
Preference: Age 45 years and below.
10
PPMS Specialist
Degree in Engineering with post graduation degree or diploma in project management
Experience: 8 years or more in project management and its monitoring and reporting of
Infrastructure projects.
Preference: Age 45 years and below; Experience in project management and
monitoring of ADB/World Bank/ JICA projects will be preferred
11
Quality Control
Expert
Degree in Civil Engineering with diploma in construction management
Experience: 10 years or more in supervision of civil works contracts or independent
quality checking of urban water supply and sewerage projects works
Preference: Age 45 years and below; Post graduate degree; familiarity with the quality
control procedures and requirements of ADB/World Bank/ JICA projects will be
preferred
12
Public Relation
Specialist
Degree in social science or mass communication
Experience: 8 years or more in public relation and awareness campaign of
Infrastructure projects.
Preference: Age 45 years and below; degree both in social science and mass
communication and; Experience in implementation of ADB/World Bank/ JICA projects
will be preferred
13
Project Financial
Management
Specialist
Post graduation degree in Financial Management/ Chartered Accountant
Experience: 10 years or more in establishment of accounting system for project
management and contract administrations.
Preference: Age: 45 years and below; Experience in the implementation of ADB/World
Bank/ JICA projects will be preferred
14
Dy Team Leader /
PPP Specialist
(Legal)
Degree in Engineering/ infrastructure finance and Law
Experience: 8 years or more in PPP infrastructure projects particularly structuring of
PPP contracts and its regulatory requirement and their administration.
Preference: Age 45 years and below; Experience on PPP projects of urban water utility
15
Information
Technology Exp.
Degree in information technology
Experience: 10 years or more in handling database for infrastructure projects and
customization of different financial management software and it implementation.
Preference: Age 45 years and below; Experience in handling accounting software’s and
project management and monitoring software will be preferred
16
GIS Expert
Degree in information technology with diploma courses of GIS based software tools
Experience: 8 years or more in handling GIS database and implementation of GIS
project for public utility
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 131
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
S. No.
Position
Requirements
Preference: Age 40 years and below; experience in implementation of GIS based
property tax data base or asset management system will be preferred
17
Instrumentation
Expert
Degree in instrumentation engineering or mechanical engineering with post graduation
in instrumentation
Experience: 10 years or more in designing instrumentation system of urban water
supply and sewerage system
Preference: Age 45 years and below; Experience in implementation of SCADA in urban
water supply and sewerage system will be preferred
18
Training Specialist
Degree in Engineering with PG in human resource management
Experience: 10 years or more in developing, implementation and monitoring of training
programs for infrastructure sector, particularly the O&M aspects
Preference: Experience in the O&M aspects in urban water and sewerage facilities will
be preferred
20
Accounting
Specialist
Chartered Accountant; Experience: 5 years or more in implementation of computer
based double entry accounting system in urban local bodies
Preference: Age: 40 years and below; Familiarity of ring fencing of accounts of a
particular operation under the overall operation will be preferred
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 132
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
Table 4.8
Costs Estimates for IPMC ($)
Item
Unit Rate
Qty
2012
Costs Estimate for IPMC (in $)
2013
2014
2015
2016
Key Experts
Team Leader/Project Mgmt.Spl
(International)
40
20,000
200,000
160,000
120,000
120,000
Water supply Spl
20
5,500
22,000
33,000
33,000
22,000
-
Waste Water Spl
20
5,500
44,000
22,000
22,000
22,000
Environmental Spl
56
5,500
60,500
60,500
55,000
Resettlement & Gender Spl
56
5,500
60,500
60,500
Economist
10
6,000
30,000
Financial Spl
18
6,500
39,000
Procurement Spl
30
5,000
PPMS Spl
30
Quality Control Expert
Public Relation Spl.
Project Financial Mgmt Spl
Dy TL/ PPP Spl. (Legal)
Water Utility Oper. / Monitoring
Exp(International)
Information Technology Exp.
2019
2020
Total
-
-
800,000
-
-
-
-
110,000
-
-
-
-
-
110,000
44,000
33,000
33,000
22,000
-
-
308,000
55,000
49,500
49,500
22,000
11,000
-
-
308,000
30,000
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
60,000
52,000
26,000
-
-
-
-
-
-
117,000
50,000
40,000
40,000
20,000
-
-
-
-
-
150,000
6,000
48,000
30,000
30,000
30,000
30,000
12,000
-
-
-
180,000
24
4,500
18,000
18,000
18,000
18,000
18,000
18,000
-
-
-
108,000
20
4,500
18,000
18,000
18,000
18,000
18,000
-
-
-
-
90,000
36
6,500
52,000
39,000
39,000
32,500
32,500
19,500
19,500
-
-
234,000
32
7,000
28,000
28,000
35,000
35,000
28,000
28,000
21,000
21,000
-
224,000
24
20,000
40,000
40,000
-
60,000
60,000
80,000
80,000
60,000
60,000
480,000
24
5,000
30,000
30,000
30,000
30,000
-
-
-
-
-
120,000
4
4,500
-
9,000
9,000
-
-
-
-
-
-
18,000
Instrumentation Expert
50
5,000
10,000
15,000
20,000
15,000
-
-
-
-
-
250,000
Training Spl
36
5,000
40,000
40,000
40,000
20,000
20,000
20,000
-
-
-
180,000
Accounting Spl.
84
3,500
10,500
10,500
10,500
10,500
10,500
10,500
-
-
-
294,000
800,500
735,500
600,500
546,500
399,500
343,000
81,000
60,000
Total
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
614
100,000
2018
-
GIS Expert
100,000
2017
153,500
4,141,000
Page 133
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
Item
Qty
Unit Rate
Support Staff
Project Manegemt/PPMS
60
2,000
Water Utility Oper. / Monitoring
36
2,000
PPP
20
2,000
Water supply
22
2,000
Waste Water
22
2,000
Environment
84
1,500
Social
84
1,500
Procuremnt
24
2,000
Quality Control
36
1,500
Public Relation
24
1,500
Project Finance
36
2,200
IT
70
2,000
Municipal Accounting
324
2,000
Total
842
Out of Pocket
Perdiem International
64
2,000
Perdiem National
550
1,200
Perdiem Support
842
700
International travels
20
2,000
Domestic travels
160
500
Domestic travels - support staff and100%
intercity travels
20,000
Local Transport - Vehicle months
294
1,000
Communication - International
84
200
Communication - Local
84
1,000
Office Operations - Office rental and 108
maintenance
2,500
Office Operations - Office support staff
108
4,000
Report preparation, office consumables
108
1,500
Total out of pocket
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
2012
12,000
8,000
12,000
12,000
18,000
18,000
16,000
3,000
6,600
4,000
Costs Estimate for IPMC (in $)
2013
2014
2015
2016
109,600
20,000
12,000
12,000
12,000
18,000
18,000
16,000
4,500
6,000
13,200
16,000
8,000
155,700
20,000
12,000
10,000
10,000
18,000
18,000
16,000
12,000
6,000
13,200
16,000
8,000
159,200
20,000
8,000
10,000
10,000
18,000
18,000
12,000
6,000
15,400
12,000
8,000
137,400
20,000
16,000
18,000
18,000
12,000
6,000
13,200
8,000
111,200
24,000
122,400
42,700
6,000
17,500
4,000
48,000
2,400
12,000
30,000
48,000
18,000
375,000
20,000
117,600
59,500
6,000
15,000
5,000
48,000
2,400
12,000
30,000
48,000
18,000
381,500
12,000
106,800
61,600
4,000
15,000
3,000
48,000
2,400
12,000
30,000
48,000
18,000
360,800
18,000
81,600
53,900
6,000
12,500
3,000
48,000
2,400
12,000
30,000
48,000
18,000
333,400
16,000
52,800
44,800
6,000
7,500
2,000
36,000
2,400
12,000
30,000
48,000
18,000
275,500
2017
2019
2020
8,000
16,000
18,000
18,000
4,500
3,000
8,800
8,000
84,300
16,000
16,000
12,000
12,000
120,000
72,000
40,000
44,000
44,000
126,000
126,000
48,000
54,000
36,000
79,200
140,000
648,000
1,577,200
18,000
8,000
36,000 14,400
40,600 34,300
4,000
4,000
7,000
3,000
1,600
1,000
36,000 21,000
2,400
2,400
12,000 12,000
30,000 30,000
48,000 48,000
18,000 18,000
253,600 196,100
6,000
3,600
5,600
2,000
1,500
400
6,000
30,000
48,000
18,000
121,100
6,000
4,200
2,000
1,000
3,000
30,000
48,000
18,000
112,200
128,000
660,000
589,400
40,000
80,000
20,000
294,000
16,800
84,000
270,000
432,000
162,000
2,776,200
20,000
12,000
18,000
18,000
9,000
6,000
8,800
8,000
99,800
2018
Total
Page 134
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
Unit Rate
2012
Provisional Sum
Office furniture, Office
equipment, softwares, insurance
and AMC etc
100%
150,000
Surveys
100%
50,000
Work shops, studies etc
100%
30,000
Total provisional sum
230,000
Total
Contingency @10%
Total
Service tax
Total Budget for PMC including
service tax
Total
-
Item
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Qty
Costs Estimate for IPMC (in $)
2013
2014
2015
-
-
-
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
-
-
-
-
-
Total
-
105,000
15,000
6,000
126,000
1,411,100
141,110
1,552,210
155,221
12,000
15,000
9,000
36,000
1,308,700
130,870
1,439,570
143,957
10,500
10,000
4,500
25,000
1,145,500
114,550
1,260,050
126,005
7,500
5,000
4,500
17,000
1,034,300
103,430
1,137,730
113,773
7,500
5,000
3,000
15,500
801,700
80,170
881,870
88,187
4,500
3,000
7,500
703,900
70,390
774,290
77,429
3,000
3,000
436,900
43,690
480,590
48,059
218,100
21,810
239,910
23,991
184,200
18,420
202,620
20,262
150,000
50,000
30,000
230,000
8,724,400
872,440
9,596,840
959,684
1,707,431
1,583,527
1,386,055
1,251,503
970,057
851,719
528,649
263,901
222,882
10,556,524
Page 135
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
4.3.2
1.
Terms of Reference of Design and Supervision Consultant:
Objective
The main objectives of the Design and Supervision Consultants (DSC) are to update various
studies and project preparation documents, prepare concept plans and subproject appraisal
reports; carry out contract planning and detailed engineering designs; prepare schedules of
quantities and specifications, review detailed engineering design and drawings prepared by the
design, built, operate contractors; support the PMU/ PIUs in preparation of procurement packages,
bid documents, invitation, receipt and evaluation of bids etc. DSC will also; supervise the
construction; manage the contract; carry out quality control tests; monitor construction activities
and; certify contractor’s progress claims, carry out quality control, testing and reporting etc.
A.
Feasibility study of subproject for subsequent tranches
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
B.
Validate data and information collected by Project Preparatory Technical Assistance
(PPTA) for technical and safeguard assessment of the selected subprojects.
Identify requirements of field surveys and other investigations such as soil surveys,
traffic survey, pavement evaluation, construction material survey, hydro-geological
investigations, raw water, wastewater, and clear water quality sampling and analysis
etc, for preparation of appraisal report, preliminary and detailed engineering design.
Generate the additional data required by engaging survey and investigation firms.
Improve the feasibility study (named as subproject appraisal report), which are
prepared by PPTA consultants.
Carry out detailed technical assessment of subprojects which are not prepared by
PPTA consultants.
Prepare gender action plans for each subproject following the ADB and Government
requirements.
Prepare consultation and participation plan for each subproject jointly with PMC.
Help PMC in assessing and confirming eligibility of the subprojects based on
subproject selection criteria of the Framework Financing Agreement
Procurement
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
C.
Prepare the necessary bid documents required for local and international competitive
bidding. The bid documents will include instruction to bidders; general and special
conditions of contract, technical specifications, bills of quantities, tender drawings, and
forms of contract etc. The specifications will be detailed and use locally applicable
standards as well as follow ADB procedures. The bills of quantities will be based on
detailed calculations of quantities and costs estimates will be based on market prices.
Prepare bid documents for design, built, operate contracts in consultation with PMC
including input data and status, output requirements, technical specifications, bills of
quantities, tender drawings etc.
Help PMC in preparing design, built, operate (DBO) contracts including the
performance monitoring parameters during O&M stage.
Evaluate bid proposals and prepare bid evaluation report jointly with PMC.
Assist PIUs in contract negotiations with the successful bidders, if and wherever
required.
Prepare contract documents.
Engineering Design
1.
2.
Finalize the key design parameters based on applicable standards, along with PMC.
Prepare preliminary designs after assessment of the alternative and select the most
appropriate and economical option. The preliminary designs will describe the design
criteria and parameters as well as the regulations applicable for each design.
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 136
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
D.
Construction Supervision:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
E.
Supervise the execution of civil works contracts as engineer or engineer’s
representative, monitor the contract implementation; review and approve contractors
work and resource mobilization plan; monitor construction methods and quality
control; certify that the quality of works conforms to the specifications and drawings;
assess the adequacy of the contractor's input materials, labor, and construction
methods; furnish all revisions and detailed drawings as necessary during the
continuance of the contract; attend third party inspections as necessary etc.
Prepare measurements for completed and in progress works, and certify bills for
payment by the executing agency and/or implementing agency.
Examine the contractor's claims for the time extension, costs compensation, etc., and
prepare recommendation for approval by the EA/IA.
Carry out tests on installation; trial run etc for the completed facilities.
Assist in preparing as-built drawings by the contractors; and check installation and
commissioning.
Safeguards
1.
2.
F.
Assist PMC in collecting baseline data on safeguard issues; provide technical data
required for preparing social and environmental safeguard documents and reports etc.
Collect all city level data required on safeguard issues, in the agreed format and
provide those data and information to PMC as per the agreed time frame.
Social
1.
G.
Supervise and ensure timely implementation of gender action plan of each subproject.
Collect baseline data and monthly update on its implementation; and prepare city level
progress report, in the prescribed format of PMC.
Performance Monitoring of DBO contractors
1.
2.
H.
Prepare the detailed engineering designs that meet the particular requirements of the
PMU/PIU, in cases of item rate contracts, once the preliminary designs are approved,
the DSC will. All necessary calculations will be prepared to determine and justify the
engineering solution proposed for each subproject/component. Designs will be
sufficiently detailed to ensure clarity and understanding by the contractors.
Prepare all necessary tender and construction drawings and provide specifications
and bill of quantities. The construction drawings will be sufficiently detailed to permit
contractors to construct the civil works efficiently.
Prepare the engineer’s estimates based on the market prices and detailed schedules
of quantity, procurement packages and quantity control programs.
Prepare the necessary input status and output requirements including detailed
specification and bill of quantities for item rate components, in cases of DBO
contracts. DSC will also prepare cost estimate jointly with PMC.
Review and approve the design, specification and drawings submitted by the DBO
contractors.
Monitor the performance of the DBO contractor during operation stage; and suggest
appropriate remedial action, where required.
Organize ward level committees in each ward and conduct regular hearings to monitor
the service standard and quality of DBO contractors. Ensure gander balance of the
committee in accordance with the gender action plan.
Public and Media Relation at the City level
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 137
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
1.
2.
3.
Prepare Information, education and communication materials for the project activities.
Initiate activities to promote Project Policy and Institutional reform agenda.
Help PMU and PIU in initiating awareness campaign on scope of project, social &
environmental issues including resettlement entitlements through various media
means.
Help PMU in regular dissemination of information about the Project to the different
target groups.
Make the stakeholders aware of the long term benefits and short term inconveniences
of the Project in order to gain full support of the beneficiaries towards the Project.
Prepare city level stakeholder consultation, community development and public
awareness programs during implementation and operation stage; and support PIUs in
their implementation.
4.
5.
6.
I.
Project Performance Monitoring and Reporting:
1.
2.
Help PMC in establishing PPMS
Provide feedback to PMC about the reporting format prepared by PMC and reach
consensus.
Collect all city level data required for establishing baseline information and monthly
update of PPMS, in the agreed format. Provide those data and information to PMC as
per the agreed time frame.
Monitor the progress of project based on PPMS output and provide advance notices to
the PMUs and PIUs and in case of anticipated problems issue early warning and
suggest corrective actions.
Compile and prepare on behalf of PMU and PIUs all the reports( as per ADB and state
government of Bihar requirement) including progress report in the formats acceptable
to ADB and GOB
3.
4.
5.
J.
Institutional Reform
1.
Assist PMC in preparing the terms of reference for developing a geographical
information system based asset management system and supervisory control and
data acquisition for each city.
Table 4.9
Indicative Personnel Requirement
S. No
Position
Person months
Months
Key Experts
1
Team Leader cum Water supply specialist
48
2
Waste Water specialist
36
3
Water Treatment specialist
20
4
Waste Water Treatment specialist
20
5
Procurement specialist
40
6
Dy Team Leader cum Construction manager
60
7
Quantity surveyor
36
8
Electrical Engineer
20
9
Mechanical Engineer
20
10
Structural Engineer (2 Nos)
44
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 138
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
S. No
Position
Person months
Months
11
Dy Construction Manager (4 Nos)
144
12
Assistant Design Engineer (4 nos)
96
13
Community Dev/Public Relation specialist
36
14
Social Dev/Gender specialist
30
15
Water Operator
36
Total for Key Staff
686
Engineering/Safeguard Support staff
1
Support Engineers (Design)
144
2
Construction Supervisors
644
Total Engineering/safeguard support Staff
788
In addition, the DSC shall have further support staff like Auto Cad Drafts Personnel, Computer
Operators, Office Manager and Office Assistants as necessary.
Table 4.10 Basic Professional Requirements of the DSC Personnel
S. No.
Position
Requirements
1
Team Leader cum Water
Supply Specialist.
Postgraduate degree in Civil Engineering/Environmental Eng
Experience: 15 years or more particularly in management of similar projects
including experience of (i) working as TL/ DTL for similar external aided projects
and (ii) designing water supply system of a major city/ town using computer
based models.
Preference: 50 years and below; and experience in preparing detailed deigning
and implementation of ADB/World Bank/JICA funded urban water supply and
sewerage project
2
Waste Water Specialist.
Postgraduate degree in Environmental Eng/ Public health Engg
Experience: 10 years or more particularly in designing waste water
system/network of a major city/ town using computer based models
Preference: 45 years and below; and experience in preparing detailed deigning
and implementation of ADB/World Bank/JICA funded urban sewerage project.
3
Water Treatment
Specialist.
Postgraduate degree in Environmental Eng/ Public Health Engineering and
Experience: 10 years or more in designing water treatment plants- no other
experience will be counted
Preference: Age 45 years and below
4
Waste Water Treatment
Specialist.
Postgraduate degree in Environmental Eng/ Public health Engg
Experience: 10 years or more in designing waste water treatment plants- no
other experience will be counted
Preference: Age 45 years and below
5
Procurement Specialist.
Graduate degree in Civil/Mechanical Engineering
Experience: 10 years or more in procurement related activities in ADB or World
Bank funded projects.
Preference: Age 45 years and below
6
Dy Team Leader cum
Construction manager
Degree in Civil Engineering
Experience: 10 years or more as an Engineer to the civil works contracts of
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 139
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
S. No.
Position
Requirements
ADB or World Bank funded projects.
Preference: 45 years and below; diploma in construction management; and
worked as an Engineer in the urban water supply and sewerage contracts
7
Quantity surveyor
Graduate degree in Civil Engineering
Experience: 10 years or more as an quantity surveyor of urban water supply
and sewerage projects
Preference: Age 45 years and below and Experience of ADB/World Bank/JICA
funded urban water supply and sewerage project
8
Electrical Engineer
Degree in Electrical Engineering
Experience: 10 years or more as an electrical engineer and in design and
execution of HT/LT pumping equipment and STP/WTP installations.
Preference: Age 45 years and below; and experience in implementation of
SCADA system and power audits of the Equipments
9
Mechanical Engineer
Degree in Mechanical Engineering
Experience: 10 years or more as a mechanical engineer and in design and
execution of HT/LT pumping equipment and STP/WTP installations.
Preference: Age 45 years and below; and experience in implementation of
SCADA system in city water/ waste water system.
10
Structural Engineer (2
Nos)
Post graduation in Structural Engineering
Experience: 7 years or more in structural design of water retaining structures,
water intake, pumping stations, water and waste water treatment plants, in
earthquake prone areas.
Preference: Age 45 years and below
11
Dy Construction Manager
(4 Nos)
Degree in Civil Engineering
Experience:8 years or more as an Engineer to the civil works contracts of ADB
or World Bank funded projects
Preference: 40 years and below; diploma in construction management and
worked as an Engineer in the urban water supply and sewerage contracts
12
Assistant Engineer Design (4 nos)
Graduate degree in related field
Experience: 6 years or more as a design engineer in the related field .
Preference: Age 40 years and below; Post graduate degree in related field and;
experience in ADB or World Bank funded projects
13
Community Development/
Public Relation Spl
Degree in Sociology
Experience: 8 years or more in public relation and awareness program and
community participation workshops under Infrastructure projects.
Preference: Age 45 years and below; degree in mass communication and
experience in implementation of ADB/World Bank/ JICA projects
14
Social Development and
Gender Specialist.
Degree in Sociology
Experience: 8 years or more in social aspects of Infrastructure projects and
handling issues to ensure gender inclusiveness
Preference: Age 45 years and below; Experience in implementation of gender
action plan under ADB/World Bank/ JICA projects
15
Water Supply Operator
Degree in Civil/ Mechanical Engineering
Experience: 5 years or more in managing O&M of a complete urban water utility
operation or firsthand experience of supervising/ monitoring performance of
water utility operation (
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 140
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
S. No.
Position
Requirements
Preference: Age 45 years and below; Experience on water utility operated by
private concessioner/operator
16
Support EngineersDesign
Graduate degree in related field
Experience: total not less than 4 years and atleast one experience for 2 years in
related field
Preference: Age 35 years and below but not more than 50 years; Post graduate
degree in related field and; experience in ADB or World Bank funded projects
17
Construction supervisors
Graduate degree in civil /electrical/mechanical engg. with similar experience not
less than 2 years or diploma in relevant field with similar experience for not less
than 6 years
Preference: Age 35 years and below but not more than 50 years;
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 141
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
Table 4.11
Cost Estimates for DSC ($)
Item
Unit Rate
Qty
Costs Estimate for DSC (in $)
2013
2014
2015
2012
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
Total
Key Experts
Team Leader/Water Supply Spl.
48
6,000
48,000
60,000
60,000
60,000
60,000
-
-
-
-
288,000
Waste Water Spl.
36
5,500
22,000
44,000
55,000
55,000
22,000
-
-
-
-
198,000
Water Treatment Spl.
20
5,500
22,000
44,000
44,000
-
-
-
-
-
-
110,000
Waste Water Treatment Spl.
20
5,500
-
44,000
44,000
22,000
-
-
-
-
-
110,000
Procurement Spl.
40
5,000
50,000
50,000
50,000
50,000
-
-
-
-
200,000
Dy Team Leader ( Construction manager) 60
Quantity surveyor
36
Electrical Engg.
20
5,500
-
27,500
60,500
60,500
60,500
60,500
60,500
-
330,000
4,000
24,000
48,000
48,000
24,000
-
-
-
-
144,000
4,500
18,000
31,500
31,500
9,000
-
-
-
-
90,000
Mechanical Engg.
20
4,500
18,000
31,500
31,500
9,000
-
-
-
-
90,000
Structural Engg.(2 Nos)
44
5,000
40,000
70,000
60,000
50,000
-
-
-
-
220,000
144
4,500
-
18,000
49,500
180,000
90,000
-
648,000
Asst. Design Engg.(8 nos)
Community Dev/Public Relation. Spl
96
3,500
84,000
126,000
84,000
42,000
-
-
-
-
336,000
36
4,000
16,000
32,000
32,000
32,000
32,000
-
-
-
144,000
Social Dev/Gender Spl
30
3,300
19,800
26,400
23,100
16,500
13,200
-
-
-
99,000
Water Operator
36
4,000
-
-
-
-
16,000
32,000
32,000
32,000
32,000
144,000
182,500
32,000
32,000
3,151,000
Construction Supervision (4 Nos)
Total
686
162,000
148,500
361,800
652,900
673,100
610,000
365,700
241,000
Support Staff
Support Engineers (Construction/Design) 144
2,500
70,000
72,500
72,500
60,000
60,000
25,000
Construction Supervisors
644
2,200
-
44,000
211,200
316,800
316,800
316,800
Total support
788
70,000
116,500
283,700
376,800
376,800
341,800
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
-
-
360,000
211,200
-
1,416,800
211,200
-
-
1,776,800
Page 142
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
Item
Qty
Unit Rate
2012
2013
Costs Estimate for DSC (in $)
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
Total
Out of Pocket
Perdiem Key experts
686
1,200
98,400
174,000
174,000
156,000
92,400
62,400
46,800
9,600
9,600
823,200
Perdiem Support
144
700
19,600
20,300
20,300
16,800
16,800
7,000
-
-
-
100,800
Domestic travels
260
400
12,000
22,000
22,000
20,000
12,000
8,000
6,000
1,200
800
104,000
80,000
16,000
20,000
12,000
12,000
8,800
6,400
4,000
400
400
80,000
Domestic travels (support staff and within
100%
state)
Local Transport - Vehicle months
592
1,000
48,000
60,000
96,000
108,000
108,000
96,000
72,000
2,000
2,000
592,000
Communication - Main office
108
1,100
13,200
13,200
13,200
13,200
13,200
13,200
13,200
13,200
13,200
118,800
Communication - other offices
Office Operations - Office rental,
maintenance and support staff main
office
Office Operations - Office rental,
maintenance and support staff Town offices
240
300
3,600
7,200
14,400
14,400
14,400
10,800
7,200
-
-
72,000
84
5,000
60,000
60,000
60,000
60,000
60,000
60,000
60,000
-
-
420,000
240
1,300
15,600
31,200
62,400
62,400
62,400
46,800
31,200
-
-
312,000
Report preparation - Office consumables84
1,200
14,400
14,400
14,400
14,400
14,400
14,400
14,400
-
-
100,800
400
4,800
9,600
14,400
14,400
14,400
9,600
9,600
-
-
305,600
431,900
503,100
491,600
416,800
334,600
264,400
26,400
26,000
Report preparation - Town offices
192
Total out of pocket
76,800
2,800,400
Provisional Sum
Office furniture, Office equipment,
softwares, insurance and AMC etc
100%
180,000
126,000
14,400
12,600
9,000
9,000
7,200
1,800
-
180,000
Surveys
100%
270,000
81,000
81,000
54,000
27,000
27,000
-
-
-
270,000
Work shops, studies etc
100%
22,000
4,400
6,600
3,300
3,300
2,200
2,200
-
-
472,000
211,400
102,000
69,900
39,300
38,200
9,400
1,800
-
-
948,800
1,303,300
1,529,800
1,517,700
1,197,500
926,800
659,900
58,400
58,000
94,880
130,330
152,980
151,770
119,750
92,680
65,990
5,840
5,800
820,020
1,043,680
1,433,630
1,682,780
1,669,470
1,317,250
1,019,480
725,890
64,240
63,800
9,020,220
Total provisional sum
Total
Contingency @10%
Total
Service tax
Total Budget for DSC including service tax
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
22,000
472,000
8,200,200
104,368
143,363
168,278
166,947
131,725
101,948
72,589
6,424
6,380
902,022
1,148,048
1,576,993
1,851,058
1,836,417
1,448,975
1,121,428
798,479
70,664
70,180
9,922,242
Page 143
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
5
Financial Management Assessment
Table 5.1
Financial Management Assessment Questionnaire – Executing Agency
Topic
1.
Implementing Agency
1.1
What is the entity’s legal status / registration?
1.2
Has the entity implemented an externallyfinanced project in the past (if so, please provide details)?
Response
Remarks
PMU is Cell created within Urban
Development and Housing
Department (UDHD), a GOB State
department,
No
1.3
What are the statutory reporting requirements
for the entity?
Periodical Report submitted to the
UDHD.
1.4
Is the governing body for the project
independent?
Yes
Empowered
Committee
1.5
Is the organizational structure appropriate for
the needs of the project?
Yes
At present it is appropriate but may
need to be amended if required in
the future.
2.
Funds Flow Arrangements
2.1
Describe (proposed) project funds flow
arrangements, including a chart and explanation of the flow
of funds from ADB, government and other financiers.
Through the first generation Imprest
Account. Funds will be transferred by
GoI to GoB which will then transfer
the funds to PMU under UDHD.
2.2
Are the (proposed) arrangements to transfer the Yes
proceeds of the loan (from the government / Finance
Ministry) to the entity satisfactory?
2.3
What have been the major problems in the past None
in receipt of funds by the entity?
2.4
opened?
In which bank will the Imprest Account be
2.5
Does the (proposed) project implementing unit
(PIU) have experience in the management of
disbursements from ADB?
Reserve Bank of India (first
generation Imprest Account) through
GOI. Scheduled commercial bank –
Project Bank Account.
No
2.7
Does the entity have/need a capacity to manage No
foreign exchange risks?
Foreign exchange risk to be covered
by the GOB.
2.8
How is the counterpart funds accessed?
Counterpart fund will be provided by
the state through budgetary support
to PMU.
2.9
funds?
How are payments made from the counterpart
Through the Project Bank Account /
Treasury.
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 144
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
Topic
2.10
If part of the project is implemented by
communities or NGOs, does the PIU have the necessary
reporting and monitoring features built into its systems to
track the use of project proceeds by such agencies?
Response
Not at the moment
2.11
Are the beneficiaries required to contribute to
No
project costs? If beneficiaries have an option to contribute in
kind (in the form of labor), are proper guidelines formulated
to record and value the labor contribution?
3.
Remarks
Provisions for the same shall be
made as and when required.
Presently there is no such proposal
of beneficiary contribution. If
proposed appropriate guidelines will
be formulated.
Staffing
3.1
What is the (proposed) organizational structure
of the accounting department? Attach an organization chart.
Accounts and Finance Section under
the PMU Project Director
3.2
Identify the (proposed) accounts staff, including
job title, responsibilities, educational background and
professional experience. Attach job descriptions and CVs of
key accounting staff.
Loan Management Officer supported
with Accounts Assistant with
accounting qualification and
experience in accrual accounting .
3.3
Is the project finance and accounting function
staffed adequately?
Yes
3.4
Is the finance and accounts staff adequately
qualified and experienced?
Yes,
3.5
Is the project accounts and finance staff trained No
in ADB procedures?
Adequate orientation and training will
be required on ADB procedures.
3.6
What is the duration of the contract with the
finance and accounts staff?
Permanent Government Service on
deputation from other departments of
GoB.
3.7
Indicate key positions not contracted yet, and
the estimated date of appointment.
As per requirement.
3.10
Does the project have written position
Yes,
descriptions that clearly define duties, responsibilities, lines
of supervision, and limits of authority for all of the officers,
managers, and staff?
3.11
At what frequency are personnel transferred?
3.12
What is training policy for the finance and
accounting staff?
4.
As per transfer policy of GoB.
Adequate training will be imparted to
the Accounts and Finance as and
when required.
Accounting Policies and Procedures
4.1
Does the entity have an accounting system that Yes
allows for the proper recording of project financial
transactions, including the allocation of expenditures in
accordance with the respective components, disbursement
categories, and sources of funds? Will the project use the
entity accounting system?
Yes, the project accounts are
proposed to be maintained on
following double entry accounting
system as per the generally accepted
accounting principles in India.
4.2
Are controls in place concerning the preparation Yes
and approval of transactions, ensuring that all transactions
are correctly made and adequately explained?
When introduced in PMU
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 145
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
Topic
Response
Remarks
4.3
Is the chart of accounts adequate to properly
account for and report on project activities and
disbursement categories?
Yes
When introduced in PMU
4.4
Are cost allocations to the various funding
sources made accurately and in accordance with
established agreements?
Yes
When introduced in PMU
4.5
Are the General Ledger and subsidiary ledgers
reconciled and in balance?
Yes
When introduced in PMU
4.6
Are all accounting and supporting documents
retained on a permanent basis in a defined system that
allows authorized users easy access?
Yes
Retained as per GoB financial rules.
4.7
Are the following functional responsibilities
performed by different units or persons: (i) authorization to
execute a transaction; (ii) recording of the transaction; and
(iii) custody of assets involved in the transaction?
Yes
The functional responsibilities have
been given to different persons.
4.8
Are the functions of ordering, receiving,
accounting for, and paying for goods and services
appropriately segregated?
Yes
When introduced in PMU
4.9
Are bank reconciliations prepared by someone
other than those who make or approve payments?
Yes
When introduced in PMU
Yes
The projects are to be executed on
the basis of Detail Project Report
which includes both physical and
financial targets. The Budget will be
based on the DPRs.
Segregation of Duties
Budgeting System
4.10
targets?
Do budgets include physical and financial
4.11
Are budgets prepared for all significant activities Yes
in sufficient detail to provide a meaningful tool with which to
monitor subsequent performance?
4.12
Are actual expenditures compared to the budget Yes
with reasonable frequency, and explanations required for
significant variations from the budget?
4.13
Are approvals for variations from the budget
required in advance or after the fact?
In advance
4.14
Who is responsible for preparation and approval
of budgets?
4.15
Are procedures in place to plan project
activities, collect information from the units in charge of the
different components, and prepare the budgets?
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Finance and Accounts Section duly
approved by state Finance
Department.
Yes
Once the units starts functioning the
Budget will only be prepared after
getting feedback and information
from the units.
Page 146
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
Topic
4.16
Are the project plans and budgets of project
activities realistic, based on valid assumptions, and
developed by knowledgeable individuals?
Response
Yes
Remarks
It will be based on the DPR prepared
by the Consultants and experts.
Payments
4.17
Do invoice-processing procedures provide for: Yes
(i) Copies of purchase orders and receiving reports to be
obtained directly from issuing departments? (ii) Comparison
of invoice quantities, prices and terms, with those indicated
on the purchase order and with records of goods actually
received? (iii) Comparison of invoice quantities with those
indicated on the receiving reports? (iv) Checking the
accuracy of calculations?
4.18
Are all invoices stamped PAID, dated, reviewed Yes
and approved, and clearly marked for account code
assignment?
4.19
Do controls exist for the preparation of the
Yes
payroll and are changes to the payroll properly authorized?
Policies And Procedures
4.20
What is the basis of accounting (e.g., cash,
accrual)?
Cash
Project accounts will be accrual
based.
4.21
Yes
When introduced in PMU, as per the
Generally Accepted Accounting
Principles in India, and Indian
Accounting Standards issued by the
Institute of Chartered Accountants of
India.
4.22
Does the project have an adequate policies and Yes
procedures manual to guide activities and ensure staff
accountability?
Presently GoB approved the
Administrative and Financial rules
and policies and procedure. PMU will
prepare and adopt a Financial
Manual for the Project with help from
PMC.
4.23
Is the accounting policy and procedure manual
updated for the project activities?
When introduced in PMU
What accounting standards are followed?
Yes
4.24
Do procedures exist to ensure that only
Yes
authorized persons can alter or establish a new accounting
principle, policy or procedure to be used by the entity?
4.25
Are there written policies and procedures
covering all routine financial management and related
administrative activities?
Yes
4.26
Do policies and procedures clearly define
conflict of interest and related party transactions (real and
apparent) and provide safeguards to protect the
organization from them?
Yes
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 147
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
Topic
4.27
Are manuals distributed to appropriate
personnel?
Response
Remarks
Yes
Cash and Bank
4.28
Indicate names and positions of authorized
signatories in the bank accounts.
Project Director, when introduced in
PMU
4.29
Does the organization maintain an adequate,
up-to-date cashbook, recording receipts and payments?
Yes
4.30
Do controls exist for the collection, timely
deposit and recording of receipts at each collection
location?
Yes
4.31
basis?
Yes
Are bank and cash reconciled on a monthly
4.32
Are all unusual items on the bank reconciliation Yes
reviewed and approved by a responsible official?
4.33
Are all receipts deposited on a timely basis?
Yes
Safeguard over Assets
4.34
Is there a system of adequate safeguards to
protect assets from fraud, waste and abuse?
Yes
4.35
Are subsidiary records of fixed assets and
stocks kept up to date and reconciled with control
accounts?
Yes
4.36
Are there periodic physical inventories of fixed
assets and stocks?
No
When introduced in PMU
4.37
policies?
No
When introduced in PMU, assets will
be covered under Insurance
depending upon the nature and cost
of the assets.
Are assets sufficiently covered by insurance
Other Offices and Implementing Entities
4.38
Are there any other regional offices or executing Yes, BUIDCO as
entities participating in implementation?
PIU
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
For every project town there will be
separate sub-project implementing
units headed by a Project Manager.
Page 148
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
Topic
Response
Remarks
4.39
Has the project established controls and
procedures for flow of funds, financial information,
accountability, and audits in relation to the other offices or
entities?
Yes
It is proposed that flows of funds will
be through the PMU PIU town units
are the first layer of accounting with
consolidation of accounts done at the
PIU. To facilitate monitoring and coordination, a MIS system will be
developed and installed. In addition
to the financial statements, monthly
and quarterly internal financial
reports which are useful to the
management for decision making
purpose will be prepared.
4.40
Does information among the different
offices/implementing agencies flow in an accurate and
timely fashion?
Yes
When introduced in PMU
4.41
Are periodic reconciliations performed among
the different offices/implementing agencies?
Yes
When introduced in PMU
Yes
When introduced in PMU
No
Introduced when PMU is setup
Other
4.42
Has the project advised employees,
beneficiaries and other recipients to whom to report if they
suspect fraud, waste or misuse of project resources or
property?
5.
Internal Audit
5.1
entity?
Is there an internal audit department in the
5.2
What are the qualifications and experience of
audit department staff?
5.3
To whom does the internal auditor report?
5.4
Will the internal audit department include the
project in its work program?
5.5
Are actions taken on the internal audit findings?
6.
External Audit
When introduced in PMU
6.1
Is the entity financial statement audited regularly Yes, CAG
by an independent auditor? Who is the auditor?
External audit of project account by
an independent firm of chartered
accountant will be introduced when
PMU is setup. ).
6.2
Are there any delays in audit of the entity?
When are the audit reports issued?
Will be ensured when introduced in
PMU
NA
6.3
Is the audit of the entity conducted according to Yes
the International Standards on Auditing?
6.4
Were there any major accountability issues
brought out in the audit report of the past three years?
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
When introduced in PMU
Not Applicable
Page 149
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
Topic
Response
Remarks
6.5
Will the entity auditor audit the project accounts Yes, In addition an
or will another auditor be appointed to audit the project
independent Auditor
financial statements?
6.6
Are there any recommendations made by the
auditors in prior audit reports or management letters that
have not yet been implemented?
Not Applicable.
6.7
Is the project subject to any kind of audit from
an independent governmental entity (e.g., the supreme
audit institution) in addition to the external audit?
Yes
6.8
Has the project prepared acceptable terms of
reference for an annual project audit?
Yes
7.
When introduced in PMU
Reporting and Monitoring
7.1
Are financial statements prepared for the entity? Yes, Government
In accordance with which accounting standards?
accounting
7.2
Are financial statements prepared for the
implementing unit?
Yes
7.3
What is the frequency of preparation of financial Annual
statements? Are the reports prepared in a timely fashion so
as to useful to management for decision making?
7.4
Does the reporting system need to be adapted
to report on the project components?
When introduced in PMU Indian
Accounting Standards, as issued by
ICAI and Generally Accepted
Accounting principles will be
followed.
In addition to the preparation of
Annual Financial Statements, it is
also proposed to prepare monthly
and quarterly Internal Financial
report, useful to the management for
decision making purpose.
Yes
7.5
Does the reporting system have the capacity to NO
link the financial information with the project's physical
progress? If separate systems are used to gather and
compile physical data, what controls are in place to reduce
the risk that the physical data may not synchronize with the
financial data?
It is proposed to develop reporting
system which will have the Capacity
to link the Financial Information with
the physical progress.
7.6
Does the project have established financial
management reporting responsibilities that specify what
reports are to be prepared, what they are to contain, and
how they are to be used?
No
Yes, when introduced in PMU
7.7
Are financial management reports used by
management?
No,
Yes. when introduced in PMU
7.8
Do the financial reports compare actual
expenditures with budgeted and programmed allocations?
No
Yes. when introduced in PMU
7.9
Are financial reports prepared directly by the
automated accounting system or are they prepared by
spreadsheets or some other means?
No
Yes. when introduced in PMU
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 150
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
Topic
8.
Response
Remarks
Information Systems
8.1
Is the financial management system
computerized?
No
Yes. when introduced in PMU
8.2
Can the system produce the necessary project
financial reports?
Not Applicable
When introduced in PMU
8.3
system?
Is the staff adequately trained to maintain the
Not Applicable
When introduced in PMU
8.4
Does the management organization and
processing system safeguard the confidentiality, integrity
and availability of the data?
Not Applicable
When introduced in PMU
Table 5.2
Financial Management Assessment Questionnaire – Implementing Agency
Topic
1.
Implementing Agency
1.1
What is the entity’s legal status / registration?
Response
Remarks
A Government of Bihar undertaking
registered under companies Act 1956. The
Governor holds 100% share of this company
on behalf of Govt. of Bihar.
1.2
Has the entity implemented an externallyNo
financed project in the past (if so, please provide details)?
The Company has been incorporated on 16th
June 2009 so no projects have been
implemented in the past but several projects
are under consideration funded by GOI and
Govt. of Bihar.
1.3
What are the statutory reporting requirements
for the entity?
The reports have to be filed with registrar of
Companies as per the provisions of the
Companies Act 1956, Income Tax Dept. as
per the Income Tax department. The
Accounts is to be Audited by Comptroller and
Auditor General of India. Progress reports
have to be given to the GOB and GOI as and
when required.
1.4
Is the governing body for the project
independent?
Yes
The Companies has independent Board of
Directors and Executive committee which
supervise all the projects under the
Company.
1.5
Is the organizational structure appropriate for
the needs of the project?
Yes
At present it is appropriate but may have to
amend if required in the future.
2.
Funds Flow Arrangements
2.1
Describe (proposed) project funds flow
arrangements, including a chart and explanation of the
flow of funds from ADB, government and other financiers.
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
The funds will be received through
Government of Bihar who in turn will receive
fund from Government of India.GOI will
receive the fund from ADB.
Page 151
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
Topic
2.2
Are the (proposed) arrangements to transfer
the proceeds of the loan (from the government / Finance
Ministry) to the entity satisfactory?
Response
Yes
Remarks
This arrangement followed in the Country.
2.3
What have been the major problems in the
past in receipt of funds by the entity?
Company has not faced any problem in
receipt of fund since its inception in June
2009.Further the Corporation has not
received any fund from ADB in the past.
2.4
opened?
In scheduled Commercial Bank and/or
nationalized Bank.
In which bank will the Imprest Account be
2.5
Does the (proposed) project implementing unit No
(PIU) have experience in the management of
disbursements from ADB?
The Company has been incorporated on 16th
June 2009 and no projects from ADB have
been implemented since then.
2.7
Does the entity have/need a capacity to
manage foreign exchange risks?
Since the Corporation will receive fund from
the State Government in Rupee Terms there
will be no involvement of the Foreign
Exchange .But if required
Entity will need a capacity building to manage
the foreign exchange risk.
No
2.8
How is the counterpart funds accessed?
Counterpart fund will be provided either by
the State Govt. or Central Govt.
2.9
funds?
How are payments made from the counterpart
Counterpart funds will be financed through
the GOI or GOB.
2.10
If part of the project is implemented by
communities or NGOs, does the PIU have the necessary
reporting and monitoring features built into its systems to
track the use of project proceeds by such agencies?
Not at the
moment
2.11
Are the beneficiaries required to contribute to No
project costs? If beneficiaries have an option to contribute
in kind (in the form of labor), are proper guidelines
formulated to record and value the labor contribution?
3.
Provisions for the same shall be made as and
when required.
Presently there is no such proposal of
beneficiary contribution. If proposed
appropriate guidelines will be formulated.
Staffing
3.1
What is the (proposed) organizational structure
of the accounting department? Attach an organization
chart.
As per the Organogram attached.
3.2
Identify the (proposed) accounts staff,
including job title, responsibilities, educational background
and professional experience. Attach job descriptions and
CVs of key accounting staff.
As per annexure B attached. The Finance
and Accounts department is headed by a
Chartered Accountant.
3.3
Is the project finance and accounting function
staffed adequately?
The staff for the Finance & Accounts function
is adequate at present. In addition to the own
staff of BUIDCo, it has engaged one CA firm
for day to day support to the Finance and
Accounts department. The CA firm has
deputed a full time Chartered Accountant with
expertise of Senior partner on as and when
required basis.
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 152
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
Topic
Response
3.4
Is the finance and accounts staff adequately
qualified and experienced?
Yes,
3.5
Is the project accounts and finance staff
trained in ADB procedures?
No
Remarks
Adequate orientation and training will be
required on ADB procedures.
3.6
What is the duration of the contract with the
finance and accounts staff?
Deputation and one year contract basis
subject to renewal based on performance.
3.7
Indicate key positions not contracted yet, and
the estimated date of appointment.
DGM (Finance) is yet to be contracted.
3.10
Does the project have written position
descriptions that clearly define duties, responsibilities,
lines of supervision, and limits of authority for all of the
officers, managers, and staff?
3.11
Yes,
At what frequency are personnel transferred?
When project implementation phase will start,
the personnel will be assigned to work site.
3.12
What is training policy for the finance and
accounting staff?
4.
Adequate training will be imparted to the
Accounts and Finance as and when required.
Accounting Policies and Procedures
4.1
Does the entity have an accounting system
Yes
that allows for the proper recording of project financial
transactions, including the allocation of expenditures in
accordance with the respective components, disbursement
categories, and sources of funds? Will the project use the
entity accounting system?
Yes, the company maintains accounts on
accrual basis and double entry based
accounting system as per the generally
accepted accounting principles in India and
provision of the Companies Act 1956.
4.2
Are controls in place concerning the
Yes
preparation and approval of transactions, ensuring that all
transactions are correctly made and adequately
explained?
The corporation is new and in the process of
the development of strong system .The
Corporation is also developing Financial
Management Manual.
4.3
Is the chart of accounts adequate to properly
account for and report on project activities and
disbursement categories?
Yes
----------do------------
4.4
Are cost allocations to the various funding
sources made accurately and in accordance with
established agreements?
Yes
------------do----------
4.5
Are the General Ledger and subsidiary ledgers .Yes
reconciled and in balance?
4.6
Are all accounting and supporting documents
retained on a permanent basis in a defined system that
allows authorized users easy access?
The corporation is preparing manual Cash
and Bank Book .In addition to that all the
Accounts is being prepared through
Accounting software named Tally 9 ERP.
Yes
Segregation of Duties
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 153
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
Topic
Response
Remarks
4.7
Are the following functional responsibilities
Yes
performed by different units or persons: (i) authorization to
execute a transaction; (ii) recording of the transaction; and
(iii) custody of assets involved in the transaction?
The functional responsibilities have been
given to different persons.
4.8
Are the functions of ordering, receiving,
accounting for, and paying for goods and services
appropriately segregated?
The procurement is done by the procurement
Committee on the requisition from the
different functional Units.
Yes
4.9
Are bank reconciliations prepared by someone Yes
other than those who make or approve payments?
Budgeting System
4.10
targets?
Do budgets include physical and financial
Yes
4.11
Are budgets prepared for all significant
activities in sufficient detail to provide a meaningful tool
with which to monitor subsequent performance?
Yes
4.12
Are actual expenditures compared to the
budget with reasonable frequency, and explanations
required for significant variations from the budget?
Yes
The projects are to be executed on the basis
of Detail Project Report which includes both
physical and financial targets. The Budget will
be based on the DPRs.
4.13
Are approvals for variations from the budget
required in advance or after the fact?
Since it is a new company no such situation
has been faced but in such circumstances
advance approval will be required in case of
variation from budget.
4.14
Who is responsible for preparation and
approval of budgets?
Finance manager with support of Financial
Management and Technical Support
consultants with the help of all the
departments under the Corporation under
supervision of the Managing Director which
will further be approved by the Board of
Directors.
4.15
Are procedures in place to plan project
Yes
activities, collect information from the units in charge of the
different components, and prepare the budgets?
Once the units starts functioning the Budget
will only be prepared after getting feedback
and information from the units.
4.16
Are the project plans and budgets of project
activities realistic, based on valid assumptions, and
developed by knowledgeable individuals?
It will be based on the DPR prepared by the
renowned Consultants and experts.
Yes
Payments
4.17
Do invoice-processing procedures provide for: Yes
(i) Copies of purchase orders and receiving reports to be
obtained directly from issuing departments? (ii)
Comparison of invoice quantities, prices and terms, with
those indicated on the purchase order and with records of
goods actually received? (iii) Comparison of invoice
quantities with those indicated on the receiving reports?
(iv) Checking the accuracy of calculations?
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 154
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
Topic
Response
4.18
Are all invoices stamped PAID, dated,
reviewed and approved, and clearly marked for account
code assignment?
Yes
4.19
Do controls exist for the preparation of the
payroll and are changes to the payroll properly
authorized?
Yes
Remarks
Accounts head has been provided. The
corporation is in process of development of
Financial Management Manual.
Policies And Procedures
4.20
What is the basis of accounting (e.g., cash,
accrual)?
4.21
What accounting standards are followed?
Accrual
Yes
As per the Generally Accepted Accounting
Principles in India, as per the Companies Act
and Indian Accounting Standards issued by
the Institute of Chartered Accountants of
India.
4.22
Does the project have an adequate policies
and procedures manual to guide activities and ensure staff
accountability?
Presently BOD has approved the
Administrative and Financial delegation of
power, policies and procedure. BUIDCO is in
process of preparing Financial and
Administrative Manual. Works manual is
under draft stage and discussion is being
done on Draft Work Manual.
4.23
Is the accounting policy and procedure manual
updated for the project activities?
The corporation is in process of development
of Financial Management Manual which will
be based on Generally Accepted Accounting
Policy and procedure applicable in India.
4.24
Do procedures exist to ensure that only
Yes
authorized persons can alter or establish a new
accounting principle, policy or procedure to be used by the
entity?
4.25
Are there written policies and procedures
covering all routine financial management and related
administrative activities?
The corporation is in process of development
of Financial Management Manual.
4.26
Do policies and procedures clearly define
conflict of interest and related party transactions (real and
apparent) and provide safeguards to protect the
organization from them?
Is covered under proposed Works Manual.
4.27
Are manuals distributed to appropriate
personnel?
Office Order defining the role, responsibility,
power has been distributed to the personnel.
Cash and Bank
4.28
Indicate names and positions of authorized
signatories in the bank accounts.
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Presently Managing Director and it is
proposed that the Bank Account will be
operated by more than one Officer.
Page 155
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
Topic
Response
4.29
Does the organization maintain an adequate,
up-to-date cashbook, recording receipts and payments?
The entity maintains the books of Account in
Software Tally 9.In addition to that the
Corporation also maintains the manual Cash
books and other records and vouchers on
daily basis.
4.30
Do controls exist for the collection, timely
deposit and recording of receipts at each collection
location?
Yes
4.31
basis?
Yes
Are bank and cash reconciled on a monthly
4.32
Are all unusual items on the bank
reconciliation reviewed and approved by a responsible
official?
4.33
Are all receipts deposited on a timely basis?
Remarks
Till date no unusual item has been found.
There will be process of monthly Bank
Reconciliation which will be monitored by the
Finance Manager under the overall control of
Managing Director.
Yes
Safeguard over Assets
4.34
Is there a system of adequate safeguards to
protect assets from fraud, waste and abuse?
Yes
4.35
Are subsidiary records of fixed assets and
stocks kept up to date and reconciled with control
accounts?
Yes
The entity maintains Fixed assets & stock
register & conducts periodically physical
verification.
4.36
Are there periodic physical inventories of fixed Yes
assets and stocks?
Proposed on half Yearly basis.
4.37
policies?
Assets will be covered under Insurance
depending upon the nature and cost of the
assets.
Are assets sufficiently covered by insurance
Other Offices and Implementing Entities
4.38
Are there any other regional offices or
executing entities participating in implementation?
Yes
For every project there will be separate
project implementing units headed by Project
Director (Technical) at the project site.
4.39
Has the project established controls and
Yes
procedures for flow of funds, financial information,
accountability, and audits in relation to the other offices or
entities?
Presently it is proposed that flows of funds
will be centralized at the head office at State
level except for day to day expenditure which
will be done at PIU as a separate Accounting
Centre for which policy and procedures for
flow of fund, accountability will be
established.
4.40
Does information among the different
offices/implementing agencies flow in an accurate and
timely fashion?
Yes
It will be done on accurate and timely fashion.
4.41
Are periodic reconciliations performed among
the different offices/implementing agencies?
Yes
Yes, it will be performed among the different
offices and implementing units.
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 156
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
Topic
Response
Remarks
Other
4.42
Has the project advised employees,
Yes
beneficiaries and other recipients to whom to report if they
suspect fraud, waste or misuse of project resources or
property?
5.
Internal Audit
5.1
entity?
Is there an internal audit department in the
5.2
What are the qualifications and experience of
audit department staff?
5.3
Presently any suspect fraud, waste or misuse
of project resources or property has to be
communicated to the Managing Director or
Urban Development & Housing Department
.It will be covered under the Administrative
and Financial Management Manual which is
under preparation.
Internal Audit of the company is being
conducted by CA Firm empanelled with
Comptroller and Auditor General of India.
NA
To whom does the internal auditor report?
The outsourced CA firm is suitable qualified
to conduct the Internal Audit.
The internal audit report is reported to MD
and the Board of Directors.
5.4
Will the internal audit department include the
project in its work program?
Yes
Internal Auditor will include the project in its
programme.
5.5
Are actions taken on the internal audit
findings?
Yes
Compliance and action taken report for the
year 2009-10 is being prepared. There is no
significant item for which compliance is
needed in the F.y. 2009-10.
6.1
Is the entity financial statement audited
regularly by an independent auditor? Who is the auditor?
Yes
The Annual Statutory Audit is conducted by
the firm of Chartered Accountants appointed
by Comptroller and Auditor General of India
under the Companies Act 1956.In addition to
the Statutory Audit CA&G also conducts Audit
on the base of the Statutory Audit Report.
The CA&G will also conduct expenditure
Audit, Performance Audit time to time.
6.2
Are there any delays in audit of the entity?
When are the audit reports issued?
Slight
Since the Company is in the process of
developing the systems, there has been a
slight delay. The Statutory Audit report has
been issued on 12-10-2010.
6.3
Is the audit of the entity conducted according
to the International Standards on Auditing?
No
As per the Generally Accepted Accounting
Principles in India, as per the Companies Act
and Indian Accounting Standards issued by
the Institute of Chartered Accountants of
India.
6.4
Were there any major accountability issues
brought out in the audit report of the past three years?
No
6.
External Audit
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 157
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
Topic
Response
6.5
Will the entity auditor audit the project
accounts or will another auditor be appointed to audit the
project financial statements?
6.6
Are there any recommendations made by the
auditors in prior audit reports or management letters that
have not yet been implemented?
The Annual Statutory Audit is conducted by
the firm of Chartered Accountants appointed
by Comptroller and Auditor General of India
under the Companies Act 1956. In addition to
that CA&G conducts sample Audit on the
basis of the report of the Statutory Auditor .If
required the audit of the Project Accounts
may be conducted by a separate Auditor.
N.A.
6.7
Is the project subject to any kind of audit from
an independent governmental entity (e.g., the supreme
audit institution) in addition to the external audit?
6.8
Has the project prepared acceptable terms of
reference for an annual project audit?
Remarks
As the entity has been incorporated on
16.06.09 there is no prior audit report. There
is no such recommendation in the Audit
report for the year ending 2009-10 which has
to be implemented.
The Annual Statutory Audit is conducted by
the firm of Chartered Accountants appointed
by CA&G under the Companies Act 1956. In
addition to that CA&G conducts Sample Audit
on the basis of the report of the Statutory
Auditor and gives separate report under the
Companies Act 1956, which is placed before
the parliament.
Yes
The Annual Statutory Audit is conducted by
the firm of Chartered Accountants appointed
by CA&G under the Companies Act 1956. In
addition to that CA&G conducts Sample Audit
on the basis of the report of the Statutory
Auditor and gives separate report under the
Companies Act 1956, which is placed before
the parliament. The detail guidelines for the
Audit are provided by the CA&G.
7.1
Are financial statements prepared for the
entity? In accordance with which accounting standards?
Yes
As issued by ICAI and Generally Accepted
Accounting principles.
7.2
Are financial statements prepared for the
implementing unit?
Yes
It will be prepared Implementing unit wise,
Funding Source wise and Project wise.
7.
Reporting and Monitoring
7.3
What is the frequency of preparation of
financial statements? Are the reports prepared in a timely
fashion so as to useful to management for decision
making?
In addition to the preparation of Annual
Financial Statements, it is also proposed to
prepare monthly and quarterly Internal
Financial report, useful to the management
for decision making purpose.
7.4
Does the reporting system need to be adapted Yes
to report on the project components?
7.5
Does the reporting system have the capacity to
link the financial information with the project's physical
progress? If separate systems are used to gather and
compile physical data, what controls are in place to reduce
the risk that the physical data may not synchronize with
the financial data?
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
It is proposed to develop reporting system
which will have the Capacity to link the
Financial Information with the physical
progress.
Page 158
Bihar Urban Development Investment Program
Topic
Response
7.6
Does the project have established financial
management reporting responsibilities that specify what
reports are to be prepared, what they are to contain, and
how they are to be used?
7.7
Are financial management reports used by
management?
Remarks
The Company is under process of
establishment of Financial Management
reporting responsibilities which will specify
what reports are to be prepared.
Yes
7.8
Do the financial reports compare actual
Yes
expenditures with budgeted and programmed allocations?
7.9
Are financial reports prepared directly by the
automated accounting system or are they prepared by
spreadsheets or some other means?
8.
The financial reports are prepared on the
Spreadsheet on the basis of the report
generated through automated Accounting
System
Information Systems
8.1
Is the financial management system
computerized?
Yes
Prepared through Tally Accounting Software.
8.2
Can the system produce the necessary project Yes
financial reports?
8.3
system?
Is the staff adequately trained to maintain the
Yes
8.4
Does the management organization and
processing system safeguard the confidentiality, integrity
and availability of the data?
Yes
Supporting Documen
Volume 3B: Sector Reports
Page 159